Page 1

By

www.bainbridgeintusa.com Exclusive US Distributor for Plastimo

www.plastimo-usa.com


tin © la B.Leg

Bainbridge is Plastimo's choice for U.S. distribution of their products Welcome to the Plastimo by Bainbridge International catalog. Listed within its pages you will find our current offering of Plastimo proprietary products including: safety gear like life rafts, plumbing fittings, compasses, and a whole host of general chandlery items. There are thousands of products listed inside this catalog, in the same easy to follow format as Plastimo’s current format, but there are also many more items available from our suppliers as a special order. If you can’t find the product you are looking for please contact our customer service team at (info@bainbridgeintusa.com). We are fully dedicated to answer all your questions and needs. By visiting our website (www.bainbridgeintusa.com) you can browse all of our catalogs online. The Plastimo products shown on our website also appear in this catalog, however as we introduce new products they will appear on our website first.


Safety Lifejackets & Buoyancy Aids: 3 - 45 Signaling & Survival: 46 - 55 Alarms: 54 Fire fighting: 55 Liferafts: 56 - 73

Tenders, Mooring & Ladders

Tenders & Accessories: 76 - 103 Oars, Paddles & Hooks: 104 - 108 Fenders: 109 - 119 Regatta mark buoys: 120 - 121 Anchors: 122 - 128 Ladders & Platforms: 129 - 135

Deck Equipment & Hardware Jib Reefing:

138 - 141

Covers & Accessories:

144 - 147

Guardrails & Handrails: 148 - 151 Hatches & Portlights:

156 - 162

Ventilation:

163 - 166

Deck Fillers:

167 - 171

Brass:

172


Compasses & Navigation Compasses:

173 - 205

Specialty:

179 - 187 188 - 197 198 199 - 200

Handbearing:

201 - 203

Accessories:

204 - 205

Powerboat: Sailboat: Tactical:

Rules & Dividers: Brass Clocks & Barometers: Binoculars:

207 208 - 209 210 - 211

Flags & Equipment:

212 - 214

Water on Board

Pumps: 216 - 222 Drinkable Water: 223 Sinks: 224 - 225 Taps, Faucets & Showers: 226 - 233

Waste Water & plumbing fittings: 234 - 242

Powerboat, Electrical & Engine Bilge Ventilation:

244 - 245

Vents:

246 - 247

Angling Equipment:

248 - 249

Electrical:

250

Transom Pads:

251

Diving Equipment:

252


3

Jean-Marie Liot Š

Safety


Jean-Marie Liot ©

Lifejackets & buoyancy aids Lifejacket 100 Newton

Lifejacket 150 Newton

Lifejacket 275 Newton

Use

Coastal sailing, beach/shore activities. Suitable for good swimmers.

Sheltered waters, inshore and coastal sailing.

Open sea/blue water sailing.

Open sea/blue water sailing. Extreme conditions and professional use.

Type of vessel

Canoe-kayak, windsurf, dinghy, water ski, jet ski, kitesurf, stand up paddle.

Sail and power crafts.

Sail and power crafts.

Sail and power crafts Professional vessels*.

Performance

Colour Reflecting material Whistle Grab handle Crutch strap

Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back within 5 seconds, user wearing heavy protective clothing. Recommended for use with clothing that may trap air. **most wearers Supports the head all around : on both sides of the head and at the back. Bright colour imposed. Bright colour imposed. Bright colour imposed. 2 2 100 cm 300 cm 300 cm2 Required Required Required Not required Required Required Recommended Recommended Recommended

Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back Not self-righting. Keeps the airway out of the water, within 10 seconds. wearer being conscious.

One or several. Not required Not required Not required Not required

Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back within 5 seconds.

* Lifejackets used on board commercial or passenger vessels must meet the requirements of Marine Equipment Directive 96/98 and SOLAS specifications.

Buoyancy aid 50 Newton

** most wearers

How to choose your jacket ? • According to activity or use The primary function of a lifejacket is to keep the victim’s airways out of the water and to allow an efficient spotting in order to facilitate the rescueing manoeuvres. • Lifejacket or buoyancy aid ? A lifejacket keeps the wearer safely on his back and provides enough buoyancy for use in different open and rough sea conditions. It provides self-righting capacity A buoyancy aid provides sufficient buoyancy for use in sheltered waters and does not offer self-righting capacity. In addition, the type of sports or activity defines the level of performance expected from a PFD (personal floatation device) : in some cases, comfort and softness are critical, while other activities require durability and buoyancy first.

I. Joschke, skipper Figaro Bénéteau Générali-Horizon Mixité

Inflatables & RIB's

Canoe & kayak Windfarms

Dinghy & multisports

Water ski & jet ski

Kitesurf

SUP

Military, civil and industrial applications

Clubs & sailing schools

4

© B.Leglatin

© Th.Martinez /Sea & Co

B.Leglatin ©

Pierre-Yves Lautrou, skipper 40' L'Express-Trépia

Lifejackets and buoyancy aids used in recreational or professional activities must comply with the specifications of the European Directive 89/686/CE on Personal Protective Equipment. The CE mark of approval must be printed on the garment’s label and testifies that the lifejacket complies with the European Directive. Lifejackets are ranked in 4 categories according to their use, performance and buoyancy level.

Fishing, river & sea

Cruising, coastal and high sea navigation

Professional vessels


Read the label and understand your purchase

30/50kg

150N

100N

50N

50/70kg 70kg +

30kg 30/50kg 50/70kg 70kg +

30kg 30/50kg 50/70kg 70kg +

You have selected a 100 Newton category lifejacket. The CE mark of approval testifies that this lifejacket is fully approved. Within the 100 N category which you selected, it is your own body weight (hence the lifejacket size) which determines the actual buoyancy of the garment. In this example, the wearer weighs between 50 and 70 kg. (It is only in the case of a wearer weighing 70 kg or more that the required buoyancy is 100 N). For a wearer from 50 to 70 kg, within the 100 N category, the buoyancy required by CE standards is 80 N. Within a given category, a smaller size features proportionally less buoyancy.

Children’s life-jackets are a specific case on their own : Plastimo lifejackets designed for may wearers below 30 kg body weight systematically belong to the 100 Newton category. Whether sailing in the open sea or by the shore, it is absolutely necessary to equip very young children with self-righting lifejackets, fitted with reflective material and hoisting loops or handles.

For some specific applications, national bodies or federations may recommend a buoyancy rating superior to standard. Example of Canoe-Kayak buoyancy aids : Plastimo developed 50 N category buoyancy aids, with an actual buoyancy upgraded to 70 N.

• According to activity or use The primary function of a lifejacket is to keep the victim’s airways out of the water and to allow an efficient spotting in order to facilitate the rescueing manoeuvres.

The child’s weight is considered by the regulation as the criteria serving as a basis for buoyancy per size. Therefore, we indicate the age as a guide only ; it is imperative that the child tries the lifejacket on before purchase.

• Choose between 2 technologies Lifejacket with permanent floatation (foam technology) Designed to be used either in the water/ water surface or in case of accidental fall into the water. Also provides a good protection against knocks and contributes to thermal protection.

Inflatable lifejacket (air bladder technology) Most inflatable lifejacket models* are designed for a 60 to 130 cm waistline. The Pilot 165 model, in XXL size, fits waistline up to 170 cm. *adult size

Designed specifically to be used in case of accidental fall into the water. Extremely compact when non inflated, the inflatable lifejacket provides optimum freedom of movement. In the event of a man over board, the inflatable lifejacket (automatic or manual) provides ample floatation capacity. 5


** most wearers.

*actual average buoyancy measured as per EN ISO 12402-9 standard, at 20°C after initial stabilisation.

Th. Martinez /Sea&Co ©

How to choose

SPECIFICATIONS Actual buoyancy* (standard rating)

PILOT IOR page 15

SL 180 page 16

PILOT RACE page 17

E V O 165 page 18

PILOT 165 page 19

220/165N (150N)

180N (150N)

165N (150N)

165N (150N)

165N (150N)

total/useful

Harness EN ISO 12401 Polyester/316L st.steel Polyester/Dyneema   Polyester/316L st. steel  Polyester/316L st. steel  Polyester/316L st. steel  With harness : webbing/buckles Polypro/composite Without harness : webbing/buckles Polypro/composite Turns wearer** safely on his back, even unconscious, within 5 seconds Inflation : gas bottle Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Also allows pressure adjustment. Firing / Inflation mechanism manual only automatic, water dissolving cartridge automatic Pro-Sensor, water dissolving cartridge automatic hydrostatic Hammar Air chamber, yellow colour Visibility of inflated jacket Retro-reflecting tapes (Flashlight optional on all models) Outer shell Retro-reflective piping Crutch strap Size / waistline Weight of lifejacket (as from … g. / e.g. manual model, no harness)

Features common to all models

Recommended use

6

45 g CO²

38 g CO²

33 g CO²

33 g CO²

33 g CO²

 

  

 

   

   

Independent

Fully stitched to outer shell, fluo orange

Independent

Independent

Independent

300 cm²

300 cm²

300 cm²

300 cm²

300 cm²

Soft polyester material

Soft polyester material

Soft polyester material

Extra-soft polyester/ polyurethane -

-

Optional

Included

60-130 cm

60-130 cm

60-130 cm

60-130 cm

60-130 cm XXL : 130-170 cm

1000 g

1100 g

940 g

730 g

700 g

+ flag on dan buoy

Soft polyester material

Included or optional Included or optional Included or optional

Whistle, grab loop in 25 mm polypropylene webbing


your inflatable lifejacket ? currently in force : Compliant standards 402-3, a harness : EN ISO 12 • Lifejackets without lifejackets. applicable to 150 N ss : EN ISO 12402-3, rne ha • Lifejackets with a lifejackets, and applicable to 150 N s. ble to safety harnesse EN ISO 12401 applica

ets All automatic lifejack l. ua an m so are al

Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Also allows pressure adjustment. 300 cm2 retroreflecting tapes. (on 150 N category).

QUICKFIT page 20

PILOT 275 page 21

PILOT FISHING page 32

Pilot Pro 150 page 33

Pilot Pocket page 20

165N (150N)

300 N (275N)

165N (150N)

165N (150N)

160N (150N)

Polyester/316L st. steel Polypro/composite

Whistle.

Grab handle.

Polyester/316L st. steel Polypro/composite Polypro/composite Polypro/composite Polypro/composite

33 g CO²

60 g CO²

33 g CO²

33 g CO²

33 g CO²

  

   

 

 

 -

Fully stitched to outer shell

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

300 cm²

400 cm²

300 cm²

300 cm²

300 cm²

Soft polyester material -

Soft polyester material 

Coated material, washable -

Coated material, washable 

Polyester, zipped pouch around the waist -

Included

Included or optional

Optional

Optional

-

86-157 cm

60-170 cm

60-130 cm

60-170 cm

55-140 cm

790 g

970 g

710 g

880 g

550 g

Options & accessories see pages 17 - 18

(to grab the casualty and hoist him/her out of the water)

Traditional lifejacket : See page 19

7


Specialist of safety at sea for over 50 years B. Leglatin Š

Designer and manufacturer of lifejackets for over 50 years, Plastimo gives you some extra clues to understand the lifejacket differences and operation and thus select the best model for your application.

Features common to 150, 165, 180 & 275 N lifejackets Pro-Sensor automatic inflation system (water-dissolving cartridge) Viewing window to monitor the status of the firing head : Pro-Sensor inflation system indicates visually the status of the firing head (green = lifejacket is operational). If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.

With or without harness ?

Lifejacket without a harness 40 mm polypropylene webbing and composite material buckles.

Hammar inflation system (hydrostatic) Viewing window* to check the firing head status (green = lifejacket is operational). A mesh patch built into the outer shell accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker.

*except on Pilot 165

Reflective piping

8

Lifejacket with EN ISO 12401 harness 46 mm polyester webbing and 316L stainless steel buckles (except SL180, featuring Dyneema loops). Suitable for use with a tether.


Inflatable lifejackets Manual or automatic ? Some hints to help you choose. Inflation can be triggered in 3 ways : • Oral inflation : possible on all lifejacket models. The oral inflation tube allows you to pump up. • Manual inflation : firing the CO2 gas cylinder is done by pulling an activating handle. Specially recommended for sailors who may be occasionally immersed when manoeuvring (for example when sitting out on rather acrobatic manoeuvres). • Automatic inflation : the lifejacket inflates automatically on immersion in the water. Recommended for cruising, an absolute must for non-swimmers and for single-handed sailors, as the lifejacket inflates even if the wearer is unconscious. Yann Eliès, Skipper Figaro Queguiner

2 automatic inflation principles : • Automatic inflation with water-dissolving capsule or cartridge : a chemical product dissolves when in contact with water, which activates the inflation head and releases the gas. • Automatic inflation with Hammar hydrostatic mechanism : when the lifejacket is fully immersed in the water, the hydrostatic pressure acts on a diaphragm. As the pressure increases (i.e. as the wearer goes deeper in the water), the diaphragm lets the water through and the inflation head is automatically activated. This system offers a better guarantee that the lifejacket may not inflate unintentionally when exposed to a water spray or when stowed in a damp locker. When wearing foul weather clothing a lifejacket has to overcome the fact that air is often trapped in the clothing causing the user to both surface quickly and float on their back. This may cause slow or nonactivation of the inflator, as this will place the valve uppermost, preventing it from being sufficiently submerged. An unchanged parallell position of the body to the water surface with the hydrostatic valve uppermost has the same effect. In such cases, the manual backup (pull tab) should be used to inflate the Lifejacket. Changing position in the water, or jumping or falling into the water in all other ways, will immediately activate the hydrostatic valve and the lifejacket will inflate. EN ISO 12402-3 12401

Pilot IOR lifejacket -150 N with dan buoy Cruising & blue water sailing Unique safety equipment combining an inflatable lifejacket and an inflatable dan buoy : the lifejacket air chamber incorporates the inflatable dan buoy. In the event of a man overboard, lifejacket and dan buoy inflate automatically and simultaneously. • Buoyancy : rated 150 N, provides 165 N actual buoyancy (220 N including dan buoy). • Inflation : automatic or hydrostatic Hammar, inflated by 45 g CO² gas bottle. • Black outer shell with removable fleece collar, reflective piping and zipped pocket for small equipment. • Harness waist strap : 46 mm polyester webbing + velcro retainer to conceal the st. steel D-ring when tether is not hooked. Dan buoy in neon yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. - Height above water when inflated : 1.10 m. - Red and yellow flag (21 x 14 cm), - Retro-reflective tapes, - Lanyard. PILOT IOR with harness Automatic Hydrostatic Hammar

Accessories Accessoires Re-arming kit • Automatic : 53486 (45 g CO2 bottle & water-dissolving cartridge).

• Hydrostatic : 53487 (45 g CO2 bottle & Hammar mechanism).

Reference

63737 63738 9


SL 180 lifejacket Waistcoat style inflatable lifejacket, tailored for comfort and performance.

Ergonomic and unobtrusive • Practical and intuitive donning : zipped waistcoat style allows for perfect body fit in all manoeuvres and body positions. Double crutch strap.

• Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, provides superior 180 N actual buoyancy (38 g CO2 gas bottle). • Outer shell : flexible and comfortable. Soft mesh neckline, foam-padded back panel, retro-reflective stripe. Quick burst zip outer shell closure.

• Adaptable : shoulder and waist-side easy adjustment buckles and straps, to adapt to all body sizes and shapes.

• Air chamber : fully stitched to outer shell. Fluo orange for visibility + 300 cm² retro-reflective tapes.

• Modular : pocket for extra accessories (flashlight, lightsticks, distress beacon, ...).

• Hi-tensile fibre harness • Inflation : automatic, automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar. Viewing window on Pro-Sensor and Hammar versions to inspect the status indication on the firing head. Grid patch on Hammar model accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker. Front pocket to access the firing head easily without deploying the outer shell.

SL 180 with harness Automatic Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid

64111 64112 64113

Hi-tensile fibre harness : soft loops in Dyneema® and webbing in polyester, combining reliability and resistance with lightweight and contact-friendly construction.

Dyneema® is a registered trade mark of DSM.

Racing, cruising & blue water

Designed for intensive use and agile sailing.

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

Fluo orange air chamber, fully stitched to outer shell.

Mesh neckline with ergonomic design flexes around your shoulders. Strap adjustment for better fit in height, foam padded patch for added comfort.

Zipped pocket for safety equipment.

Options & Accessories

Outer shell closure with quick burst zip for air chamber to deploy instantly. 10

Re-arming kits • Automatic : 64114 (38 g CO2 bottle & water dissolving cartridge). • Pro-Sensor automatic : 64115 (38 g CO2 bottle & water dissolving cartridge). • Hydrostatic : 64116 (38 g CO2 bottle & Hammar mechanism).


Th. Martinez / Sea & Co. ©

Pilot Race lifejacket

Reflective piping.

Isabelle Joschke, Générali Horizon Mixité

Removable neck fleece. Plastic ring to secure accessories.

Pilot Race 150 N

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

Hardwearing and comfortable, particularly suitable for intensive use.

Zipped pocket for personal safety equipment.

57442 : Hydrostatic Hammar.

• Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, provides 165 N actual buoyancy. • Inflation : Hammar or Pro-Sensor automatic inflation systems. An indicator system confirms the status of the firing mechanism : green indicates if lifejacket is operational. • Air chamber : independent, inflated by CO2 gas bottle. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm2 Velcro retainer to retro-reflecting tapes, sewn on the jacket for increased durability. conceal the st. steel • Black outer shell : low profile, body-hugging design and rounded D-ring when tether removable fleece collar for optimum comfort. is not hooked. • Harness waist strap : 46 mm adjustable polyester webbing. • Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated.

Viewing window : Both Pro-Sensor and Hammar inflation systems indicate visually the status of the firing mechanism. If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.

• Colour fleece collar set : 62238 6 fleece collars of different colours. Customises every lifejacket and helps crewmembers identify their own. Very useful once lifejacket has been adjusted to fit your own bodysize.

PILOT RACE with harness

With crutch strap

Without crutch strap

Automatic Pro-Sensor Hydrostatic Hammar

57505 57506

57441 57442

Options & Accessories • Spare fleece collar, black : 62239

• Re-arming kits Hammar hydrostatic : 58461 (33 g CO2 bottle + Hammar mechanism). Pro-Sensor automatic : 58460 (33 g CO2 bottle + dissolving cartridge).

• Crutch strap : 50524 • Emergency light : 62058 Features a loop for attachment to the oral inflation tube. • Choice of tethers, see page 40 11


Th.Martinez / Sea & Co ©

Cruising & blue water sailing

EVO 165 lifejacket

Cruising and intensive use. • Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, actual buoyancy 165 N (33 g CO2 gas bottle). • Outer shell ergonomic design : short cut on chest combined with rounded shape provide superior comfort and mobility. Very easy donning. Foam padded patch on stomach, integrated to waist belt. Flexible and hardwearing material. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm² retro-reflecting tapes.

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

6 63447

JM Liot ©

63454

• Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated. • Viewing window helps monitor status of firing mechanism, on automatic Pro-Sensor and Hammar hydrostatic models.

Grid patch on Hammar models accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker and ensure a prompt deployment of the air chamber.

Foam padded patch on stomach, integrated to waist belt.

EVO 165 no harness (EN ISO 12402-3) BLACK* Manual 63440 Automatic 63444 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63448 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid 63452 EVO 165 with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manual 63442 Automatic 63446 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63450 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid 63454

Quick side donning.

RED

63439 63443 63447 63451 63441 63445 63449 63453

*With Y-shape dual crutch strap. 12

Y-shape dual crutch strap included originally on black EVO jackets. Optional (ref. 64120) on red models.


Jean-Marie Liot ©

Pilot 165 lifejacket

Cruising and intensive use. • Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, actual buoyancy 165 N (33 g CO2 gas bottle). • Ergonomic shape : short on chest and cutaway sides, rounded neck for superior comfort. Hardwearing and flexible outer shell with reflective piping. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm² retro-reflecting tapes. • Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated.

6

• Viewing window on Pro-Sensor models helps monitor status of firing mechanism. • Grid patch on Hammar models accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker and ensure a prompt deployment of the air chamber.

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

Short on chest with cutaway sides

63419 Automatic, no harness

Crutch strap supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets.

63426 Pro-Sensor, no harness

63433 Hydrostatic with harness

Grid patch accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker

Option •Crutch strap : 50524 Supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets.

PILOT 165 no harness (EN ISO 12402-3) BLACK*

NAVY BLUE

RED

Manual 63414 63413 63412 Automatic 63420 63419 63418 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63426 63424 Hydrostatic Hammar with grid 63432 63430 PILOT 165 with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manuel 63417 63416 63415 Automatic 63423 63422 63421 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63429 63427 Hydrostatic Hammar with grid 63435 63434 63433 * With crutch strap

XXL : 63436 XXL : 63437 XXL : 63438

Standard size : for 60-130 cm waistline. XXL size : for 130-170 cm waistline. 13


© B.Leglatin

Cruising & blue water sailing

Quickfit lifejacket

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

Without harness

: eight Lightw 790 g. m as fro

Quickfit 150 N inflatable lifejacket • Recommended use : day cruising, occasional crewmembers or family cruise. • Manual, automatic or hydrostatic (Hammar) inflation system. • Air chamber : fully stitched to outer shell, fast and simple re-pack after use. Inflation with 33 g CO2 air cylinder. • Outer shell : slim chest design for added comfort. Twin strap on the back for layflat shoulder position (40 mm polypropylene webbing). • Includes crutch strap as standard feature.

Pilot Pocket lifejacket Pilot Pocket 150 N lifejacket 25579 150 Newton category, manual inflation. Lifejacket folded in a canvas carry pouch to wear around the waist. Zipped pocket on the front for small accessories (20 x 10 cm L x H). Fits waistline 55-140 cm. One of the least obstrusive of all PFD's, ideal for : • Surfers, windsurfers, kitesurfers, SUP-riders. • Sailors who do not like to wear a lifejacket. • People who have an activity by the shore and do not want to wear a lifejacket permanently. • Phobic ferry or liner passengers.

14

With harness

QUICKFIT without harnesss (EN ISO 12402-3) Inflation system RED NAVY BLUE Manual 63724 63725 Automatic 63726 63727 QUICKFIT with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manual 63728 63729 Automatic 63730 63731 Hydrostatic (Hammar) 63732 63733


Equally suitable for recreational navigation and for professional or industrial applications.

harness : Lifejackets without aca ts. ble to 275 N lifejacke EN ISO 12402-2, appli

harness : • Lifejackets with a kets, cable to 275 N lifejac

EN ISO 12402-2, appli rnesses. plicable to safety ha and EN ISO 12401 ap

EN ISO 12402-2 12401

Y-shaped 25 mm polypropylene straps hold the lifejacket flat on the back and ensure a better weight distribution on the shoulders.

Pro-Sensor 62135

Hydrostatique Hammar, 62138 with harness PILOT 275 N

Recommended use

Intensive use and extreme weather conditions (skipper, regular cruising or racing). Comfortable and hard-wearing lifejacket.

Inflation / firing mechanism

• CO2 gas cylinder, 60 g. • Inflation mode : manual, automatic, automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar. • Status monitoring on Pro-Sensor and Hammar models : red/green indicator shows clearly the firing mechanism status.

Air chamber

Totally independent air chamber, protected by the outer cover.

Visibility when inflated

Yellow chamber. 400 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes, sewn on the jacket for added resistance and perfect adherence. Rounded comfortable neck. Reflective piping on shoulders. Viewing window on Pro-Sensor and Hammar models, to monitor the status of the firing mechanism. Y-strap in the back, for improved comfort and better body fit. 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing.

Outer cover Back strap

Cruising & blue water sailing

Pilot 275 N lifejacket

Waist strap

• With an EN ISO 12401 harness : 46 mm wide adjustable polyester webbing. • Without a harness : 40 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Designed for 60-170 cm waistline.

Buckles

• With an EN ISO 12401 harness : 316 L stainless steel buckles, non-magnetic. • Without a harness : buckles in composite material.

PILOT 275 N without harness (EN ISO 12402-2) Inflation system

BLACK*

RED

Manuel 62131 Automatic 62132 PILOT 275 N with harness (EN ISO 12402-2 / 12401) Automatic 62134* 62133 Automatic Pro-Sensor 62136* 62135 with viewing window Hydrostatic Hammar with 62138* 62137 viewing window *with crutch strap

Option

Crutch strap : 50524 (supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets).

15


Inflatable lifejacket inspection & servicing procedure An inflatable lifejacket must be serviced and thoroughly inspected at regular intervals, to make sure it is fully operational.

Visual inspection conducted by the skipper or boatowner

In the absence of a regulation on servicing intervals, Plastimo recommends to have lifejackets serviced in our factory or approved stations every other year. In case of intensive or professional use, a minimum annual inspection is necessary.

Before putting off to sea, we strongly recommend that you check visually the general condition of your lifejacket. This consists in checking the major components and making sure that none of them gives evidence of any wear and tear : outside hull, inflation chamber, straps, fastening buckles, whistle, retro-reflective tapes, CO2 cylinder, firing head.

You must pay particular attention to the following : • Firing head : The gas bottle must be full, firmly secured/screwed and showing no sign of corrosion. The green retaining clips must be in place on the firing head

• Expiry date : The date indicated on the firing head of automatic or hydrostatic models must be valid.

On lifejackets equipped with a Pro-Sensor automatic firing head, a green (or red) indicator gives evidence that the firing head is operational or indicates that the gas cylinder is either pierced or not screwed tighly enough. Expiry date

Should you have to replace the re-arming kit, you must absolutely use a Plastimo re-arming kit.

Servicing conducted by an authorised station at regular intervals This complete servicing process consists in : • A thorough inspection of the lifejacket general condition. • Inflating the lifejacket to check for airtightness. • Inspecting the inflation system (inflation head, CO2 gas cylinder). • Re-arming and re-packing the jacket following a very strict folding procedure.

The servicing stations puts a specific sticker on the serviced lifejacket, indicating the recommended date for the next servicing session.

16

This sticker identifies the Plastimoapproved servicing stations.


Re-arming kits for lifejackets How to identify the right re-arming kit for your lifejacket ? Which firing head ? (open the outer cover to identify the type of firing head)

Your lifejacket

The re-arm pack you need to order

Accessories

MANUAL FIRING LIFEJACKET Pilot 150-165 N, Family, Optisafe, Pilot Basic, Pilot Pocket, Quickfit 150 N.

40199

Pilot 275 N

50374

AUTOMATIC FIRING, WITH WATER-DISSOLVING CARTRIDGE Pilot Junior 100 N, Quickfit Junior

38429

Pilot 150-165 N, Family, Optisafe, Quickfit 150 N

40200

Pilot IOR

53486

Pilot 275 N

50375

Pilot 150-165 N

58460

UML 5 water dissolving cartridge : 40255 (replacement recommended once a year)

UML 5

Pilot 275 N

Pro-Sensor

Pro-Sensor water dissolving cartridge : 58505 (replacement recommended once a year)

61654

AUTOMATIC FIRING, WITH HAMMAR HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Pilot 150-165 N, Optisafe, Quickfit 150 N 40201 Pilot 275 N

50376

Pilot IOR

53487

Pilot 150-165 N

58461

Hammar A1 hydrostatic release mechanism :

A1

42440

MA1

(replacement recommended every 4-5 years)

Hammar MA1 hydrostatic release mechanism :

Pilot 275 N

Lifejacket models prior to 2000-2001 : se ket features one of the jac life If your ite bs we r ou it vis e firing heads, pleas er of the to obtain the part numb appropriate re-arm kit.

HR manual HR automatic

61671

61634

Re-arming kits include : • Manual inflation lifejackets : a CO2 gas cylinder and a locking clip. • Automatic inflation lifejackets, with water-dissolving capsule : a CO2 gas cylinder, water-dissolving capsule and a locking* clip. • Automatic inflation lifejackets, with Hammar hydrostatic firing system : a CO2 gas cylinder, a hydrostatic release mechanism and an opener.

cylinder Weight of gas in the per type of jacket : 100 N = 24 g 150-165 N = 33 g = 45 g 150 N + IOR dan buoy 275 N = 60 g

Automatic firing head with water-dissolving cartridge or capsule : We advise you to check the cartridge or capsule if your lifejacket has been stored in a damp atmosphere and, as a safety precaution, we recommend the replacement of the cartridge/cylinder at the beginning of the sailing season. In that case (as long as the gas cylinder is intact), you should order the capsule or cartridge alone. Automatic Hammar hydrostatic firing head : Should be replaced every 4 to 5 years.

* Except for re-arming kit for Pro-Sensor firing head.

17


Accessories for lifejackets W3 compact flashing light Ultra-luminous lifejacket flashing LED light. The light is protected by an ultra low-profile dome ensuring a large light beam thus reducing damage possibilities during rescue operations. The light activates automatically when in water and can be turned off manually. Fits all types of lifejackets. Supplied with fixing clips.

A

Ref. A 60833 B 62058

C 61941

Description W3 compact flashing light alone W3 compact flashing light with loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket W3 compact flashing light with mounts for universal use (inflatable lifejacket, windsurf, kitesurf,...). Supplied with : Velcro band and attachment plate ; loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket ; self-adhesive Velcro.

Crutch strap 50524 Strongly recommended : prevents the lifejacket from riding up when in the water, thus making swimming easier. 25 mm wide polyester webbing, with plastic buckle.

Sprayhood 39819 Spray hood is folded in a convenient belt pouch with Velcro closure that opens easily and quickly in case of necessity. Fits lifejacket models Pilot 150 & 275 N, Family 150 N and Quickfit 150 N.

B C

• Type of battery : Lithium. • Flash frequency : 55 per minute • Light output : 0.75 candela • Light duration : 8 hours • Weight : 35 g (fixing clip included) • Dimensions : H 26.9 x L 55.9 x w 37.8 mm

Sea Flash lifejacket light 60908 Extremely bright white flashing LED light. Activates automatically when the small sensor on the trailing wire makes contact with water. The light can be activated and switched off manually by simply pressing the button located on the main body of the unit. Fits all types of lifejackets. Adapts on strap ≤ 50 mm. Type of battery : CR2 Lithium Flash frequency : 50 to 54 per minute Light output : > 1 candela Light duration : 10 hours Weight : 32 g (including clip) Dimensions : 45 x 19 x 31 mm (light), 51 x 9.8 mm (clip)

EN ISO 12402-4

Tethers for inflatable lifejackets: see pages 34 - 35

18

Pack of 100 NStorm lifejackets • Pack 4 : 60909 • Pack 6 : 60910 Pack of Storm lifejackets in PVC storage bag. Zip fastener and mesh for ventilation.

Option Plate for attachment to the lifejacket oral inflation tube :

61032


Lifejackets & buoyancy aids 150 N category standard features : EN ISO 12402-3

Typhoon Zip closure, hem tightening drawstring and adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Comfort : 3-block ergonomic collar. Double adjustable crutch strap.

Storm 150 N with light

Storm Features a single floatation block for chest/neck/head. Fastened with round-the-waist cord. Double adjustable crutch strap. Weight

Size

STORM 150 N Without light With light

40-50 kg 50-70 kg + 70 kg

S M L

58352 58353 58354

58355 58356 58357

Weight

Size

TYPHOON 150 N Without light With light

30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

S M L XL

61087 61088 61089 61090

100 N category standard features : • Self-righting capacity, head is supported above the water. • Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam. • Outershell 100 % polyester, fluo orange for optimum visibility. • 100 cm2 retro-reflecting stripes for night-time recognition. • Whistle.

EN ISO 12402-4

Available in 50 Newton*

61625 61626 61622 61627

Cruising & blue water sailing

• Self-righting capacity, user wearing foul weather gear. Head supported above the water. • Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam. • Outershell 100 % polyester, fluo orange for optimum visibility. • Grab handle. • 300 cm2 retro-reflecting stripes for night-time recognition. • Whistle.

For cruising, 100 N lifejackets appear to us as the minimal "reasonable" personal safety equipment. It is only from the 100 N category onwards that a lifejacket is fitted with signalling equipment and that it has a self-righting ability (i.e. it is designed to turn most wearers face up, even unconscious). This is also the reason why children’s lifejackets (wearer 30 kg max.) exist only as from the 100 N category.

Storm 100 N with light

Storm

Typhoon

Features a single floatation block for chest/neck/head. Fastened with round-the-waist cord. * 50 N models do not self-right and do not carry retro-reflecting tapes.

STORM 100 N Weight

Size

40-50 kg S 50-70 kg M + 70 kg L - XL

CE EN ISO 12402-4

STORM 50 N* CE EN ISO 12402-5

Without light With light

Without light

58358 58359 58360

63739* 63740* 63741*

58361 58362 58363

Weight 30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

Size S M L XL

Zip closure, hem tightening drawstring and adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Comfort : 3-block ergonomic collar. Adjustable quick-fit crutch strap with plastic buckle. Available in smaller TYPHOON 100 N sizes and a variety 61091 of colours, for toddlers and 61092 children from 3 to 61093 30 kg : see "children’s 61094 lifejackets" pages. 19


Cruising & blue water sailing

Children’s lifejackets

Jean-Marie Liot ©

= WEARER UP TO 30 KG Y OR EG AT -C ON WT 100 NE LIFEJACKET.

Typhoon lifejacket EN ISO Self-righting capacity, keeps the child's head well out of the water. 12402-4 • Buoyancy : polyethylen foam. Buoyancy is higher than the minimum required by official standards (transcends minimum requirements by 30 %). • Large roll-around collar with increased buoyancy providing added comfort and improved head support. • Visibility : bright colours and retro-reflecting tapes. • Closure : zip + adjustable waist belt with plastic clip, hem tightening drawstring for snug fit. • Crotch strap. • Grab handle. • Whistle.

Child's weight 3 - 10 kg 10 - 20 kg 20 - 30 kg 20

Age (as a guide only) Baby/toddler 1 - 2 years Child 2 - 5 years Child 5 - 8 years

Orange no pattern

Yellow igloo pattern

Orange plane pattern

58614 58615 58616

58853 58854 58855

58850 58851 58852

Typhoon lifejacket, er) Testsieger (test winn ls de mo 8 to d are mp co an rm Ge and brands by magazine YACHT : n wh ich th e Pla sti m o Ty ph oo d, very “ Th e tes t wi nn er is ce pri ly ab ss at all. Reason and a revealed no weakne ck ne the in le grab hand e. well equipped with a choic ” it is definitely the right buckled crotch strap,

April 2013


Inflatable or traditional foam lifejacket for your small fry ? Both types meet the specifications required by the EC standard ; they are self-righting and feature a large flotation pillow collar to support the child’s head efficiently and keep the airway out of the water. • Inflatable lifejacket for children is always an automatic inflation type ; even if the child falls into the water unconscious or cannot swim, the lifejacket inflates automatically, by mere contact with the water. However, we tend to recommend inflatable jackets only for children aged 6 or 7 and above, i.e. an age when the child can swim a little and moves around the boat with a relative freedom of movement. An inflatable lifejacket is ideal for a child who is already acquainted with life on board and reasonably aware of danger ; less cumbersome than a foam jacket, it contributes to the child’s better freedom of movement and can thus have a positive effect on his/her involvement on board. • For toddlers, and indeed for most children, we still recommend the traditional foam flotation lifejacket : your child is litterally «bundled up» in a protection shell. While its primary function is to provide flotation, its foam volume acts as a real bumper, protecting the child from hard knocks ; also, it definitely slows down the movements of an inquisitive and adventurous brood, which some parents may find comforting ! Last but not least, do not forget to surround your decks with netting : in addition to the lifejacket which is the bare essentials, the guardrail netting is a wise and simple precaution.

EN ISO 12402-4

Ph.Plisson ©

considered by the The child’s weight is teria serving as a regulation as the cri r size. Therefore, pe basis for buoyancy as a guide only ; we indicate the age child tries the it is imperative that the purchase. lifejacket on before

Baby lifejacket 100 Newton category lifejacket. Self-righting capacity, keeps the child’s head well out of the water. • Buoyancy : polyethylen foam. Buoyancy is higher than the minimum required by official standards (transcends minimum requirements by 30%). • Large roll-around collar with increased buoyancy providing added comfort and improved head support. • Visibility : bright orange colour and retro-reflecting tapes. • Comfortable to wear : front floatation panel is split in 2 for increased comfort ; adjustable crotch piece. • Closure : adjustable waist belt with plastic clip, hem tightening drawstring, neck closing strap. • Grab handle and loop in the back to attach a safety line. • Whistle. Child’s weight 3 - 8 kg 8 - 15 kg 15 - 30 kg 30 - 40 kg

Age (as a guide only) Baby/toddler 0-2 years Child 1-5 years Child 4-10 years Child 8-12 years

BABY

63743 63744 63745 63746

Club Master lifejacket 100 Newton category. Specially designed for intensive use, e.g. sailing schools and clubs (dinghy, catamaran, canoe-kayak, Stand Up Paddle) : reinforced where wear and chafe are critical. • Self-righting capacity. • Buoyancy : one-block flexible foam on Elite model, polyethylene foam on Club Master. • Large wrap-around collar and grab handle. • Durability : outer shell in hardwearing coated polyester material. • Visibility : vibrant red colour and retro-reflective tapes. • Fastening with 2 straps and buckles, adjustable waist belt and hem tightening drawstring for snug fit. • Back strap concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging. • Crutch strap. • Whistle. Child’s weight 30 kg maxi

Age (as a guide only) Child 5-6 years

CLUB MASTER

CLUB MASTER ELITE

63937

63942

Inflatable lifejackets for children continued on following page 21


Cruising & blue water sailing

Inflatable lifejacket Pilot Junior

EN ISO 12402-3 12401

61138

61137

Without harness. Plastic fastening buckle.

With harness. Stainless steel buckle.

Certified integrated harness. Adjustable waist belt and st. steel fastening buckle.

150 Newton category, 120 Newton buoyancy. With harness : 61137 Without harness : 61138

Plastimo advises the use of an inflatable lifejacket by a child only if he can swim and is old enough to understand that the jacket must be ready to use in an emergency, and must only be inflated if such a situation arises. Therefore, Plastimo strongly recommends the use of a traditional foam-type lifejacket for very young children.

• Self-righting capacity. • Designed for children from 18 to 40 kg. • Fully automatic inflation with a 24 g CO2 cylinder. • Red outer cover. • Neon yellow air chamber with retroreflective tapes. • Fitted with a grap loop and a crotch strap.

Quickfit Child & Junior lifejackets 150 Newton category, 120 Newton buoyancy. Fully automatic inflation with a 24 g CO2 cylinder. Self-righting capacity. Belt system combines a double back webbing and crutch straps to ensure a perfect fit to the child’s body, on deck and in the water. • Child size (50-90 cm chest) : yellow outer cover. Designed to prevent the child from undoing the jacket himself : waist strap closes with a buckle on the side and D-ring for safety line is in the back. • Junior size (50-140 cm chest) : red outer cover. Model with integrated harness and stainless steel ring on the front for tether. Child’s weight

Description

QUICKFIT

Colour

18-40 kg 18-40 kg

Child : chest size 50-90 cm Junior : chest size 50-140 cm

61139 61140

Yellow Red

D-ring on the back to prevent inquisitive fingers from undoing the safety line.

Child Quickfit 61139 without harness.

Options & Accessories • Tether 1.50 m, 2 hooks 55981

• Re-arming kit 38429 (24 g CO2 bottle + dissolving capsule + clips)

22

• Water dissolving capsule

40255

Junior Quickfit 61140 with harness.


Ph. Plisson Š

EN ISO 12402-5

Olympia Weight 30-50 kg 50-60 kg 60-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

Size

OLYMPIA Blue/black

OLYMPIA Silver

S M M L XL

63688 63689 63690 63691 63692

63693 63694 63695 63696 63697

Trophy Weight

Size

TROPHY Yellow/black

TROPHY Silver/black

30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

S M L XL

63684 63685 64686 63687

63929 63930 63931 63932

OLYMPIA

TROPHY

Buoyancy

50 Newton - polyethylene foam

50 Newton - polyethylene foam

Durability

100 % polyester outer shell.

100 % polyester outer shell.

Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Drawstring at hem and neck.

Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Drawstring at hem and neck.

Fastening & body fit

-

Heavy duty zip.

Wide elasticated armholes.

Wide elasticated armholes.

Comfort

Buoyancy floats : 1 block in front, 2 blocks in back.

Short, non obstrusive cut for optimum ease of movement. Buoyancy floats : 2-block construction in front and back.

Other features

Loop in the neck to hang buoyancy aid.

Loop in the neck to hang buoyancy aid.

23

Coastal navigation, river/lake activities

Dinghy & multisports buoyancy aids


Lake, river & seashore activities

Water ski & jet ski Buoyancy aids

Passion Weight

Size

30 - 50 kg

S

50 - 70 kg

M

70 - 90 kg

L

+ 90 kg

XL

Buoyancy Durability Fastening & body fit Comfort Protection

PASSION Blue/black

PASSION Silver/black

63698 63699 63700 63701

63702 63703 63704 63705

PASSION 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category) Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell. 4 fastening straps with buckles. Drawstring tightening at hem. Elasticated cutaway style around the arms for maximum freedom of movement. Good stomach and chest protection.

Canoe & kayak Stream Specifically tailored for paddling activities : paddler is seated and does the same ample arm/ shoulder movement repeatedly.

Buoyancy Durability

Weight

Size

STREAM Silver

Weight

Size

STREAM HD Red

30 - 40 kg 40 - 60 kg 60 - 80 kg + 80 kg

S M L XL

63925 63926 63927 63928

30 - 40 kg 40 - 60 kg 60 - 80 kg + 80 kg

S M L XL

63671 63672 63673 58507

SLIP-OVER 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category). Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell. Crutch strap.

Fastening & body fit

Comfort Visibility 24

Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging in branches. Slip-over construction provides the largest possible armcut. One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). -

Stream HD

HD SLIP-OVER 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category). Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell, PVC coated. Heavy duty. Crutch strap with plastic loop. Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle on the side. Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging in branches. Slip-over construction provides the largest possible armcut. One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). Bright colour. 100 cm2 reflecting tapes on shoulders.

The European standard requires a 50 Newton buoyancy for canoe and kayak practice, mostly carried out in sheltered water or where help is close at hand. However, for extra safety, Plastimo has uprated its range to a 70 Newton actual buoyancy : our buoyancy aids are approved in the 50 N category, but provide 70 N actual buoyancy.


Designed for intensive use (dinghy, catamaran, canoe and kayak, Stand Up Paddle) reinforced where wear and chafe are critical.

Coastal navigation, beach & shore

Voiles & Voiliers ©

Buoyancy aids for clubs & sailing schools

Club Master CLUB MASTER & CLUB MASTER ELITE 70 Newton actual buoyancy (certified in 50 N category) 100 Newton in XS size < 30 kg. Buoyancy • Club Master : polyethylene foam buoyancy • Club Master Elite : one-block foam buoyancy with superior flexibility. Outer shell in coated polyester for optimum durability. 2 adjustable straps + buckles. Fastening Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, & to reduce the risk of snagging. body fit Drawstring tightening at hem. Crutch strap. Wide elasticated armholes. Comfort One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). Vibrant red outer shell. Visibility Retro-reflecting tapes on XS model. Whistle. Other features Colour scheme per size (strap on shoulders). Durability

Weight

Size

CLUB CLUB MASTER MASTER ELITE

30-40 kg 40-60 kg 60-80 kg + 80 kg

S M L XL

63938 63939 63940 63941

63943 63944 63945 63946

Club Master, XS size (child < 30 kg) : 100 N type model with self-righting capacity, features a wrap-around collar and retro-reflective tapes. Weight Size max 30 kg XS

(5-6 yrs)

CLUB CLUB MASTER MASTER ELITE

63937 63942 with collar

Dog flotation vests Flotation ensured by soft closed cell foam. Fix-lock fastening. Adjustable straps. Size XS S M L

Example of dog Yorkshire Jack Russel, King Charles, Shi Tzu Spaniel Labrador, Retriever

Ref.

Buoyancy

18405

6N

18406

10 N

18407 25360

20 N 40 N

Sailing schools and kayak clubs must check lifejackets and buoyancy aids at regular intervals. Regular care consists in rinsing in fresh water after use, and drying away from direct sunlight. An annual inspection consists in a buoyancy test and a visual control of the various components (webbing, cover, sewing, buckles and zip).

25


B.Y. Leglatin ©

Coastal navigation, rivers & lakes

Recreational fishing

EN ISO 12402-3

Pilot Fishing inflatable lifejacket Lifejacket designed for fishing enthusiasts and also for shellfish and fishfarming professionals, who require a lightweight safety equipment, non obstrusive and comfortable to wear.

63761

PILOT FISHING 150 N • Inflatable lifejacket, 150 N buoyancy. Features • Green outer cover, very easy to keep up and clean. Fishing : sea, lake or river, whether on foot or in a boat. Recommended use Shellfish and fish farming activities. • Automatic or hydrostatic. Inflation • On hydrostatic model, a mesh patch built into the outer shell accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker. Air chamber Totally independent air chamber. Visibility when inflated Yellow chamber, 300 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes. • Back strap : 25 mm polypropylene webbing for improved Webbing straps comfort and body fit. • Waist strap : 40 mm adjustable polypropylene webbing. Buckles Buckles in composite material. Facilitates grabbing the person and hoisting out of the water. Grab loop 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing

PILOT FISHING forrest green Automatic Hydrostatic Hammar

63760

Options • Crutch strap, ref. 50524. • Emergency light, ref. 62058.

63761

Plein Sud fishing vest Designed to help safety-conscious anglers and fishing addicts get their tackle organised : • 50 Newton buoyancy : one-piece polyethylene floats on chest and back. • Durable 100 % polyester outer shell. • Zip fastening and drawstring tightening at hem. • Elasticated arm holes. • 6 pockets of different sizes, lure-padding and 2 buckles. • Loop in the neck to hang the vest.

26

Weight

Size

PLEIN SUD FISHING olive green

30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

S M L XL

63839 63840 63841 63842


Professional fishing boats, merchant vessels, oil and windmill platforms, industry applications.

© B. Leglatin

EN ISO 12402-3

PLB shown on photo is not included and must be ordered separately

PILOT PRO 150 N Ref. Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 62305 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window 62306

62305

automatic Pro-Sensor

Viewing window to monitor the status of the Pro-Sensor firing head : green when lifejacket is operational. If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.

Pro-Sensor inflation system : indicator reflects the status of the firing head

PILOT 150 N Intensive professional use : professional shipping boats, Recommended merchant vessels, oil platforms, industry applications… use Comfortable and hard-wearing, perfectly adapted to working conditions. Self-righting capacity : turns most wearers face up within 5 seconds, Performance even unconscious (equipped with a regular foul weather gear). • CO2 gas cylinder (33 g) • Tube for oral inflation, with non-return valve Inflation / firing • Automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar inflation modes. mechanism • Status monitoring : red/green indicator shows clearly the firing mechanism status. Air chamber Totally independent air chamber, efficiently protected by the outer cover. Yellow chamber. Visibility when 300 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes, sewn no the jacket for added resistance inflated and improved adherence. Yellow fabric, PVC coated on both sides, washable and fire-retardant. Outer cover Rounded comfortable neck. Reflective piping on shoulders. Viewing window to monitor the status of the firing mechanism. Improved comfort and better body fit. Back strap 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Waist strap 40 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Fits waistline 60 to 170 cm. Buckles Buckles in composite material. Facilitates grabbing the casualty and hoisting him/her out of the water. Grab loop 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Whistle Secured with lanyard inside the lifejacket. Weight of lifejacket As from 880 grammes

PLB or MOB electronic device can be easily secured inside the lifejacket.

Options

Crutch strap : 50524 Selection of tethers, flashlights, dye marker, PLB's etc. See page 18 27

Professional applications

Pilot Pro 150 N lifejacket


Army & navy, industry & civil engineering Capitalising on a comprehensive leisure activity range, Plastimo also develops technical skills and industrial expertise to meet the specific needs of army and navy forces, civil engineering and industrial applications. Our Marketing team supported by reactive R & D engineers ensure that we will always be able to meet your requirements in terms of product design and specifications or compliance with a particular standard.

FEATURES

French Navy lifejacket

Commando lifejacket

150 N

275 N

150-275 N

1 x 33 g CO²

1 x 60 g CO²

2 x 33 g CO² 2 x 60 g CO² x2

  -

 on request

Buoyancy category Turns most wearers safely on their back within 5 seconds (even unconscious) Inflation : gas cylinder Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Inflation manual only automatic, water-dissolving capsule automatic, Hammar hydrostatic

SOLAS lifejackets

All automatic lifejackets are also manual.

Yellow air chamber

Independent Independent   Visibility when inflated : • Flashlight, included as standard • Retro-reflecting tapes 300 cm² 400 cm² + mirror + mirror Outer shell Army green Black, very PVC coated material hardwearing   Fire-retardant Crotch strap Included (twin) Included (single) Waistline 90-150 cm 90-150 cm Weight of lifejacket 880 g 1280 g Pockets, add-on accessories, comfort extra features : see specific description by model

Independent  300 cm²/150 N 400 cm²/275 N Polyester or PVC coated material  (ref. 59415) Included (single) 55-140 cm 1700-1800-2000 g

Recommended use : Professional applications, coastal and offshore, emergency manoeuvres and assault troops, commercial fishing or transport, industry applications. ised can be custom All our models ents. rticular requirem to meet your pa y an r les office fo Contact our sa t. specific reques

French Navy inflatable lifejacket For standard service and emergency manoeuvres on all vessels. • 150 N buoyancy. • Inflation : manual or automatic. • Army green PVC coated cover, fire retardant coating, Velcro or zip closure. • Automatic distress light, 2 dye marker pouches. • Supplied in storage bag. 28

Commando inflatable lifejacket Designed for assault troops. Supports one person + 30 kg of combat equipment. • 275 N buoyancy. • Inflation : hydrostatic (Hammar). • Special device prevents hydrostatic inflation when required (when trooping or jumping into the water) ; retroreflecting tapes can be hidden for camouflage. • Black cover, fire retardant coating, zip closure.


SOLAS inflatable lifejackets

Courtesy of WPD Offshore

Professional applications

Professional or industrial use : commercial or fishing vessels, windfarms and oil-rigging platforms...

SOLAS inflatable lifejackets Easy clean PVC fabric

Fire-proof

• Dual chamber. • 2 automatic firing heads with 2 x CO2 gas cylinders (2 x 33 g for 150 N jacket ; 2 x 60 g for 275 N jacket). • 2 tubes for oral inflation. • Crutch strap. • 55 - 140 cm waistline. • Whistle. • Automatically activated light (lithium battery). • Grab handle. • Safety line. SOLAS lifejackets

150 N

275 N 59414

59415

Ref.

Orange PVC cover, easy clean

59414

Fire-proof cover

59415

Red nylon cover

59416

mmar hydrostatic Also available with Ha ecial request. sp inflation system, on

Options & Accessories OMI MSC 200 (80)

• Sprayhood

39819

2 gas bottles, 2 firing heads • Waist belt extender

61136

Up to 175 cm waist size

• Spare LED flashlight

60908

• Re-arm pack for 150 N : 40200 x 2* for 275 N : 50375 x 2* *order 2 kits per lifejacket

59416 29


Typhoon lifejackets Suitable for staff in standard service, operation and exercise. Shown here with optional light and pouches, to be ordered separately.

EN ISO 12402-3

Typhoon Navy lifejacket Features MOLLE® type attachment webbing to upgrade the lifejacket with pouches for equipment and accessories. • 150 N buoyancy from polyethylene foam. • Abrasion resistance : coated polyester outer shell. • Closing and body fit : zip, adjustable waist belt with buckle, tightening string at hem. Double crutch strap. • Comfort : ergonomic 3-section head support collar. • Visibility : 300 cm² retro-reflecting stripes. • Grab loop. Weight 30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg

Size S M L XL

TYPHOON NAVY

63557 63558 63559 63560

Options & Accessories Automatic flashlight : 56 x 38 x 27 mm (L x W x H) • Activated by direct contact in water : 60833

225

38

125

• Activated by wire contact in water : 60908

38

Pouches : • Small : 63565 10 x 10 cm • Medium, horizontal : 63566 10 x 19 cm • Medium, vertical : 63567 17 x 10 cm • Large : 63568 17 x 19 cm

ries n accesso Extra add-o on request : available r, 2 fastening lines, mirro ks... signalling er sachet, lightstic rk a dye m

Molle®* system is a pouch attachment grid of webbing sewn onto the lifejacket. • 2 rows of Molle® webbing on size S • 4 rows of Molle® webbing on sizes M, L and XL. *Modular Lightweight Load-carrying Equipment

Typhoon Army foam lifejacket

Suitable for all army manoeuvres (river crossing, flood rescue operations…). • 115 N buoyancy PE foam. • Colours : army green, navy blue, camouflage. • Buckle + zip, crutch strap, pockets.

30


B.Y.Leglatin ©

Commercial, fishing & passenger vessels

SOLAS lifejackets

Lifejackets designed for use on board fishing, commercial, recreational or passenger vessels above 25 metres.

59403

With flashlight 59406

Adult

The ship owner has the obligation to make sure that the safety equipment on board complies with the regulation of the country in which the boat is registered. SOLAS lifejacket Adult > 43 kg Child 15 to 43 kg Toddler/Infant < 15 kg Adult

59404 Child

OMI MSC 200 (80)

Without flashlight

With flashlight

59403 59404 59405

59406 59407 59408 Child

Storage

Toddler/Infant

43 - 140 kg 15 - 43 kg < 15 kg (waist 175 cm max.) Buoyancy 165 N 135 N 80 N Storage 32 x 32 x 25 cm 30 x 30 x 22 cm 52 x 30 x 10 cm dimensions (folded) L x W x Th. L x W x Th. L x W x Th. Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam distributed in chest block and collar block for extra head support. Features Chin strap to optimise head position, adjustable belt with plastic buckles, retroreflective tapes (400 cm2), floating safety line, whistle, optional flashlight. Double crutch strap, – – Extra grabloop on collar, zip closure. Wearer

59405

Folded for flat storage

Folded for vertical storage 31


Safety harnesses The Plastimo range of safety harness includes a wide variety of models, to suit all types of use and navigation.

EN ISO 12401 Philip Plisson ©

It is usually when you most need them that harnesses are difficult to don and to use. In order to facilitate this, our harnesses feature different colour webbing straps, wide and stiff enough to increase comfort and improve ease of donning.

Try your harness on A safety harness is a personal piece of equipment : the straps must be perfectly adjusted to your body size. Try it on, adjust it, get to recognise every strap.

Keep your harness in good condition A safety harness is a fundamental piece of equipment for your safety : as opposed to a lifejacket, on which buoyancy can be tested and possible ageing signs are visible, a harness can loose some of its original qualities without there being any visible signs. • Rinse it with fresh water after use. • Check the seams regularly. • Never store it in a damp locker. • Discard and replace systematically a harness showing evidence of wear and tear or a harness which has been submitted to tension. We recommend that racers should replace their harness every year, in view of their intensive use and exposure to UV-rays. • Never use a harness for any other purpose than the one which it is designed for. Adjustable harness 2

Children’s safety harnesses Specifications Attachment point Waistband adjustment Shoulder straps adjustment Colour shoulder straps Different colours to identify different sizes Patch to keep harness in place Reflecting tape Crotch strap OPTIONS

Webbing 36 mm wide

Harness model ADJUSTABLE 2 BOLERO St. steel triangles Integrated tether ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Back-patch

Bolero

✔ -

✔ ✔

Leg strap, ref. 31559

-

Bolero harness Particularly recommended for children, the Bolero vest with built-in harness is definitely the simplest to use. It is equipped with a permanently integrated tether, to prevent the child from releasing it himself. It also features a chest pouch to store the tether when not in use. Size

Reference

• BOLERO HARNESS XS (child 20 kg max) S (junior 50 kg max) • ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 2 Harness alone, no tether Child Harness with single Child tether + 2 snap hooks Harness with integrated tether + 2 snap hooks

Adjustable harness 2 Fully adjustable, at waistband and shoulderstraps. Child size and adult size are clearly identified by different colours. A back patch holds the shoulder straps in the correct position ; it also contributes to comfort and makes donning easier. 32

60480 60481 31551 31549


Adjustable safety harnesses Specifications Attachment point Waistband adjustment Shoulder straps adjustment Colour shoulder straps Different colours to identify different sizes Back-patch to keep shoulder straps in place Reflecting tape Toggles (for fastening on sailing jacket) OPTIONS

Webbing 50 mm wide

ADJUSTABLE 1 Web loop ✔ ✔ -

Harness model ADJUSTABLE 2 St. steel triangles ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

BOLERO St. steel triangles ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

-

-

• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether, see following page

• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether, see following page

• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether*, see following page

*Except on Bolero models ref. 31553 and 31555, which already feature a permanently integrated tether.

Adjustable harness 1

Adjustable harness 2

Bolero Harness

Webbing harness, with adjustable waistband. Easy to use and don : shoulder straps and waistband come in different colours for easy identification.

Fully adjustable, at waistband and shoulderstraps. A back patch holds the shoulder straps in the correct position ; it also contributes to comfort and makes donning easier.

The simplest to use : Bolero vest with built-in harness. Particularly recommended for a regular use and specifically for children

ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 1 Reference Adjustable waistband,no tether 31547 Adjustable waistband, with 31546 single tether + 2 snap hooks

ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 2 Harness alone, no tether Harness with single tether + 2 snap hooks

Reference

31550

Harness with integrated tether + 2 snap hooks

31548

Also available in Child size.

Philip Plisson ©

BOLERO HARNESS

Size Reference Small (junior 60481 or adult up to 50 kg)

Harness with single Adult tether + 2 snap hooks

31552

Standard safety harness STANDARD HARNESS

Size Fixed waistband, with single L tether +1 snap hook XXL Attachment point Colour shoulder straps OPTION

Reference

31544 31545 Web loop ✔

Leg strap, ref. 31559

Basic, webbing model, without waistband adjustment. Wide 50 mm webbing. Easy to use and don : shoulder straps and waistband come in different colours for easy identification. 33


Tethers Suitable for inflatable lifejackets and safety harness.

EN ISO 12401

L.Charpentie

A tether is the indispensable complement to an inflatable lifejacket, provided you have initially selected a jacket model “with harness”, i.e. with stainless steel buckles and meeting the resistance requirements of EN ISO 12401 standard. All Plastimo harnesses come with or without a tether, to allow all combinations (except for Bolero, child size : tether is integrated to harness). All our tethers are equipped with safety hooks to prevent accidental opening.

C A

Tethers Model

B

With screwtype hook(s)

Double action safety hook(s)

Tethers D

Single tethers

- 31560 A 31558 B 31561

C 55981 - 55982 - 55983

< 1.50 m (child size), 2 hooks < 2 m, 1 hook < 2 m, 2 hooks

- 31564

D 55984

Elastic, 2 hooks (elastic line < 2 m)

- 31563

-

Double tethers - 31565

55985

E 55986

< 2 m + 1 m, with 3 hooks Elastic, 3 hooks (1 straight line < 1 m + 1 elastic line < 2 m)

E

A tether is the indispensable accessory which makes an inflatable lifejacket a fully featured safety equipment. Provided of course, that you have originally selected a lifejacket with integrated harness : the only version providing the adequate resistance and featuring a stainless steel triangle to secure the tether. When using a harness in conjunction with a tether, it is essential to check that both the harness and the tether are designed to the same standard, and specifically to the same breaking strain level. The breaking strain is defined by the original standard, but also by the age of the harness or tether : the ageing and general condition of the webbing impacts negatively its level of performance. Tether : its essential features • Number of lines : a double tether has 2 lines. It enables you to remain clipped as you move about the deck. • Number of hooks : there is not systematically a hook at both ends ; the tether can be attached to the harness via a webbing loop (see photo : tether ref. 31558). • Length of lines : standard length is 2 m. In the case of a double tether, the 2 nd line is reduced to 1 m so that you can clip yourself on a shorter length. The very principle of a harness is to prevent a man falling overboard and being dragged ; one must therefore be clipped on a short length, as often as possible. Tethers on children harnesses are shorter. • Elasticity : this tether stretches out when needed and contracts when not under tension, which contributes to a greater freedom of movement and improved safety, as it is kept short and tidy to prevent accidental snagging. The elastic tether is the obvious choice for yachtsmen who wear their harness regularly. 34


EN ISO 12401

B

ISAF tethers Model

A Double action Wichard safety hooks

Tethers

Double action safety hooks C

Single tethers

2 hooks (elastic line < 2 m)

Double tether

Elastic, 3 hooks (1 straight line < 1 m + 1 elastic line < 2 m)

A 51564

B 57316

-

C 57305

Meets ISAF/ORC specifications.

Adjustable leg strap 31559 Adapts on all harnesses with a non-integrated tether, i.e. all our models but child’s Bolero.

When the tether is submitted to a heavy load (ex. man over board), the strain indicator exposes a label indicating that tether should be replaced.

Jacklines Yellow 36214 36215 36216 36217 36218 62102 62103

White 39447 39448 39449 39450 39451 -

Sold by the pair (Shackle or hook not included. Minimum recommended breaking strain for shackle/hook : 2000 DaN.)

Ph.Plisson©

Length 6m 7m 8m 9m 10 m 14 m 17 m

2

Ph.Plisson©

Polyester webbing, 30 mm wide. Breaking strain : 2000 DaN.

The installation of jacklines is essential to allow shifting location on the deck, while remaining clipped to a strongpoint at all times. Unfortunately, this vital element of the “harness-tether-jackline” set is often neglected or, worse still, is often the result of a “DIY” assembly done by a non-safety specialist. Plastimo reminds you the basic rules : • A jackline must be rigged only on strong points designed for that purpose. • Strong points must be mounted through deck, with a reinforcing plate below deck, and must resist 3 tons minimum. • A jackline must run free of knots, and sewn joints must be tested and calibrated. Jacklines should be positioned as far inboard as possible, in order to prevent falling over board. • Web jacklines will not roll under foot, as opposed to rope. Being made of fibres, jackline webbing is subject to ageing -even with no visible signs- due to UV-rays, sea water and temperature. Ideally, jacklines should be taken down, rinsed and stored in a dry place for wintering. Still, we stronly recommend to replace them regularly ; to be more specific, jacklines must be replaced after a cumulated period of 2 years of outdoor exposure. 35


© Th.Martinez/Sea&Co.

Horseshoe buoys Patented

RESCUE BUOY With floating light Without light

Rescue Buoy®

Yellow cover

White cover

27023 27022

35716 35717

Options & Accessories

Simple and ingenious, the Plastimo Rescue Buoy represents a simple but major breakthrough in the array of man overboard recovery aids. The principle is extremely simple : attach permanently a regular horseshoe buoy to a properly coiled lifeline ; when the buoy is thrown, the line pays out quickly, without tangling or fouling. • Horseshoe lifebuoy, 147 N buoyancy. • 40 m of yellow floating retrieval line. • Coated fabric storage bag, impervious to UV-rays, fitted with clips for attachment to pulpit. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg. • Dimensions : height : 60 cm, width : 65 cm, thickness : 14 cm. • Weight : 2.3 kg without light.

• Floating light

57718

Fixed light, without bracket

• Spare cover / storage bag Yellow : 27949 White : 35719 • Cover set (incl. cover, reel and retrieval line) Yellow : 27026 White : 35721 Converts your existing regular Plastimo horseshoe buoy into a Rescue Buoy.

Inflatable horseshoe buoy • With light : 40206 • Without light : 40207 Stemming from state-of-the-art technology in rescue devices, the inflatable horseshoe buoy is composed of 2 different elements : - holder fixed on the boat’s pushpit ; - ABS canister containing the IOR Dan buoy horseshoe buoy. The canister is attached to the holder by a lanyard. In the event of a man overboard, throw the canister towards the victim. Deployment will occur when lanyard is fully tensioned. • Buoy Yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Buoyancy : 117 N. Supplied with grabline and drogue. Water-activated light in option. • Canister : ABS plastic.

• Rearming kit for buoy with light : 40208 24 g gas cylinder + light. for buoy without light : 40209 24 g gas cylinder.

49 cm 64 cm

• Rail mounting kit

415010

36

57 cm

Options & Accessories

Ø 13 cm

The inflatable horseshoe buoy is much more compact than its traditional equivalent.


The complete buoy set includes a horseshoe buoy, a fixed light and a stainless steel bracket.

Horseshoe buoy with welded cover

Strong plastic moulded line loop

An articulation in the middle of the buoy allows an extra widening of the sides, so that the buoy also fits stouter bodies easily. Equipped with a lifeline and nylon hook. Colour

Buoy set

Buoy only

Orange Red Yellow White

10026 35922 10027 35923

16101 12061 16102 12062

Complies with

Buoyancy

French recreational boating standards - Division 240 147 N

Dimensions Height 57 cm, Width 64 cm, Thickness 10 cm

Accessories • Adhesive reflecting stripes :

60906 4 stripes, 20 cm long x 5 cm wide

Horseshoe buoy with removable cover Polyethylene foam buoyancy. Washable, highly resistant cover (1100 decitex, PVC coated). Zip closure. Wide opening, fits most body sizes. Comes complete with lifeline and polyamide hook. Complete buoy set includes a horseshoe buoy, a fixed light and a stainless steel bracket.

Colour

Buoy set

Buoy only

Orange Yellow White

63751 63465 63754

63750 63457 63753

Complies with

Buoyancy

French recreational boating standards - Division 240 147 N –

Dimensions

Spare cover

63752 Height 53 cm, 63578 width 62 cm, thickness 11 cm 63755 37


Buoy racks Rack for horseshoe buoy

Rack for horseshoe buoy + light

37800

31437

Composed of : • 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 1 stainless steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). • 1 shock cord + plastic snap shackle to secure the buoy. Supplied with screws and nuts.

Composed of : • 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Specific clip designed to hold a floating light. • 1 stainless steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). Supplied with screws and nuts.

The Rescue range consists of 4 products designed to contribute to the recovery of a man overboard. Once the product is deployed, the boat simply circles the casualty so that he/she can grab the buoy without swimming and can then be pulled back to the boat.

G.Plisson ©

Man over board

Rescue Sling, Rescue Buoy and Rescue Buoy offer an extra safety feature : the retrieval line is coiled on a reel. This avoids the line getting entangled and allows a swift and reliable repacking. This extremely simple procedure also allows the crew to drill and get acquainted with the product, therefore more confident in the rescue process.

Rescue Line Rescue Buoy Rescue Ring Rescue Sling 38

Providing buoyancy

Hoisting casualty back aboard

-

-

145 N

-

155 N

-

95 N

B.Leglatin ©

Performance Bridging casualty to rescue team Product


Rescue range Rescue Sling® • Yellow : 27027 • White : 35713 Complete rescue gear, which delivers flotation to the victim and provides a means to hoist the person back aboard (with the help of a lifting tackle or halyard winch if necessary). The clever and exclusive design of the Rescue Sling consists in the retrieval line which is coiled on a reel: this avoids the line tangling or fouling, and makes the Rescue Sling the most efficient man over board recovery gear. Patented

• Buoyancy of flotation belt : 98 N. • 40 m of floating line. • Storage bag with clips for rail attachment. • Dimensions : height 50 cm, width 30 cm, thickness 20 cm. • Weight : 1.7 kg. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg. • Breaking strain of flotation belt : 700 kg.

Accessories • Lighting : 60908 Lithium battery operated, 10-hour lifetime. Light is fixed on an elastic lanyard to be sleeved on the flotation belt.

©Th.Martinez/Sea&Co

1

2

3

4

STOP

• Spare cover Yellow : 38153 White : 38151

The clever and exclusive spool system offers a definite safety plus, as it prevents the line from getting entangled. Besides, it allows a swift and easy “repacking” procedure : another good reason to urge the skipper to drill the crew.

Rescue Line® 27020

1

3

2

5

4 LMHI

6

7

Throw bag heaving line, very simple to operate : a 20 m retrieval line stowed in a bag, allowing to connect the survivor to the boat. Equally useful in many circumstances, such as getting a line to a dock, and also in many river leisure activities, such as canoeing, rafting, etc. The Rescue Line is weighted, so that it can be thrown with accuracy at a reasonable distance, even against strong winds. It features a grab loop at both ends, enabling both the rescuer and the survivor to remain attached to the line. • 20 m floating line. • Bright yellow colour for good visibility. • Weight : 500 g. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg.

8

Accessories • St. steel basket for Rescue Line : 30766 For pulpit mounting. Designed for tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • Spare bag : 28367 39


Ring lifebuoys Rescue Ring® 35926

Patented

Set of products complying with SOLAS 74.96 standard : • 1 ring lifebuoy (ref. 16095). • 1 floating light (ref. 196482). • 30 m of yellow floating retrieval line, Ø 8 mm. Cleverly packed in a yellow coated fabric storage bag, impervious to UV-rays, and fitted with clips for attachment to pulpit.

Options & Accessories • SOLAS floating light : 196482 • Spare cover/storage bag : 35927 • Package : cover + reel + retrieval line

35928

Converts your existing ring buoy into a Rescue Ring.

Ring lifebuoy containers Container provides protection and easy spotting of ring lifebuoys by beaches, lakes, rivers or jetties... Made from polyethylene. Wall, pole or tube mounting.

90 x 90 cm container with door

75 x 85 cm ring lifebuoy container

196992 Designed for Ø 61/63 or 73/75 cm ring buoy. Features a transparent round opening to check the presence of the buoy. Dimensions : 90 x 90 x 22 cm (H x W x depth).

62241

62240

75 x 85 cm ring lifebuoy container

Ref.

Container with Ø 73 cm lifebuoy (ref. 61968) + throwing line (ref. 43767).

62241

Container alone Dimensions : 75 x 85 x 26.5 cm (H x w x depth).

62240

Container supplied empty. Buoy must be ordered separately.

Accessories for mounting

A C

40

Pole

For 75 x 85 cm container

40213 59037

For 90 x 90 cm container + door

Mounting kit for Ø 6 cm rail*

Mounting kit Wall mounting kit for Ø 4.5 cm rail* (bolts + screws)

40214

-

-

-

59038

59039 *(banister and jetty balustrade)

B

F E

Mounting kit for rail

Description

Pole

D

Pole

A

75 x 85 cm container 90 x 90 cm container + door

B

C

D

E

F (drilling)

150 cm 6 cm

4 cm

30 cm

30 cm

Ø 1.2 cm

200 cm 10 cm

5 cm

30 cm

30 cm

Ø 1.2 cm


SOLAS ring lifebuoys • Feature 4 retro-reflecting tapes and a 3 m grabline. • Polyethylene outer structure, filled with polyurethane foam. • Stowage height : anywhere up to 30 m above the waterline.

RINA 0474

61967

61969 Ext. Ø 61 cm 73 cm

Ref.

61967 61968

73 cm

61970

73 cm

61969

61968 & 61970

Description Without throwing line. Without throwing line. With 30 m throwing line, Ø 8 mm floating polypropylene. Heavier buoy without throwing line, to be used with a specific light designed for commercial vessels.

Int. Ø 41 cm 44 cm

Height 13.50 cm 10.50 cm

Weight Buoyancy 2.7 kg 145 N 3 kg 144 N

44 cm

10.50 cm

3.5 kg

144 N

44 cm

10.50 cm

4.6 kg

140 N

Non-SOLAS ring lifebuoys • Polyethylene structure. • Fitted with a 3 m grabline (except for model ref. 61972).

61972

61973 Ext. Ø 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm

61971

Ref.

61971 61973 61972

Description No foam-filling. Filled with polyurethane foam. No foam-filling, no grabline.

Int. Ø 41 cm 41 cm 41 cm

Height 13.50 cm 13.50 cm 13.50 cm

Weight 1.8 kg 2.7 kg 1.8 kg

Buoyancy 115 N 145 N 115 N

Accessories

Ring buoy rack 37832

Includes : • 1 Plasticlip to be adapted on any stanchion or pulpit Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 1 stainless steel rack to hold the ring buoy. • 1 shock cord + plastic snap shackle to secure the buoy. Supplied with screws and nuts.

Throwing line Floating polypropylene, compliant with regulation to equip lifebuoys. Description Length 30 m, Ø 8 mm

Colour Orange White

Ref.

43767 53134 41


IOR dan buoys ISAF regulations require the “marking of a man overboard for yachts sailing offshore”.

Inflatable IOR dan buoy ©Th.Martinez / Sea&Co.

ISAF-ORC compliant Inflatable IOR dan buoy MOB pole for crew-overboard visibility, provides 150 N buoyancy. • Yellow canister : 63455 • White canister: 61073 ø 13 cm

Canister • Torpedo-shaped canister in ABS plastic, height 49 cm x Ø 13 cm. • Weight : 3.8 kg.

49 cm

Dan buoy pole Yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Height above water (inflated pole) : 1.98 m. Features : • adjustable webbing sling seat for man-over-board to rest on, • grab handle, • 0.75 cd automatically activated light, 8-hour battery life, • red and yellow flag (32 x 20 cm), • retro-reflective tapes (200 cm²), • signalling whistle, • rigid ballast with V-shaped batten structure, acting like a keel for optimum stability, • drogue anchor (28 x 28 cm) to help resist drifting.

Webbing sling seat and grab loop.

Options & Accessories

• Gas re-arming kit : 50374 60 g gas cylinder

Checking and servicing your inflatable dan buoy or lifebuoy To ensure that your inflatable dan buoy or lifebuoy is fully operational when needed, we strongly recommend that you check them and have them serviced at regular intervals. • Before putting off to sea, you can easily inspect their general condition visually, by checking the main components (container, inflatable chamber, retro-reflecting tapes, CO2 gas cylinder– check that the cylinder is tightly screwed –, firing head, safety light – check the date of the light –). Replace the re-arming kit if necessary. • A complete servicing session conducted at regular intervals includes includes checking the inflation system and the airtightness of the chamber. Plastimo recommends to have one spare kit for each dan buoy and lifebuoy on board. 42

• Light replacement kit : 63456 0.75 cd light + mounting accessories

• Stern rail mounting kit :

415010


Inflatable personal dan buoy • With light : 63747 • Without light : 53482 Manual activation : in the event of a man overboard, the victim activates the inflation by pulling the toggle.The inflated dan buoy increases considerably the visibility of the victim. To be attached to a belt (on foul weather gear or lifejacket). Dan buoy in neon yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Height above water when inflated : 1.80 m.

Features : • red and yellow flag (21 x 14 cm), • retro-reflective tapes, • lanyard, • oral inflation tube, • light (option). Comes in a PVC pouch with belt attachment. Dimensions (in pouch) : 11 x 14 x 7 cm, without light, 11 x 16 x 8 cm, with light.

Additional equipment required by ISAF standards

• Re-arming kit : 53484 11 g CO2 gas cylinder + safety clip. For buoys 63747 and 53482. • Spare light : 63456 For buoy 63747. • Webbing belt : 53485

Rigid IOR dan buoys

Besides dan buoy and lighting, ISAF equipment includes : • 1 horseshoe lifebuoy. • 1 dye marker (ref. 38861). • 1 small drogue anchor (ref. 25354) and line. • 1 whistle (ref. 16303). The ISAF regulation stipulates that when at sea, the dan buoy must be either fully extended or, in the case of an inflatable model, deployed in less than 20 seconds.

B.Y.Leglatin ©

Options & Accessories

Telescopic IOR dan buoy • Yellow float : 55665 • Orange float : 55664 Ergonomic design and superior stability. Complies with the ISAF/ORC racing regulations. Features : • 1 fibreglass telescopic dan buoy with 1/4 twist fastening. • 1 ergonomic and shockproof cylindrical PVC floatation buoy (height 360 mm, Ø 180 mm/ 80 mm). • 1 man-over-board red and yellow flag 450 x 350 mm. • 3 m of floating rope to attach to a lifebuoy. • 1built-in stainles steel ballast. • 1clip and lanyard to keep the flag rolled up. To obtain a dan buoy with light, simply add the optional light kit. When fitted, light is situated 2.30 m above the waterline. Powered by a 9 V battery. When the dan buoy is thrown into the water, the lanyard detaches the clip from the light, which then activates automatically the light. To fit the light to the dan buoy, simply push the bayonet fitting into the top of the dan buoy. Height extended

Height telescoped

Height above water

3.52 m (3.64 m with optional light kit)

1.95 m (2.07 m with optional light)

2.30 m (2.42 m with optional light)

Inshore dan buoy 176928 Black GRP tapered pole 2.14 m long. Yellow encapsulated float. Yellow plastic dipped lead weight. Flag and 25 mm band of retro-reflective tape. 3 m of Ø 8 mm floating line.

Options & Accessories • Telescopic dan buoy holder : 56397 316L stainless steel, totally maintenance-free. Fits easily on Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm pushpits or backstays. • Fixed light kit : 16205 (battery not incl.) • Spare bulb for fixed light kit : 20614 • Spare flag : 10742 • Fixing clip for flag : 16703

56397 43


Lifefloats Plastimo lifefloats

Polystyren foam enclosed within a strong PVC cover, high frequency welded. Fitted with braided rope reeved through reinforced welded fairleads. Do not use life floats as cushions. Use 1 person 2 persons 3 persons 4 persons 6 persons

Ref.

16097 25353 16098 16099 16100

Buoyancy 147 N 323 N 451 N 598 N 902 N

Weight 0.9 kg 1.7 kg 2.3 kg 3.2 kg 4.5 kg

Dimensions 40 x 40 x 10 cm 45 x 45 x 16.5 cm 60 x 47 x 16.5 cm 74 x 50 x 16.5 cm 100 x 60 x 16.5 cm

Patented

Delfino lifefloats Provides efficient buoyancy in the event of shipwreck or Man Overboard. Allows the victims to gather in order to ease survival and rescue. High density polyethylene, filled with polyurethane foam for buoyancy. Fitted with reflecting stripes for added visibility. Braided rope is reeved through reinforced eyelets at regular intervals (2, 3 or 4 eyelets on each side) to account lian Approved by the Ita for a larger number of persons grasping e rin Merchant Ma the rope. Use

Ref.

Buoyancy

Weight

Dimensions

Approval

4 persons 8 persons 12 persons

195392 195393 195394

1370 N 1370 N 1970 N

16 kg 16 kg 23 kg

90 x 90 x 28 cm 90 x 90 x 28 cm 98 x 98 x 30 cm

n. 257/1982 n. 258/1982 n. 256/1982

Buoyant cushions Light polyethylene foam protected by a durable coated fabric cover. Great to sit, also provides efficient buoyancy aid in the event of a Man Over Board. Braided rope facilitates grabbing. Can easily be secured on board with integrated hook. Easy care : cover is washable with fresh water and can be sun dried. Buoyant cushions Single

Colour Navy blue Red Navy blue

51563 51561 51562

Buoyancy 78 N 166 N 166 N

Weight 0.50 kg 1.10 kg 1.10 kg

65 mm

65 mm

Double

Ref.

40

0m

m

83

0m

m

m

0m

40

44

m

0m

40

2 single cushions can be assembled with integrated Velcro to provide seat and back-rest.

Single cushion : seat only

Double cushion : seat + back-rest


Flushmount safety ladder

Safety ladder

51558

• 4 steps : 29008 • 5 steps : 29009

Helps any crewmember get back on board easily without external help. Suitable for current use (bathing) or in case of Man Over Board.

50 cm

Consists of 3 polypropylene steps and 1 st. steel handle assembled by a highly resistant line, (bright yellow Ø 3 mm polyester). Ladder is stored in a polyamide tube with a grey polypropylene cap, for optimum protection and waterproofness. The Man Over Board removes the cap, pulls the ladder down, and climbs onboard. • Light. • Very easy flush mount (like a thru-hull fitting). • Transom or skirt mount (sail and power boats), just above waterline.

132 cm

ø 48 mm m

18 cm 30 cm

235 m

© Rick Buettner

30 cm

13,5 cm

30 cm

1

ø 48 mm

2

Designed to increase safety on board, this ladder comes in a canvas bag with 2 handles : one handle to attach the bag alongside the boat ; the other handle for the man fallen overboard to grab. The bag pulls open and the ladder unfolds instantly, helping the person to get back on board easily.

Model D B

75 cm

120 cm

Ø 60 cm

3

A D C

Sea anchor Highly resistant models. Easily folded for storage. Model A - SOLAS B C D

Ref.

52957 25354 52559 18668

Dimensions Length 60 cm - Ø 40 cm Length 80 cm - Width 35 cm Length 90 cm - Width 75 cm Length 120 cm - Ø 60 cm

Material PVC coated mesh fabric Polyester fabric PVC coated fabric PVC coated fabric

Line 30 m line 30 m line -

Type of use SOLAS liferafts, up to 10-person Horseshoe buoy, Dan buoy, etc. ISO 9650 liferafts, from 4 to 10 persons Sailboats & Powerboats 45


Signalling • Sound Trump and MiniTrump Combines the powerful blast of sound of a gas fog horn, with the simplicity of a mouth horn : delivers over 100 dB with no effort. Operates on the vibration of a plastic diaphragm, which can easily be replaced with any thin plastic film. Hard-wearing, colourfast, nature-friendly and economical. Virtually can’t be lost, because it floats. The Mini-Trump is the more compact version.

Gas fog horn, screw-on type 200 ml canister. Delivers a 115 dB blast at 2 m distance. Ozone friendly. Type of gas

Fog horn, complete

Spare canister

Model Ref.

Inflammable Non flammable

27744 27178

27745 27179

TRUMP 27180 70 mm 140 g

195 mm

MINI37894 50 mm 50 g TRUMP

Adjustable from Shell pack. 87 to 163 mm

Ø

Weight Length

Description Comes in a tube canister, with lanyard and 2 spare diaphragms.

Fog horn

Whistle

16183

16303

Highly resistant polyamide. Length : 30 cm. Ø 8 cm.

2-tone whistle, manufactured from polystyrene. Equips all lifejackets.

10

• Visual Anchor ball Internationally recognised signal for use when at anchor. Folds flat for easy storage.

Motoring cone Indicates use of motor on a sailing boat. Folds flat. Dimensions, when folded 47 x 33 cm

Ø 30 cm 35 cm

Ref.

39552

Ref.

16185 39553

Hand lead lines

46

Description

30 m

50 m

Ø Nylon

Sounding lead weight

Marked every metre with colour change every 10 m.

16268

39258

2.5 mm

0.5 kg with recess for wax

Marked every metre.

417053

4 mm

0.6 kg

-


Dye marker Marine dye marker used for daytime emergency distress signalling and search and rescue marking. A person in distress scatters the dye marker on the water when a potential rescue vessel or aircraft appears. It spreads as a brilliant spotting mark, clearly visible as a distress signal for up to an hour, and in good visibility can be seen by aircraft over 10 km away. Ideal for boating, it is also an extra safety equipment for windsurfing, diving and snorkeling. Sold in a sealed sachet with fastening lanyard.

Description 40 g sachet + blister pack 40 g sachet + blister pack 80 g sachet.

Ref.

38861 301124 62236

Dimensions 185 x 80 x 12 mm 185 x 80 x 12 mm 185 x 80 x 17 mm

Other size sachets available on request.

Adhesive reflecting stripes Ref.

60117 60906

On a lifejacket, a safety harness or sailing jacket : combining light stick and reflecting stripes optimises visibility.

A

B

G. Plisson©

Description A 1 Roll of 47.5 m x 5 cm wide B 4 stripes, 20 cm long x 5 cm wide

Fluorescent storm jib The storm jib helps stabilising the boat and increases visibility in foul-weather conditions. Designed by a professional sail maker and manufactured in polyester, the storm jib features : • A high modulus cloth (380 g/m2). • A small surface (4 m2, 5 m2 ou 6 m2). • A compact shape. • A bright visible colour (fluorescent). It meets the ORC specifications. The fluorescent storm jib is equipped with quick snaps and can be easily hanked on any forestay, including a quick-release forestay. Boat length <8m < 26 ft < 12 m < 38 ft < 14 m < 44 ft Storm jib area 4 m2 5 m2 6 m2

Storm jib area 4 m2 5 m2 6 m2 A 4.68 m 5.79 m 5,90 m

B 3.32 m 4.15 m 4.52 m

Ref.

38009 38010 38011 C 2.53 m 2.66 m 2.80 m

B

A

C

47


Floating lifebuoy lights

Plastimo floating lifebuoy light For use with lifebuoys. Operated without mercure, simply with alcaline batteries, R20 type. 360° arc of visibility. Optimum visibility : 10 cm free-board above water line. Light model A

Patented

B

Fixed light, without bracket with bracket Strobe light, without bracket Flashlight, without bracket

Light intensity

Duration

No. batteries*

57718 57719

4 candela

2 hours

4

16198

2 candela

16197

2 candela

Ref.

approx. 40 hours at 1flash/sec. approx. 72 hours at 20 flash/min.

3 5 *Not included.

Operation principle of fixed light A

B

• The spring is in permanent contact with the base of the bulb and the positive terminal of the batteries. • The wire is in permanent contact with bulb socket.

Options & Accessories

When not in use, the weight of the batteries compresses the spring and shuts off the contact between wire and batteries negative terminal.

When the light is thrown into the water, it floats in vertical position immediately, thanks to its specific shape. The batteries slide down in the tube and, with their weight, create the contact with the wire connected to the bulb.

Light model

Bulb

Contactor

Spare glass

Strobe

16202 Contactor + bulb

16202 Contactor + bulb

20900

Fixed 5 batteries* Fixed 4 batteries

26320

16200

20900

54499

60789

56691

Flash

17660

16201

20900

10

*Before April 2011

Stella LED floating lifebuoy light Patented

Very compact lifebuoy light, low power consumption. LED-type flashlight, operates with one R20 alcaline battery. 360° arc of visibility. Dimensions : 160 x 80 x 80 mm. Weight : 90 g. (without battery). • Light intensity : 2 candela. • Duration : Approx. 8 hours at 60 flash/minute. • Battery : 1 x R20 battery (not included).

Accessories

• Mounting clip for Plastimo floating light : 37034 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Screws and nuts included. 48

• Mounting clip for Stella floating light : 45184 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 20 to 30 mm. Screws not included.

160 mm

196482


Compact LED-type lithium lifebuoy light 64047 Ultra-compact floating LED-type flash lifebuoy light. Activated automatically when the light is pulled from its housing. Powered by lithium battery (5-year run time), no maintenance or remplacement battery required. Rated among the smallest and lightest lights on the market. • Duration : 2 hours minimum. • Output : 2 candela minimum. SOLAS-MED & liant as US Co tguards comp • Weight : 91 g (light only), 115 g (light and holder). • Dimensions : light only 75 x 78 mm (Ø x H). light with holder 86 x 97 mm. • Supplied with polypropylene holder and 1 m lanyard to attach to lifebuoy.

Floating LED-type lithium light 63655

Accessories • Rack for horseshoe buoy + light :

Floating LED-type lifebuoy with automatic seawater activation. Operates with an integrated lithium battery, 5-year run time. Can be stored in any position with no risk of inadvertent activation. Circuit and lithium battery are sheltered and locked in polyurethane foam to avoid oxydation. • Duration : 2 hours minimum in operation mode. • Dimensions : 100 x 220 mm (Ø x H) • Supplied with holder and 2.65 m lanyard.

31437 Composed of : 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Clip designed to hold a floating light. 1 st. steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). Supplied with screws and nuts.

• Mounting clip for floating light : 37034 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Screws and nuts included.

To be rescued, we must be seen

Life Flag Photoluminescent and fluorescent : visible at any time night or day, the Life Flag enables a quick and effective location. Available in distress and diving flag.

ing, For recreational boat g, rfin su nd wi sailing and s. itie tiv ac ter wa or all

Innovative process Photoluminescence process combined with fluorescence optimizes the location by night or day, in all weather conditions. 5 minutes exposure to a bright light = 8 hours of photoluminescence. Benefits - Safety : excellent visibility by night or day, immediate spotting even from airplane. - Easy to use : quick and easy fastening with shock cords, fully operational when flat or hoisted. - Economic and eco-friendly : durable safety equipment, recyclable. No other energy source required other than light. - Quality : made in France, non-polluting manufacturing process with solvent-free, water based printing paste. French patent. LNE certificate. International maritime distress flag

Diving flag with Saint-Andrew’s cross

61689

61690

Dimensions : 75 x 112 cm Weight < 320 g Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m² Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity) Supplied with 4 shock cords Complies with OMI/RIPAM-IMO/COLREG distress signals (flag with black ball)

Dimensions : 30 x 40 cm Weight < 50 g Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m² Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity) Supplied with 4 shock cords

61689 – Day

61689 – Night

-

61690 – Day

61690 – Night 49


Signalling W3 compact flashing light Ultra-luminous lifejacket flashing LED light. The light is protected by an ultra low-profile dome ensuring a large light beam thus reducing damage possibilities during rescue operations. The light activates automatically when in water and can be turned off manually. Fits all types of lifejackets. Supplied with fixing clips.

A

Ref. A 60833 B 62058

C 61941

Description W3 compact flashing light alone W3 Compact flashing light with loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket W3 Compact flashing light with mounts for universal use (inflatable lifejacket, windsurf, kitesurf,...). Supplied with : Velcro band and attachment plate ; loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket ; self-adhesive Velcro.

B C

• Type of battery : Lithium. • Flash frequency : 55 per minute • Light output : 0.75 candela • Light duration : 8 hours • Weight : 35 g (fixing clip included) • Dimensions : H 26.9 x L 55.9 x w 37.8 mm

Sea Flash lifejacket light

LED flashlight

60908

301733

Extremely bright white flashing LED light. Activates automatically when the small sensor at the end of the trailing wire makes contact with water. The light can be activated and switched off manually by simply pressing the button located on the main body of the unit. Fits all types of lifejackets. Fixing on strap ≤ 50 mm.

Option 61032 Plate for attachment to the lifejacket oral inflation tube

• Type of battery : CR2 Lithium • Flash frequency : 50 to 54 per minute • Light output : > 1 candela • Light duration : 10 hours • Weight : 32 g (including clip) • Dimensions : 45 x 19 x 31 mm (light), 51 x 9.8 mm (clip)

A

Cyalume® lightsticks A B C -

Lightstick type Green lightstick Kit of 2 green lightsticks Kit of 3 assorted lightsticks (blue, red, green) Infra-red lightstick

Duration 19668 12 hours 301487 12 hours Blue : 8 hours 38847 Green & Red : 12 hours 301715 8 hours

B

Ref.

10 1 kit of 2 1 kit of 3 100

Available in other colours and other durations on special request.

Signalling mirror 27177 One of the most reliable, effective signalling devices : features an aiming spot to assist you in flashing in the intended direction. Ø 86 mm.

50

Watertight LED light, can be used in many circumstances : sport, sailing and diving. • 50 to 70 flash/minute. • Autonomy : over 50 hours. • Visibility up to 2 km with a new battery. • Watertight up to 100 m depth. • ABS body with incorporated loops for belt or strap. • Dimensions : Ø 52 mm, height 133 mm. • Weight : 205 g with batteries. • Power supply : 4 x AA batteries. • Supplied with lanyard and arm-strap.

C

Indispensable for every crewmember sailing at night. Visible at a distance of over one mile, this watertight floating light features an eye for attachment to a sailing jacket. 100 % reliable, unbreakable, non-corrosive, watertight, nontoxic. It does not produce any flames or sparkles, it is nonflammable, does not require any batteries and can be used in a variety of circumstances : Man overboard, gas leak, electricity failure or black-out, engine breakdown, windward use, in or below the water, mooring light... • Floating stick 24 x 2 cm, with attachment eye. • Produces a bright light instantly. • Minimum range 1 mile.


Radar reflectors A

B

C Complies with ISAF/ORC

Octahedral type radar reflectors

Ref.

Aluminium models, fold flat for easy storage. For optimum performance, the radar reflector must be mounted in catch rain orientation.

A B C

Reflective area* 215 x 215 x 280 mm 450 g 3 m² 300 x 300 x 415 mm 650 g 5 m² 340 x 340 x 470 mm 1000 g 7 m² complies with ISAF/ORC : diagonal > 456 mm Dimensions

27015 23648 10074

Weight

* As an indication only.

Tube-type radar reflectors Clever shape : creates minimum windage and also less chafe on gear.

A

B

Model

Ref.

Sailboat (photo A) Features a groove shroud

25586

Powerboat (photo B) Features a mounting bracket

25587

39099

29496

Dimensions Long. 58 cm Ø 5 cm Long. 59 cm Ø 10 cm Long. 56 cm Ø 5 cm Long. 56 cm Ø 10 cm

Weight

Max. reflective area.

250 g

2 m²

900 g

4 m²

300 g

2 m²

1100 g

4 m²

Inflatable radar reflector 61913 Ideal for use on liferafts. • Radar cross section : 10 m², complies with SOLAS requirements. • Weight : 600 g. • Packed dimensions : 230 x 305 mm. • Inflated diameter : 615 mm.

Option Rod kit

61914

Illustrated with rod kit, to be ordered separately. 51


Survival equipment Food & fresh water rations Contain GMO-free cereals.

Survival food rations Survival food processed in our laboratories from an exclusive recipe, under the strict control of an independent health protection certified organisation.

Drinking water

Come as readily divided biscuits, each vacuum packed individually. Standard pack ref. 14116 : 500 g. pack.

• Come in 125 ml individual portion sachets in aluminium coated polyethylene. • Best-before date : 5 years.

Other multiples and weights available on request.

Compliant with : SOLAS 74/96, IMO MSC 48(66) LSA, ISO 18813.

• 500 g = 10.000 kj • Best-before date : 5 years.

Bureau Véritas approved.

Compliant with : SOLAS 74/96, IMO MSC 48(66) LSA, ISO 18813. Bureau Véritas approved. Order status Description

Ref.

Standard

Standard food rations

On special request only

Standard food rations

300442 Pack of 2 x 50 g

On special request only

Aircraft type food rations

300438 Pack of 4 x 50 g

On special request only

Food + water rations Pack of 2 x 50 g + 300441 combined pack 2 x 125 ml

1 box = 27 packs

Extremely pure water, treated and processed in our workshops under the strict control of an independent health protection certified organisation.

Order status Description

Ref.

Standard

0.5 L bag drinking water 35541 (4 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)

Standard

15 x 1 L 1 L bag drinking water 300445 white bags (8 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)

Standard

10 x 1.5 L 1.5 L drinking water 300448 white bags (12 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)

Standard

3 L drinking water 21368 (24 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)

14116 of 500 g each

On special 1 L drinking water (10 x 100 ml request only in transparent PE sachets)

300444

28 x 0.5 L white bags

5x3L transparent bags -

Why should I take water in sachets on board, rather than a plain bottle of water ? Drinking water processed in vacuum sachets is submitted to a special treatment which guarantees that the water will remain totally bacteria-free for 5 years, whatever the temperature fluctuations (from -30 to +40 °C). Standard drinking water in bottles will remain pure for 2 years maximum. The 3-layer highly resistant packaging film contributes to the anti-bacteria protection over time and it also provides a high mechanical resistance : water sachets are designed to resist the high degree of compression in a liferaft and also resist a 35 m high drop (SOLAS standard), without leaking or bursting.

Water & food rations are processed in our Lorient facilities, run under ISO 9001:2008 standards 52


Thermal protective aid

Thermal protective bag

42152

22785

Designed with aluminised polythene to provide maximal protection to a temperature of minus 30ºC. Universal size. Dimensions : 2,4 m x 1 m. Weight : 160 g.

Made from polymer. Provides excellent protection from rain, wind and cold. Dimensions : 2,35 m x 1 m. Weight : 330 g.

Shark-repellent sachet 301802 Water-soluble powder producing a highly repellent acid solution. • Dimensions : 18 x 8 cm. • Weight : 100 g. • Expiring date : 3 years (in sealed sachet).

Thermal protective blanket 11057 Aluminium insulating blanket. Dimensions : 1.60 m x 2.10 m

Floating safety knife

36082

Floating knife with rounded blade for extra safety. 7 cm rigid stainless steel blade, serrated : ideal for rope or net cutting. Plastic handle. Description

Ref.

Folding knife

11053

Fixed blade knife

300744

St. steel flat and serrated blades for rope and net cutting. Floats and is very light. Dimensions : 260 mm including 140 mm blade. Supplied with sheath and fixing straps.

Dimensions Folded knife 115 x 35 mm 122 x 35 mm

1

Floating knive

1 12

53


Alarms

Carbon monoxide alarm 29486

Gas alarms Handheld gas detector 53446 Battery powered. Easy to use. Suitable for identifying sources of leaks in pipes, fittings, valves, gas storage tank/cylinders... Will respond to all types of flammable gases such as LPG, natural gas, LNG… Audible and visual warning. • Detection level :0-10.000 ppm (20 % of LIE / Lower Explosion Level). • Display : green LED : power on - gas <500 ppm*. yellow LED : low alarm - gas >500 ppm*. red LED : high alarm - gas >2.000 ppm*. • Power consumption : DC 600 mW. • Operating temperature : -10° C to +50° C. • Humidity : 95 % RH max. • Battery size : 1.5 V x 2 (AA Alkaline). • Dimensions : 188 mm x Ø 30 mm. • Weight : 110 g.

The SF450EN is an easy to use and reliable self-contained carbon monoxide alarm, usingsuperior electrochemical cell sensing technology to prevent accidents caused by carbon monoxide. Battery-powered : requires no wiring, no mains power and no maintenance. Free standing or wall mounted, the detector should be placed in the room or cabin where an appliance is likely to produce CO. • Gas detected : CO carbon monoxide. • Detection principle : electrochemical cell. • Alarm indication : flashing red light and audible alarm. • Alarm levels : 50 ppm* : 60 to 90 minutes. 100 ppm* : 10 to 40 minutes. 300 ppm* : within 3 minutes (as required by EN50291 : 2001). • Buzzer output : > 85 dB at 3 metres. • Approval/conformity : EN50291 : 2001 & Kitemark. • Operating temperature : -10° C to +40° C. • Humidity range : 30 to 90 %. • Switch on : instantaneous, no warm-up time. • Alarm life : 7 years guaranteed in normal operating conditions. • End of alarm life warning. • Dimensions : 110 x 76 x 34 mm. • Weight : approximately 140 g. *ppm : parts per million.

*concentration in the air : parts per million.

Completely odourless and colourless, carbon monoxide (CO) is produced by the combustion of fuels, therefore common with appliances such as heater, cooker, engine exhaust... Symptoms start with a simple headache, reach nausea within 2 or 3 hours, and can result in death after only 1 to 3 minutes in the worst cases.

What makes carbon monoxide such an insidious killer is that you can’t see it, and you can’t smell it.

Besides, the first symptoms of CO poisoning are very similar tothose of seasickness : • 200 ppm* : headache, tiredness, dizziness, nausea within 2 to 3 hours. • 800 ppm * : dizziness, nausea and convulsions within 45 minutes ; unconsciousness within 2 hours ; death within 2 to 3 hours. • 1600 ppm* : headache, dizziness and nausea within 20 minutes ; death within 1 hour. • 6400 ppm* : headache, dizziness and nausea within 2 to 3 minutes ; death within 10 to 15 minutes. • 12800 ppm* :death within 1 to 3 minutes. *Concentration in the air : parts per million.

Cable cutters

63579

Absolutely essential on sailing yachts and motor cruisers. Not suitable for cutting chain.

63580

54

Length

Ref.

For cable

45 cm 60 cm 90 cm

63579 63580 63581

Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm Ø 14-16 mm


Fire fighting

Fire blanket 39816 Fibreglass fire blanket in rigid ABS container. Complies with BS EN 1869 standard. Blanket : 1 m x 1 m. Material is continuous filament glass cloth. Container : 25 x 17.5 x 4.5 cm. Pull twin tabs to operate.

Save boat 36022

The Save Boat spray belongs to a new generation of fire fighting equipment. Foam extinguishant, puts out all types of solid and liquid fire (wood, upholstery, textile, petrol, paraffin). Nonconductive. Can be used on electrical equipment up to 380 V. Long-lasting spray : 30 seconds minimum (compared to approx. 5 seconds with a classic fire extinguisher). Lightweight, it is easy to handle and use, even for a child. The foam melts on the surface and forms a skin covering the blazed material, thus starving the fire of oxygen and putting it out. The cooling effect prevents re-ignition. Biodegradable foam, non corrosive, non toxic, not messy, presents no health-risks. • Weight 750 g. • Dimensions : overall height 30.5 cm, bottle diameter 7.4 cm. • Non-corrosive aluminium bottle. • Can be discharged partially. • Approved 21B, conform to Afnor standard on aerosols (NF S 61 804). • No servicing.

Fire extinguisher storage case Allows safe and protected storage of a fire extinguisher in the cockpit or dashboard. UV-resistant ASA. Cut-out dimensions : - Storage case for 1 kg extinguisher : 124 x 374 mm. - Storage case for 2 kg extinguisher : 154 x 424 mm.

196669 -

C

For 2 kg extinguisher White

196461 196666 50006

50010

H

G

D

B

For 1 kg extinguisher Cream White

Colour A with door B with transparent door C without door

F

A

I

C

D

A

B E

I

1 kg extinguisher 2 kg extinguisher

A

Dimensions (mm) D E

A

B

C

174

424

120

370

204

474

150

415

F

G

H

I

105

434

196

124

374

120

484

226

154

424

55


Liferafts

© Graham Snook, Yachting Monthly

10 reasons why it couldn't happen to us

1. We are all good swimmers. Even strong swimmers weaken and tire quickly in rough, cold sea conditions.

2. We only sail a few miles offshore. For non-swimmers, children and older crew members, a few miles offshore is as far as the other side of the ocean.

3. I only venture out where there are boats around us. A marina is the only place where boats are always nearby to assist in the event of an emergency.

4. I have a VHF radio. Most fatal accidents at sea happen to boats that do have a radio.

5. I carry an inflatable dinghy. Without a ballast system, heavy seas will turn a dinghy upside down like a toy, while the liferaft “sticks” to the sea thanks to its ballast pockets. Besides, a dinghy is not designed for rescue and survival : it carries no water or survival equipment, and has no bright canopy for protection and visibility…

6. Our boat is quite new. So was the Titanic ! There are more shipwrecks than most people believe ; the press reports some of them, but a vast majority are never mentioned. 56

7. We have enough lifejackets for everyone aboard. After one hour in 10° C waters, a lifejacket cannot prevent exhaustion or unconsciousness. With 1 metre or higher waves, it is very difficult to see someone floating in the water from a relatively short distance.

8. Statistically, the chances of a serious accident are very slim. Yes, but when it comes to human lives, the slimmest chance is one too many…

9. I am a very experienced boater. No doubt, but have you ever faced the suddenness of a marine emergency ? Have you ever had to abandon ship in an emergency with all the panic and chaos that goes with it ? You are in charge of your boat, and in charge of your crew ; it is your responsibility to anticipate the worst in order to be able to bring them home alive…

10. I never leave without checking the weather forecast. Good, that’s a basic safety measure ; but forecasts can occasionally be wrong : the Fastnet tragedy of 1979 and the 1998 Sydney Hobart race will remain in our memories a long time...


His liferaft saved his life

Rescued off Tasmania, January 2013 A35 yacht, sailing solo round-the-world. « On 17 January 2013, after sailing for 83 days, a huge depression generates 70 knot winds and a raging sea. My boat capsizes. It quickly turns upright again but the mast is broken in four pieces and remains blocked through the roof. At no time however do I feel my life threatened and I wait inside the boat for the elements to calm down in order to organise a jury rig and head towards Hobart 550 NM away. The mast is gradually dismantling the roof as a wrecking bar would do. Bailing the water out regularly seems to do the trick. Around 6 hours later, a swell turns the boat around and it remains upside down. Water is flowing in through the damaged roof. The water inside acts as a ballast that relatively stabilizes the boat. The situation becomes critical and another swell slowly turns the boat upright. The water inside reaches the bunks and the chart table. The boat is now becoming extremely vulnerable. I decide to leave the boat. The liferaft is stowed at the aft of the cockpit, an open cockpit which helps me lift and throw the liferaft easily. The liferaft inflates instantly. I take the distress beacon, my survival suit, a watertight canister with a portable VHF, Iridium phone, GPS, flares… The rope connecting the liferaft to the boat is partially entangled in the wind vane that is damaged and hanging off the boat stern. The raft bangs regularly into the transom which now

shows some sharp and protruding parts (broken windvane, hydrogenerator…). As I fear that the liferaft might get damaged, I decide to cut the rope. I activate and secure the distress beacon. The following hours are a very busy episode, with five capsizes of the liferaft. I use the technique I learnt during the ISAF training session, i.e. stand on the tube to grab and pull the rope underneath the raft, designed precisely to lift up the raft and turn it in the correct position. This manoeuvre works perfectly. At some point, I loose my glasses and see my survival suit float away from the liferaft. It is getting dark when the fifth capsize occurs and I am totally exhausted by these turnaround manoeuvres. When daylight breaks, I set up a drogue which reduces the liferaft drift and that's when I can see the first aeroplanes above me. I indicate that I have no water, no food and no protection against the cold. They manage to throw a survival suit, water and food and two VHF's. In the meantime, rescue operations are being organised and Australian planes fly closer regularly and provide a real support. I have a good morale and remain positive. The cruise ship "Orion", just back from the Antarctic, sets off its course to come and rescue me. I have finally spent 56 hours in the liferaft in a 8-9°C water temperature and 9-11°C air temperature. I would like to thank the rescueing forces and partners : • CNES in Toulouse who received the signal from my distress beacon and reacted promptly • CROSS Gris Nez • AMSA, the Australian Marine Safety Authority, • Cruise ship Orion and crew who adapted their course to come and rescue me.

And of course, the essential element in this rescueing chain, my Plastimo liferaft which did the job perfectly in these extreme conditions. »

Plastimo thanks Alain Delord who visited our factory in LorientFrance and shared his liferaft experience with our production staff and R&D engineers. Alain Delord had his liferaft serviced before he set off around the world, which contributed to a more efficient rescue operation : with updated record and a perfect traceability programme, Plastimo was able to give precise information to the rescue forces and indicate that Alain Delord had no water or food on board. Providing him with water and food then became the no.1 priority. * Note : the same 4-man Transocean liferaft is available in + 24h version with water and food on board.

When you buy a Plastimo liferaft, do not forget to register the warranty : in addition to an orderly administrative procedure, it enables us to have updated records in order to cooperate more efficiently with rescueing forces, should the need arise.

57


10 reasons for a Plastimo 3 You will feel safe.

1 By coming

to Plastimo, the Specialist of Safety Equipment for 50 years, you are sure to make the right choice.

Our liferafts “adhere” to the sea. For additional safety, our liferafts are equipped with large deep ballast pockets, to improve the stability of the liferaft and prevent drifting. Plastimo ballast pockets feature a very large opening to facilitate the quick loading of water as soon as the liferaft is thrown to sea. Ballast pockets are ideally located on the outer ring of the liferaft for increased stability.

4 You won’t loose the survival

equipment.

In all Plastimo liferafts, the survival equipment is packed in a watertight pouch that is secured inside the raft ; whatever the conditions, the equipment will always be close at hand, and also visible through the transparent pouch.

2 Only Plastimo liferafts feature

a double chamber construction.

The “tube-within-a-tube” construction, very much like a tyre construction, consists of a polyurethane inner chamber, within a PVC coated polyester outer shell. This construction allows : • to take advantage of the very best features of every material : offering extreme resistance outside, and perfect airtightness inside ; • to reduce the cost of servicing : the outer shell is closed by a heavy duty nylon zipper, which allows for easy access, should the inner chamber need to be removed for repair ; • to repair more easily at sea, especially if the damage is situated under the water line.

5 Your Plastimo liferaft is

backed by a 12-year warranty. As far back as 1989, Plastimo was the first to answer your expectations by offering a 12-year* warranty on all its liferafts. * Starting on date of purchase.

PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber

58


liferaft on board

Sewing, welding or trading inflatable structures does not make you a liferaft specialist. At Plastimo, all operations are certified by Bureau Veritas as ISO 9001 compliant : product design, selection of materials, production and testing process. Our factory and teams are audited at regular intervals by independent officers in order to obtain the renewal of our certification, which guarantees a consistent quality of our liferafts.

7 We are so confident of our

technological skills that we offer you the possibility to service your liferaft only every 3 years*, i.e. 3 servicing sessions over the 12-year warranty period. This is another Plastimo innovation, with direct consequence on your liferaft budget. * For boats sailing in Europe, and subject to your national regulation.

9 Whatever your navigation programme, you will find a station to service your liferaft, anywhere in the world.

reason, what about trusting THE French manufacturer who has been SPECIALIST OF SAFETY AT SEA FOR 50 YEARS ? Every liferaft unit that Plastimo launches on the market comes out of our Lorient-France factory. 50 years of liferaft manufacturing and servicing give our engineers and technicians a unique experience and feedback for you and your crew to rely on.

We have been exporting liferafts worldwide for over 40 years.This unique experience gives you the assurance that our network of technical partners is perfectly tested and trained to service your liferaft. Wherever you are, you will find competent technicians to assist you.Please refer to the list of Plastimo authorized stations.

Because the sea is capable of the best but also of the worst, because the sea is unpredictable, your safety cannot be a question of optional extras and compromise solutions : your safety must be complete. This is our philosophy at Plastimo, and that’s why our liferafts are different.

59

Graham Snook - Yachting Monthly ©

ISO 9001 standard.

We are anxious to know you : learning from your own experience enables us to keep innovating and remain The Safety Specialist. Ph.Plisson ©

6 We run our factory under

life this year as a consequence of shipwreck, we will service your raft free of charge or, if necessary, replace it free of charge.

10 In case you might need a 10th

B.Leglatin ©

8 Should your liferaft save your


The specialist of safety at sea Plastimo has been the leading designer and manufacturer of safety equipment for 50 years : our Research and Developement team, whose know-how is supported by the most sophisticated industrial tools, is totally dedicated to your safety. Constant research on materials and techniques, combined with unique engineering skills, have made PLASTIMO THE INNOVATING PIONEER OF LIFERAFT TECHNOLOGY.

MO PLASTI n io invent

B.Leglatin

L. Charpentier ©

MO PLASTI ity iv exclus

Double chamber

Sealed protective envelope

Plastimo is the only manufacturer who offers the double chamber construction, an exclusive manufacturing process providing a resistance to perforation and abrasion unmatched in the industry : • outer envelope in 1100 Dx polyester, PVC coated, offering the best resistance to abrasion, • air chamber in polyurethane with an astonishing 600 % stretching capacity, guaranteeing absolute water and airtightness.

Remember… It is Plastimo who invented the vacuumsealed protective envelope, an ingenious technical addition -adopted since by many other manufacturerswhich protects perfectly the folded liferaft, within its valise or container.

MO PLASTI tion a v o n n i

MO PLASTI ervice ide s w d l r o w

Double action firing head

Plastimo worldwide service

Developed by Plastimo engineers and used on all our liferaft models, our patented firing head requires minimal pull on the firing lanyard for easy inflation and deployment : it is actuated by hand (10 %) and by gas pressure (90 %). Even a child or an injured person can blow the liferaft open.

Plastimo has appointed a large network of service stations throughout the world, to guarantee optimum service wherever your cruise may take you. Carefully selected for their professional service and skilled technicians, these stations are in permanent contact with our Lorient factory and engineers (regular training sessions, common quality assurance procedures…).

These technical benefits combined with a highly professional service allowed Plastimo to be the first – now widely imitated – to proudly introduce the 12-year warranty on its liferafts, provided of course that the raft has been serviced at required intervals in one of our authorised stations.

60


ISO 9650 standard

ISO 9650 is the international standard implemented in March 2005, to set up formal specifications on liferafts for use on board recreational boats. This standard clearly states the performance level and technical specifications of the liferaft and materials used in its construction. It applies to all recreational boats under 24 metres (78 ft). However, this standard is not compulsory yet in all countries.

The ISO 9650 standard defines the performance level in terms of inflation, launching, resistance, buoyancy, interior space and emphasizes particularly :

ISO 9650 standard defines 2 types of rafts according to the navigation type :

Offshore navigation : type I liferafts (ISO 9650-1) Liferafts designed for long voyages or cruises when gusts of wind can be expected, together with exceptional wave height (excluding abnormal conditions such as hurricanes). ISO 9650-1 liferafts are classified in 2 groups (A and B) to reflect the temperature conditions in the sailing area : t(SPVQ" liferafts designed to inflate in an environment temperature of -15°C to +65°C ; they feature an insulating double floor. t(SPVQ# liferafts designed to inflate in an environment temperature of 0°C to +65°C ; they feature a single floor. Liferafts are equipped with 2 types of survival kits, depending on how long the victim is likely to spend in his raft waiting to be rescued : t&NFSHFODZLJU rescue forces expected after 24 hours. t4UBOEBSELJU rescue forces expected within 24 hours.

Coastal navigation : type II liferafts (ISO 9650-2)

t#PBSEJOH Plastimo has developed a reversible ladder and an inside grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ladder and then topple easily into the liferaft. Should the liferaft inflate upside down, the boarding ladder simply reverts, to allow the victim to pull himself on the capsized liferaft and thus making it easier to turn over the raft in its natural position. On ISAF models, this ladder system is combined with a boarding ramp.

Liferafts designed for sailing in areas where moderate conditions are expected, such as coastal waters, bays, estuaries, rivers and lakes. ISO 9650-2 liferafts are designed to inflate in an environment temperature of 0°C to +65°C and feature a single floor. They come with a standard survival kit.

Type

ISO 9650-1

ISO 9650-2

Use Capacity (min/max) Max. launching height

OFFSHORE, BLUE WATER 4 to 12 persons 6 metres

COASTAL AREA 4 to 10 persons 4 metres

Inflation temperature

â&#x20AC;˘ Group A : -15°C to +65°C â&#x20AC;˘ Group B : 0°C to +65°C

0°C to +65°C

Bottom

â&#x20AC;˘ Gr. A : Insulating double floor â&#x20AC;˘ Gr. B : Single floor

Single floor

Free-board

250 mm (4 pers) 300 mm (> 4 pers)

200 mm (4 pers) 250 mm (> 4 pers)

Inside area / person Buoyancy / person Canopy Outside light Retro-reflective tapes Survival kit

0.372 m² 96 litres Deploys automatically 4.3 cd 1500 cm² Emergency > 24 h / Standard < 24 h

0.250 m² 82 litres Deploys manually 0.75 cd 1500 cm² Standard

tStability Large number and volume of ballast pockets (220 litres minimum) provide improved stability.

tVisibility 4.3 cd SOLAS outside light on ISO 9650-1 and 0.75 cd on ISO 9650-2 ; 1500 cm² retro-reflective tapes. For optimum visibility, Plastimo liferafts are constructed with vibrant yellow buoyancy tubes and fluorescent orange canopy. 61


Our philosophy to Safety and our very demanding standards in the production of liferafts have allowed Plastimo to be awarded the official recognition of its quality assurance procedures, according to the ISO 9001:2008 international standards.

B.Leglatin ©

The BV/ISO 9001:2008 is an international reference, only awarded after a very serious audit of the company’s quality procedures. By obtaining this most valuable certificate, Plastimo confirms that it belongs to the top performing companies on the market, one of those that customers and suppliers trust for quality products and service.

Every liferaft is submitted to very stringent quality control procedures, implemented at all production stages : • Procurement and reception of raw materials. • At each manufacturing step, by skilled technicians. • Final control, through random picking followed by inflation of the raft, carried out weekly by our Quality Assurance Department.

In case you would still hesitate when choosing your liferaft… What does "12-Year Warranty" mean for Plastimo ? For Plastimo, "12-Year Warranty" means 12 years without any surprise : for 12 years, as from the date of purchase, you will never have to pay any operation (parts and labour) carried out on the inflation or buoyancy systems. You will never have to pay for repair or maintenance on the structure of a Plastimo liferaft ; this warranty only applies provided your liferaft has been serviced in one of our authorised stations and stored in normal conditions. The frequency of liferaft servicing is subject to : • National regulation first and foremost ; • In the absence of a national regulation on the frequency of servicing, your Plastimo liferaft must be serviced at 3-year intervals (for boats cruising in Europe).

Can a Plastimo liferaft accept a 3-year servicing interval ? Yes, our liferaft structure is designed to accept a 3-year servicing interval. However, this is subject to national regulations that may exist. In addition, we recommend a yearly servicing if your liferaft is used on a professional vessel or stored/used in tropical climate areas (South America, Central America, West Indies, Florida, Texas, Louisiana, California, South Africa, Seychelles Islands, Reunion Island, Australia, New Zealand, South-Eastern Asia).

Your Plastimo liferaft must be serviced exclusively in one of our authorised servicing stations see page 70-71 and on www.plastimo.com

• The inflation of the raft, in order to check the airtightness of the chambers. • The scrutiny of the general condition of the raft structure and valves. • The free-of-charge overhaul or replacement of all the parts of the raft which would justify it. • The inventory and checking of the products with expiry date, and replacement when necessary. • The vacuum-packing of the liferaft. Labour times are calculated on a contract basis. There is no extra cost for "spares". You will never have an unpleasant surprise : a detailed list of the various operations carried out on your raft is given to you.

Can my liferaft be used again if it has been blown open accidentally ? Yes, if it can be repaired. In case your liferaft would be blown open, either deliberately (to rescue a man overboard for example) or accidentally, you can indeed have it serviced and overhauled in our of our authorised stations. Here again the "tube-within-a-tube" construction definitely makes the difference : the inner chambers are better protected, therefore less exposed to handling and damaging (pulling the raft back on the boat, deflating and transporting the raft) ; this of course means a considerable impact on the cost of overhauling and repacking the liferaft.

When do you replace the equipment with What does a Plastimo servicing session consist of ? expiry date ?

In all the Plastimo authorised stations, servicing consists of : • The careful inspection of the gas bottle, including checking for possible leaks, by weighing the bottle. • The inspection of the firing head. 62

The equipment which is due for replacement before the next 3-year interval servicing session must be replaced. You can easily spot those products by yourself, by looking at the check-list which you are given after every servicing session.


L. Charpentier ©

In a canister or in a valise ? Canister We recommend that you choose a canister rather than a bag : the liferaft is better protected, and can be secured on board nicely and safely with the addition of a specially designed cradle. Canisters are equipped with 2 or 4 handles (depending on model), for a better grip and carrying facility ; they also make throwing into the water much easier.

L. Charpentier ©

t Remember… d the watertigh te n ve in o h w o al It is Plastim presenting a re e re , 9 7 9 1 in h c enc inner pou r your liferaft, h fo n o ti c te ro p l a is addition re. Thanks to th tu a fe ty fe a s a raft an extr pouch, your life ctly on m u u c va t h ig rt wate reflects dire h ic h w , d te c te is better pro rvicing bills ! e s d n a e c n a n the mainte

The liferaft is ready for use : all you have to do is to secure it safely on your boat. The tightening straps are designed to stay on the raft ; they will break off by themselves, should the liferaft be blown open.

In case the liferaft would be stored on its side, do make sure that the firing lanyard is upwards. We remind you, however, that a liferaft should ideally be lying flat, with instructions on the topside. Even though a canister raft is better protected than a raft in a bag… its rigidity does not allow you to use it as a stool or a seat ! Take good care of it : instead of thinking of it as a big clumsy box, do remember that this box contains concentrated technology which could save your life at any time.

Instructions shown on the liferaft. Get to know them beforehand : make sure you know exactly what to do, just in case…

Valise The valise is manufactured from highly resistant coated fabric, impervious to UV-rays. A valise-packed liferaft requires some relative protection : you will select its location on the boat accordingly, i.e. avoid the skirt for example. Indicated dimensions of liferafts in valises may vary by ± 10 %, due to the lack of rigidity of the valise. Be nice to your liferaft -think of how precious it could turn to be-, especially if it is packed in a valise : do not drag it, do not tread or sit on it.

63


Choosing your liferaft Choosing a liferaft should be a matter of informed choice rather than merely complying with a regulation. This is what to look for : â&#x20AC;˘ .BUFSJBMTCVPZBODZUVCFT UIFEPVCMFDIBNCFS JTB1MBTUJNPFYDMVTJWJUZ (air chamber within an envelope), used on all our liferaft models. Plastimo has selected a 1100 Decitex PVC for the outer envelope because if offers extreme resistance to abrasion. The inner chamber is constructed from an outstanding polyurethane sheet which guarantees an absolute water and airtightness, and offers an astonishing stretching capacity of 500 %. t*OTUSVDUJPOTGPSVTF Pictogrammes printed clearly on buoyancy tubes

t%PVCMFGMPPS Aluminium coated insulating foam.

Cruiser std

Single floor

Cruiser ORC, Transocean ISO-ISAF

Double floor

Ă&#x2DC;

t#VPZBODZUVCFEJBNFUFS Upper and lower tubes are totally independent on all Plastimo liferafts. 4-man 6-man 8-man 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 21 cm 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 23 cm 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 26 cm

t'MPBUJOHBODIPS Liferaft

Anchor size

Cruiser 1 x 0.40 m2 Transocean ISO-ISAF 1 x 0.67 m2

64

Anchor line 10 m 30 m

â&#x20AC;˘ Patented* firing head Developed by Plastimo engineers and used on all our liferaft models, this firing head is actuated by hand (10 %) and by gas pressure (90 %) ; even a child or an incapacitated person can blow a liferaft open. *Patents no. 89 4029 15.5 and 88 14 054.


t-JHIUJOH Lithium-powered light on the top of the canopy. Lifespan : about 12 hours.

Liferaft Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF

Outside light on canopy 4.3 cd – SOLAS. Automatic activation.

Inside light 0.5 cd – SOLAS. Automatic activation.

t"SDIUVCF Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF

Automatic inflation, simultaneously with tubes. Automatic inflation, simultaneously with tubes. An anti-return valve guarantees sufficient buoyancy in the arch tube, in case a puncture would occur in the upper tube.

t4JHOBMMJOHNFBOTBOEWJTJCJMJUZ High visibility yellow buoyancy tubes. Fluorescent orange canopy. Liferaft Cruiser

Retro-reflecting stripes 300 cm2

Transocean ISO-ISAF

900 cm2 canopy + 600 cm2 bottom

t#PBSEJOH Very large opening to facilitate access directly from the boat. 1 outside rope ladder

Cruiser

1 webbing reversible ladder, weighted, + inside grab handle (2 ladders on 10-man raft). 1 boarding ramp + inside grab handle (1 boarding ramp + 1 ladder on 10-man rafts).

Transocean ISO

Transocean ISAF

6-man Transocean ISAF

t*OGMBUJPOUFNQFSBUVSFSBOHF Although not visible, this criterion is essential : passagemakers and round the world racers must pay a particular attention to selecting the right liferaft, with a firing system and bottle capacity that is designed to perform at best in the specific geographic areas where they sail. Liferaft

Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF

t#BMMBTUQPDLFUT Liferaft

Inflation temperature range 0° to +65° C -15° C to +65° C ✔ ✔

Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF

468man man man Number of ballast pockets

Capacity per pocket

3

3

4

30 litres

4

4

4

55 litres

65


Blue water liferafts 4-man Transocean

1.02 m

2.23 m2

6-man Transocean

1.05 m

2.98 m2

6-man ISO 9650-1 Transocean.

8-man Transocean

ription See full desc ed d lu c of in ent m ip u eq -73 . 72 s e g a on p

Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.

1.05 m

1.49 m2

PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber

ISO 9650-1 Transocean Designed for navigation in extreme conditions : large capacity and quantity of ballast pockets, large area drogue anchors, -15°C inflation temperature (group A), double insulating floor, fluo orange canopy with automatically erecting arch tube, 4.3 cd. outside light, radar- and retro-reflecting stripes. The Transocean ISO 9650-1 also features a ballasted reversible ladder and grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ladder and then topple easily into the raft. Should the liferaft inflate upside down, the boarding ladder simply reverts, to allow the victim to pull himself on the capsized liferaft and make it easier to turn over the raft in its natural position. The emergency survival equipment pack is available with this liferaft : the emergency pack includes water and food (rescue forces expected after 24 hours).

TRANSOCEAN PLUS ISO 9650-1 (Type 1, Group A) 4-man 6-man Valise Valise

63391

41 kg 74 x 48 x 31

63394

SURVIVAL PACK : RESCUE AFTER 24 HOURS 8-man Valise

50 kg 82 x 50 x 35

63397

61 kg 85 x 52 x 35

Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height). Dimensions of liferaft in a valise particularly may fluctuate by Âą 3 cm.

66


See full description of included equipment on pages 72-73.

1.03 m

1.49 m2

1.04 m

2.23 m2

6-man Transocean

1.05 m

2.98 m2

ACES. OFFSHORE R T S O M R FO andards, REQUIRED O 9650-1A st s IS e th m o fr tegorie Developed ISAF 1&2 ca . it meets the requirements v i-i ) (d .2 0 .2 and OSR 4

8-man Transocean

ISAF Transocean

PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber

Developed from the ISAF standard, specially adapted to offshore racing. Designed for navigation in extreme conditions : large capacity and quantity of ballast pockets, large area drogue anchors, -15째C inflation temperature, double insulating floor, fluo orange canopy with automatically erecting arch tube, 4.3 cd. outside light, radar- and retro-reflecting stripes. The Transocean ISAF also features a boarding ramp with an inside grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ramp and then topple easily into the raft. The emergency survival equipment pack is available with this liferaft : the emergency pack includes water and food (rescue forces expected after 24 hours).

PVC coated polyester boarding ramp, with fibreglass frame.

ISAF TRANSOCEAN 4-man Canister

63393

44 kg 74 x 47,5 x 29

SURVIVAL PACK : RESCUE AFTER 24 HOURS 6-man Canister

63396

53 kg 80 x 50 x 33

8-man Canister

63399

67 kg 90 x 55 x 32

Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height).

67

Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.

4-man Transocean


4 - man Cruiser

0.91 m

2.24 m2

Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.

0.87 m

1.49 m2

6 - man Cruiser

6-man Cruiser liferaft

Cruiser liferafts The Cruiser liferafts are designed for coastal cruising and moderate navigation conditions. Different versions of survival equipment are offered : see description of included equipment on following pages.

Special notice to ISAF racers

PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber

Cruiser ORC+ models do not fully comply with ISAF offshore special regulations (for ISAF races cat. 1 & 2) applicable from 01.01.2003. This restriction applies to ISAF racers only. Please contact our sales office for full details.

6-man

4-man Valise

Cruiser Standard Cruiser ORC+

Canister

Valise

Canister

28.5 kg 74 x 50 x 21

54586

54584

57041

21.5 kg 65 x 43 x 25

24.5 kg 74 x 50 x 21

25.5 kg 73 x 40 x 25

35235

57045

35233

57050

28 kg 70 x 42 x 27

31 kg 74 x 50 x 23

32.5 kg 73 x 42 x 28

35.5 kg 74 x 50 x 25

57046

• Single floor on Cruiser Standard.

• Insulating double floor on Cruiser ORC+.

Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height). Dimensions of liferaft in a valise particularly may fluctuate by ± 3 cm.

C-Safe 25590 Small impact-resistant case, waterproof up to 5 metres. The case fits snugly around the waist, and will protect your valuables (credit cards, car-keys, cash...) or any item you wish. • C-Safe floats, even when fully laden. • Double closing with lateral latches, clamped tightly shut. • O-ring ensures watertight security. • Supplied with webbing belt and strong plastic buckle.

68


Philip Plisson ©

Storing the liferaft on board

316L EEL ESS ST L IN A T S

Cradles for liferafts A cradle makes for easy mounting on the deck, the pushpit or the transom (according to model). Each cradle can be padlocked to prevent theft (in that case, remember to unlock before casting off). 3 types of cradles are available, offering different mounting possibilities. If you decide to mount a hydrostatic release unit which triggers the inflation of the raft automatically, you must go for the deck-mount cradle with straps.

Type of cradle Universal Deck-mount standard Deck-mount with straps

Position of liferaft Horizontal, Vertical, Vertical, deckpushpittransommount mount mount

Compatibility* with a hydrostatic release unit

-

-

-

-

-

-

Universal cradle 27462 Stainless steel, adjustable cradle. Fits all liferafts. Installation possibilities : • Horizontally on deck. • Vertically on pushpit or transom. Tube diameter : 19 mm.

*This cradle is the only model compatible with a hydrostatic release unit (Pains Wessex or Hammar).

69


316 L EL STAINLESS STE

Standard deck-mount cradle

Deck-mount cradle with straps

Stainless steel cradle to be mounted horizontally on deck. Tube diameter : 22 mm.

Stainless steel cradle to be mounted horizontally on deck. Tube diameter : 25 mm. Comes complete with set of adjustable straps, 40 mm wide.

Standard deck-mount Ref. cradle

Liferaft model Cruiser (ref. no. of liferaft > 56000) Cruiser 4, Cruiser 6 std, ORC & GR Cruiser (ref. no. of liferaft < 56000) Cruiser 4 std & ORC, Giglio 4 Cruiser 4 ORC+, Cruiser 6 Cruiser 8 Other models Capri 4 & Ibiza 4,Transocean 4 , Offshore 4 & 6, Offshore Plus 4 & 6 Offshore 8,Transocean 6 Offshore Plus 8, Offshore 10,Transocean 8, Transocean Plus 6, Capri 6, Ibiza 6 & 8 Offshore Plus 10,Transocean 10 & 12, Ibiza 10, Transocean Plus 8 & 10, Capri 8 & 10 Coastal ISO 4, 6 & 8, Giglio 6

8

53442

5 1 7

14117 10565 29851

6

18673

2

10566

3

10567

4

10568

8

53442

Options

This cradle is the only model compatible with a hydrostatic release unit.

Deck-mount Ref. cradle + straps

Liferaft model Capri 4 & Ibiza 4, Offshore 4 & 6 Transocean 4 Offshore 8 & 10, Transocean 6 & 8, Transocean Plus 6, Capri 6, Ibiza 6 & 8 Offshore Plus 10, Transocean 10 & 12, Ibiza 10, Transocean Plus 8, 10 & 12 Capri 8 & 10

B

40446

C

40447

D

40448

Hydrostatic release units The hydrostatic unit releases automatically the liferaft from a sinking vessel. It consists in a double looped white rope line, a release mechanism and a weak link (that will break away when the system is triggered). â&#x20AC;˘ Operating depth : 1.50 to 4 metres. â&#x20AC;˘ Lifetime : 2 years from date of installation on board. â&#x20AC;˘ No servicing required. â&#x20AC;˘ Corrosion-proof. â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions (excluding attachment braids) : 95 x 65 x 60 mm. 2 shackles (bow-type Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm, not included) are necessary for installation.

t)ZESPTUBUJDSFMFBTFVOJU 300550* t"OUJUIFGUDBCMF Supplied without padlock. 'PSDSBEMF# 40450 'PSDSBEMF$& 23136 'PSDSBEMF% 40452 *

A hydrostatic release unit can be

installed only on Plastimo liferafts manufactured after 1997.

Deck-mount cradle + straps, shown here with all optional extras : hydrostatic release unit, anti-theft cable and padlock.

Application

Reference

SOLAS liferaft, 6 to 150-person capacity

HA2000H

Authorised service stations U.S.A. California Avalon Rafts Sales and Service Inc. - WILMINGTON (310) 549 9665 / daraftman@aol.com Salâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Inflatables - ALAMEDA (510) 522 1824 / salsinflatables@sbcglobal.net

Lifeline Inflatable Services - MIAMI (305) 621 1500 / lee@lifelineinflatable.com Solution One Maritime - TAMPA (813) 241 6654 / sales@solutiononemaritime.com Lifeline Marine Safety Inc. - CAPE CANAVERAL (321) 636 5212 / info@liferaft321.com

Rhode Island

Washington

Life Raft and Survival Equipment - TIVERTON (401) 816 5400 / brian@lrse.com

70

Florida

Puget Sound Inflatables - SEATTLE (206) 762 3877 / Info@life-raft.com

VIRGIN ISLANDS Caribbean Inflatable Services - ST THOMAS (340) 775 6159 / janis@carribeaninflatable.com

Approval


Authorised service stations ANTIGUA Seagull Inflatables FALMOUTH - 1 268 460 1020

seagullinflatables@hotmail.com

AUSTRALIA

New South Wales Bulbeck Marine - WOLLONGONG 4226 6917 / richardc@bulbeck.com.au Survitec Services Sydney - AUBURN 9330 7015 / dean.omalley@rfdaust.com.au

Northern Territory Nautical Supplies - DARWIN - 8981 6651 service@nauticalsupplies.com.au

Queensland

t3FVOJPO

RFD Wellington- WELLINGTON

Eureka - LA POSSESSION - 02 62 42 30 19 erk3@wanadoo.fr t/FX$BMFEPOJB

4 499 9179 / rfdnz.wgt@survitecgroup.com

Speed Marine - NOUMEA 687 28 34 69 / station@speedmarine.nc t'SFODI1PMZOFTJB

RFD Christchurch- CHRISTCHURCH 3 389 2117 / rfdnz.chch@survitecgroup.com

Tahitisport SA/Nautisport - PAPETEE (689) 454885 / survie@nautisport.pf

Rammsalt - VETTRE - 66 90 42 16 rammsalt@gmail.com

Chantier Naval des Iles Sous le Vent

RAIATEA - (689) 66 10 10 / cni@mail.pf

Seatronic - MOSS - 692 50960 seatronic@seatronic.no

t4BJOU1JFSSF.JRVFMPO

PACIFIC ISLANDS

NQEA Marine Safety Pty Ltd - CAIRNS 4052 7381 / bill.butland@nqeamsd Whitsunday Ocean Services - AIRLIE BEACH 4948 1366 / wokwood@whitsunday.net.au Sunshine liferaft and inflatable boat services WARANA - 5493-8882

EMVSP Ecole Municipale de Voile - SAINT PIERRE 05 08 41 47 36 / emvsp@cheznoo.net

Survitec Services Brisbane - SLACKS CREEK 3808 8918 / neal.skinner@rfdaust.com.au Wiltrading - TOWNSVILLE 4789 7301 / devans@wilh.com.au Port Curtis Sea Safety Services - GLADSTONE 4972 4813 / info@pcsss.com.au

Marinesport Kösling - FRIEDRICHSHAFEN 7541 23793 / info@koesling.de

steveharleys@hotmail.com

South Australia Eyre Peninsula Fire & Safety - PORT LINCOLN 8683 4744 / epfire@chariot.net.au Pacific Australia Marine Safety - ROYAL PARK SA 5014 - 8244 0086 liferaft@pacificaustralia.com.au Survitec Services Melbourne- DINGLEY VILLAGE 9558-0055 / scott.hyndman@rfdaust.com.au

Western Australia Survitec Services Fremantle - WESTERN AUSTRALIA 89331 4000 / Wayne.inkpen@rfdaust.com.au

Tasmanie Peter Johnson Pty Ltd - HOBART 6234 5422 / liferaft@peterjonhson.com.au

AUSTRIA

Moerth Marine Gmbh & CoKG - GRAZ-FELDKIRCHEN 316293929 / service@moerth-marine.com

BELGIUM

SKB Livesaving OSTEND - 59 339600 / info@skblse.be ANTWERP - 32 138670 peterlongueville@skblse.be

RFD Nelson- NELSON / 3 548 2996 rfdnz.nelson@survitecgroup.com

NORWAY

Papua - New Guinea

GERMANY

Marine Engineering Services - PORT MORESBY 5321 4509 mes@steamships.com.pg

Baden Würtemberg

Fuji

Glab Yachtcharter - ESSINGEN BEI AALEN 7365 919613 / info@glab-yachting.de

Marine Safety Services SUVA - (00679) 331 24 26 NADI - (00679) 331 24 26 isaac.whippy@marinesafety.com.fj

Mecklenburg Vorpommern

PORTUGAL

Survitec Service & Distribution GMBH - ROSTOCK 381 811 2780 / rostock@survitecgroup.com

REP Maritima Unipessoal Limitada - MADERA 291 969 800 / estaleiroap@repmaritima.com

Industrie & Yachtausrüstung Rostock - ROSTOCK 381 492 2170 / i-ya.hro@t-online.de

Electro Central Vulcanizadora - LISBOA 21 814 41 83 / carmo.fonseca@ecv.pt

Nordrhein-Westfalen

SLOVENIA

Lenz Rega Port - DUSSELDORF 211 306371 / Info@lenz-rega-port.de AW Niemeyer - DORMAGEN 2133 9781 0 / awn_dormagen@awn.de Survitec Service & Distribution GMBH- HAMBURG 40-675096-0 / info@cosalt.de

Schleswig-Holstein Friedrich Netlitz - KIEL 431 56 10 68 / netlitz@netlitz.de AW Niemeyer - KIEL 431 97 41 70 / awn_kiel@awniemeyer.de

Bremen SVB - BREMEN - 421 57290-15 / mti@svb.de

GIBRALTAR Marine Safety - NEW HARBOUR 350 200 40402 / service@marinesafetygibraltar.com

Remop - PORTOROZ 5 6250 180 / Neon.kp@siol.net

SPAIN Andalusia Mascyf CADIZ - 956 25 86 03 mascyf@mascyf.com Extinval - ALMERIA 950 622 389 / extinval-almeria@extinval.com Cordón Equipos de Salvamento Maritimo - HUELVA 959 285 337 / jl.cordon@telefonica.net

Cantabria José Antonio Docal - SANTANDER 942 324 300 / docal@docal.es

Catalonia

GREECE

Cesmar - L’ESCALA (Girona) 972 77 38 47 / info@cesmar.cat

Pyrsos Safety - PIRAEUS 210 4520391 / info@pyrsos-safety.gr

Balsamar - BARCELONA 937 586 078 / Info@balsamar.com

CANADA

Galanos Bros - PIRAEUS 210 4136035 / service@galanos.gr

Equipments Survie maritime Inc. - CHATEAU RICHER 418 824 3770 / info@esmquebec.com

Nautica Alfacs - SANT CARLES DE LA RAPITA 977 742 000 / estacio@nauticaalfacs.com

David Nash & Partners O.E - CORFU 26610 46146 / davidnash1@ker.forthnet.gr

Galice

BRASIL

Seasafety Sea Trade & Services Ltda - SAO GONCALO RJ - 2 133 964 000 / contato@seasafety.com.br

CROATIA

Antipiros - SPLIT 21 495 062 / antipiros@antipiros.com

ITALY

Tridente - VIGO 986447446 / tridente@tridentesl.com

Valencia

Palby Marine - KOLDING 75 88 13 11 / pably@pably.dk

Versilia Marine Service SNC VIAREGGIO - 0584 396491 ORBETELLO (GR) - 0564 86 08 71 SAN REMO (IM) - 0184 50 87 33 info@versiliamarineservice.it

Velcron Oy - USUSIKYLÄ 400430947 / info@velcron.fi

Motomarsarda - PORTO TORRES 0795 16181 / motomarsar@tiscali.it

Basque Country

DENMARK FINLAND FRANCE

Mainland France Plastimo - LORIENT - 2 97 87 36 56 sav.radeaux@plastimo.com

Corsica Bizzari Nautic - AJACCIO-MEZZAVIA 4 95 22 12 37 / bizzari.nautic@wanadoo.fr

Overseas regions t$BSJCCFBO Eurosurvie - PETIT BOURG, GUADELOUPE - 05 90 32 24 51 eurosurvie@wanadoo.fr La Survy - LE MARIN, MARTINIQUE 05 96 74 63 63 / la.survy@wanadoo.fr Liferafts Etc. - SAINT MARTIN 06 90 74 43 30 / info@liferaftsetc.com

MALTA D’Agata Marine - GZIRA 356 21 341 533 / info@dagatamarine.com

NETHERLANDS Survitec Service & Distribution ROTTERDAM - (0031) 102 380380 GROU - 566 623.884 netherlands@survitecgroup.com Jacobs Lifesaving B.V - RIDDERKERK 786 849 070 / jc.jacobs@jacobslifesaving.nl

Extinval - VALENCIA / 963 674 053 jcosin@extinval.com Equipos de Salvamento - SANTA POLA (Alicante) 966 691 220 / blascobalsas@hotmail.com Juan Gorordo Egaña - SAN SEBASTIAN 943 394 942 / jgorordo@telefonica.net

Balearic Isles O.S. Safety Equipment - PALMA 971247211 / service@oscarsierra.com Sea Safe - SANTA PONCA 971 69 5507 info@seasafemallorca.com Velamar Sails - IBIZA 971 31 16 60 / velamarsails@telefonica.net

Canary Isles

SWEDEN Sydost Brand AB - KARLSKRONA 455 619810 / info@sydostbrand.se Båtaccenten Handels AB - STOCKHOLM 87 775 200 / info@bataccenten.se Goteborg Flottservice AB - GÖTEBORG 31 542 526 / service@gbgflottservice.se Sjösäkerhetskompaniet AB - HÄEGERSTEN 8 651 38 00 / ombordinnan@telia.com

TRINIDAD (W.I.) Marine Safety Equipment - CHAGUARAMAS 634 44 10 / info@marinesafetytt.com

TURKEY Onursan - TUZLA- ISTANBUL +90 (216) 395 82 27 / barbaros@onursan.net Blues Yachting FETIYE, IZMIR, BODRUM, MARMARIS, GOCEK, ANTALYA +90 645 20 66 / blues@bluesyachting.com

UNITED KINGDOM England t$IBOOFM*TMBOET A.B. Marine Ltd - GUERNSEY 722378 / abmarine@cwgsy.net Jackson Yacht Services - JERSEY 743819 / sales@jacksonyacht.com South Pier Shipyard - JERSEY 711 000 / ed@southpiermarine.com t$PSOXBMM C.E. Banyard Ltd - LOSTWITHIEL 873777 / ce.banyard@btconnect.com t/PSUIFSO*SFMBOE K.T.S Sea Safety - NEWRY 835870 / chmarine@hotmail.co.uk t%PSTFU Safe to Shore Ltd - DORSET 662520 / info@safe2shore.co.uk t&TTFY South Eastern Marine Services Ltd - BASILDON 534427 / glen@aerosafe.co.uk Premium Liferaft Services - BURNHAM ON CROUCH 784858 / info@liferafts.com t)BNQTIJSF Ocean Safety Ltd - SOUTHAMPTON 729075 / glasgow@oceansafety.com Viking Lifesaving Equipment Ltd - SOUTHAMPTON 454184 / vikingsth@viking-life.com Universal Safety - SOUTHAMPTON 987198 / service@universalsafety.co.uk t4VGGPML Suffolk Sailing - IPSWICH - 833010 liferafts@suffolk-sailing.freeserve.co.uk

Scotland Ocean Safety Ltd - GLASGOW 74 54 12 / mail@oceansafety.com Survitec Service & Distribution Ltd - EDINBURGH 5548531 / serviceuk@survitecgroup.com

Wales

VCU Veiligheidscentrum - URK 527 688125 / tineke@vcu.nl

NEW ZEALAND

Inprecasa Industria de Prevención Canarias LA LAGUNA -TENERIFE 922 650 131 / inprecasa@inprecasa.com

Survitec Service & Distribution Ltd MILFORD HAVEN, DYFED 692032 / paul.mayhew@survitecgroup.com

RFD Auckland - AUCKLAND 9 373 2019 / joanne.mcmahon@survitecgroup.com

Inprecasa - LAS PALMAS inprecasa@gmail.com

Glaslyn Marine Supplies - PORTMADOG 513545 / glaslynmarine@aol.com

71


Liferaft equipment

Raft equipment Liferaft model Equipment

A. Floating anchor B. Pump

A

C. Thermal protective overalls D. Paddles

C

E. Floating knife F. Rescue quoit with line

H B

I

H. Sponge

G

I. Repair kit

E

J. Checkbook and liferaft instructions manual

J

K. Survival instructions and signal card

D

F

K

G. Bailer

Personal survival - Raincatching gutter on canopy L. Rainwater collecting pouch M. Water (quantity per person)

N

N. Graduated cup O. Food rations (quantity per person)

O

P. Fishing kit

L

Q. First aid kit

M

R. Seasickness pills (6/person)

P

-

Q R

Seasickness pouch (1/person)

Signalling equipment S. Handflares, SOLAS T. Parachute rockets, SOLAS - Floating smoke, SOLAS

W

U. Chemical light sticks

X

V. Signalling mirror W. Outside light on canopy

Z

V

X. Inside lamp, on arch tube - Retro-reflective tapes on canopy

T

-

S

Retro-reflective tapes on bottom (to spot capsized raft)

- Radar-reflecting tapes Y. Waterproof torch

U

Y 72

- Spare batteries and bulb for torch Z. Whistle


CRUISER STANDARD

CRUISER ORC+

TRANSOCEAN ISO-ISAF PACK >24H

1 0,40 m2 + 10 m line

2 0,40 m2 + 10 m line

1 0,67 m2 + 30 m line

1

1

1

-

-

2, SOLAS

1

2

2

1

1

1

1+ 15 m line

1+ 30 m line

1+ 30 m line

1

1

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0,2 L

0,5 L

1,5 L

-

1

-

-

125 g

500 g

-

1

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

3

6

-

2

2

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

300 cm2

900 cm2

-

-

600 cm2

-

-

-

1

1

2

-

-

1

1 73


Heelmeters Indispensable for measuring the optimum angle of heel, for racing dinghies and larger yachts. Designed to be mounted inside or outside. Ref.

A

B

Model

Graduation

Mounting

Dimensions

A 51601

45° heelmeter

5° graduation, up to 45°

Adhesive backing

80 x 40 mm

B 51494

6° and 45° double reading heelmeter 1° graduation, up to 6° or 5° graduation, up to 45° 4 screws

110 x 82 mm

Loud hailer Loud hailer with built-in microphone

Loud-hailer 423506

61682

White ABS, lightweight and and compact. Pistol handle. Trigger switch. With wrist strap. No siren. Average range : 320 metres. Powered by 6 LR6 batteries (not supplied). Ø 125 mm, length 235 mm.

Features a Class-D amplifier, max power 25 W. 4 functions : conversation, whistle, foghorn & siren. Average range : 450 metres. Powered by 10 x AA batteries, (not included). Autonomy : about 8 hours. Weight (without batteries) : 950 g. Ø 203 mm, length 350 mm.

Protective pouches

A B

C

Waterproof pouches AquaSafe pouches have been designed to provide efficient protection against nature elements : sea water, sand, dust, sun, oil and grease. Used by sailors, sportsmen, fishermen or even windurfers, Aquamate pouches provide a safe operation of mobile phones, cameras, or VHF radio : talk and listen through the pouch losing only 5% volume. Aquamate pouches float.

74

Ref. A B C D

175857 175858 175861 175863

E 175864

D

E

Description For small mobile phones up to 140 mm, not flip. For medium mobile phones up to 190 mm, not flip. For small VHF radios. For large VHF radios. Suitable for most GPS units. Also protects valuables, passports, travellers cheques, keys, calculators, etc.

Dimensions 78 x 140 mm 132 x 190 mm 110 x 310 mm 132 x 383 mm 132 x 250 mm


75

Jean-Marie Liot Š

Tenders & Mooring


Plastimo tenders

Selecting your inflatable tender The right questions for the right selection How do you store your tender on board ?

Is the floor a prime consideration ?

Slatted

Inflatable, rigid

Full

Flat, V-shape hull

Flat, integrated storage hatch

Is weight a prime consideration ?

Yes

or

Folded

Do you intend to use your tender in a tropical zone ?

No

Yes

or

HORIZON Series Pages 78-79

RAID II Series

FUN II Series

Pages 82-83

Pages 84-85

TRAIL Series

YACHT Series

Pages 86-87

Pages 90-91

FISH Series

LIGHT Series

Pages 94-95

Pages 80-81

CHARTER Series Pages 88-89

tion requires : What the regula comply , tenders must â&#x20AC;˘ Up to 2.50 m 85 standard. pean with ISO/CD 61 mply with Euro tenders must co , m 50 2. m fro â&#x20AC;˘ As CE*. Directive 94/25/ ne 1998.

* Enforced 16 Ju

76

On davits

On the deck

Material Constructed from 1100 Decitex PVC fabric for increased abrasion resistance and extra durability. 2 or 4-year warranty on material and seams*. * Subject to conditions.

No


Why choose a Plastimo tender ? Bow The new square-shaped bow, in particular on Raid and Trail series, makes the most of space on board, with additional comfort for the crew and optimum storage areas, without sacrificing performance and manoeuvrability.

Fabric Plastimo tenders are manufactured in Plastel速 fabric from Mehler Texnologies, specially engineered for inflatable tenders. It features multiple layers, is highly watertight and offers outstanding resistance to abrasion, UV and marine environment. Plastel速 fabric is recyclable and manufactured according to the DIN EN ISO 9001 standard. Top coat Primary coat Base fabric Primary coat Top coat

Valves Recessed inflation valves, for increased protection and easy access.

Inflatable floor Our Fun models feature inflatable Heytex速 floor, which ensures perfect rigidity with no distortion combined with lightweight and excellent stability. 3rd coating (airtight)

Heytex速 double-wall

2 coating (airtight) nd

1st coating (primer) Base fabric Spacer threads Base fabric 1st coating (primer) 2nd coating (airtight) 3rd coating (airtight)

Transom filler Large diameter and screw-free transom filler : to prevent corrosion and offer quicker water draining.

Cone ends On square-shaped tenders, the innovative design of reinforced cones contributes to optimised planing.

77


Horizon tenders Tenders manufactured in PVC fabric 1100 Decitex, abrasion resistance and UV protection.

Slatted floor

200S

ISO CD 6185

ISO CD 6185 1.31 m

1.97 m

2.25 m

1.31 m

Ă&#x2DC; 35 cm

Ă&#x2DC; 34 cm

200S

230S

Slatted floor Horizon tenders Model

200S

230S

Reference

Grey : 61184

Grey : 61185

Maximum load

250 kg

270 kg

Overall dimensions

197 x 131 cm

225 x 131 cm

Stowed dimensions

102 x 58 x 29 cm

102 x 58 x 29 cm

Weight

17 kg

21 kg

Maximum power

1.9 kW (2.5 CV)

2.5 kW (3.3 CV)

Max number of persons

15 cm wide slats

Floor Tube diameter

34 cm

35 cm

Number of air chambers

2

3 Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Seat D-towing rings Equipment included

78

1

2 Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles


230B

ISO CD 6185

le

le inflatab Removabo fl or

Category C 1.46 m

2.59 m

2.25 m

1.32 m

Ă&#x2DC; 35.5 cm Ă&#x2DC; 39.5 cm

230B

260B

Removable inflatable floor Horizon tenders Model

230B

260B

Reference

Grey : 61186

Grey : 61187

Maximum load

290 kg

440 kg

Overall dimensions

225 x 132 cm

259 x 146 cm

Stowed dimensions

102 x 58 x 29 cm

112 x 58 x 33 cm

Weight

18 kg

23 kg

Maximum power

2.5 kW (3.3 CV)

3.7 kW (5 CV)

Max number of persons

Rigid, inflatable & removable

Floor Tube diameter

35.5 cm

39.5 cm

Number of air chambers

3+1

3+1 Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Seat D-towing rings

2

2

Equipment included

Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

79


Light tenders Lightweight tender, easy to carry and store, can also be conveniently stowed in a car trunk or a boat locker.

P180S

ISO CD 6185

Slatted floor

Ă&#x2DC; 32 cm

1.83 m

1.23 m

Model Reference

Š B. Leglatin

P180S

P180S Grey : 61222

Max number of persons Maximum load

150 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

183 x 123 x 34 cm 89 x 53 x 27 cm

Weight Maximum power Floor* Tube diameter Number of air chambers

13 kg 15 cm wide slats 32,33 cm 2

Seat

Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

D-towing rings

1

Equipment included

Carrying strap, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.

80


Compact Light tenders

(P240LG) Slatted floor table floor V-shape infla ) (P240LJ

P240LJ

ISO CD 6185

ISO CD 6185

1.56 m

2.40 m

2.36 m

1.59 m

Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm

Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm

P240LG

P240LJ

Model Reference

On square-shaped tenders, the innovative design of reinforced cones contributes to optimised planing.

P240LG Grey : 61224

P240LJ Grey : 61223

Maximum load

350 kg

300 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

240 x 159 x 54 cm 110 x 57 x 31 cm

236 x 156 x 71 cm

Weight Motor size Floor Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing rings

26 kg 3.7 kW (5 HP) 30 cm wide slats 42 cm 2 Wooden floor 1

20 kg 3.7 kW (5 HP) Rigid, inflatable floor 42 cm 2+2 Wooden floor 1

Equipment included

Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 aluminium paddles

Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 aluminium paddles

Max number of persons

90 x 57 x 32 cm

Rigid inflatable tube extensions on both sides of the transom contribute to a lightweight tender, more compact to stow.

81


RAID II tenders The innovative design makes the most of space on board with additional storage areas and optimum comfort for the crew. The reinforced cones contribute to optimize planing.

ISO CD 6185

ISO CD 6185

1.96 m

Ă&#x2DC; 36 cm

Ă&#x2DC; 36 cm

P200SH

2.18 m

1.37 m

1.37 m

Slatted floor ric b Reinforced fa

P220SH

Model

P200SH

P220SH

Ref.

Grey/Dark grey : 61161 Grey/Navy blue : 61162

Grey/Dark grey : 61163 Grey/Navy blue : 61164

Maximum load

250 kg

280 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

196 x 137 x 46 cm 100 x 57 x 27 cm

218 x 137 x 46 cm 100 x 57 x 27 cm

Weight

17 kg

19 kg

Maximum power

2.5 kW (3.3 HP)

3 kW (4 HP)

Floor*

35 cm wide slats

33 cm wide slats

Tube diameter

36 cm

36 cm

Number of air chambers

2

2

Max number of persons

Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard

Seat D-towing rings

2

2

Carrying handle

-

-

Equipment included

Valise, repair kit, belows pump, 2 paddels *Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.

82

With its very wide slats, the Raid series combines the advantages of slats and full floorboards : it rolls up compactly and yet has a perfect rigidity.


B. Leglatin ©

Category C

ISO CD 6185

P240SH

2.40 m

Ø 39 cm

Ø 40 cm

2.69 m

1.50 m

1.43 m

P270SH

Model

P240SH

P270SH

Ref.

Grey/Dark grey : 61165 Grey/Navy blue : 61166

Grey/Dark grey : 61167 Grey/Navy blue : 61168

Maximum load

350 kg

450 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

240 x 143 x 51 cm 105 x 57 x 30 cm

269 x 150 x 53 cm 110 x 57 x 30 cm

Weight

21 kg

27 kg

Maximum power

3.7 kW (5 HP)

7.4 kW (10 HP)

Floor*

25 cm wide slats

35 cm wide slats

Tube diameter

39 cm

40 cm

Number of air chambers

2

3

Max number of persons

Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard

Seat D-towing rings

2

2

Carrying handle

-

2

Equipment included

Reinforced cones with innovative design contribute to optimize planing.

Valise, repair kit, belows pump, 2 paddels *Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.

83


FUN II tenders V-type inflatable hull tenders, for increased lightweight and stability when taking fast rides under power, loaded or not.

Pi270VB

ISO CD 6185

Category C

Category C 1.54 m

2.67 m

2.32 m

Ø 35 cm

3.21 m

1.53 m

1.35 m

Ø 43 cm

Ø 43 cm

Pi230VB

Pi270VB

Pi320VB

Model

Pi230VB

Pi270VB

Pi320VB

Ref.

Grey/Dark grey : 61169

Grey/Dark grey : 61170

Grey/Dark grey : 61171

Maximum load

380 kg

664 kg

736 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

232 x 135 x 65 cm 107 x 59 x 32 cm

267 x 153 x 77 cm 112 x 60 x 33 cm

321 x 154 x 77 cm 112 x 60 x 33 cm

Weight

18 kg

27 kg

31 kg

Maximum power

3.67 kW (5 HP)

6 kW (8 CV)

11.03 kW (15 CV)

Max number of persons

Floor

Rigid, V-shape, inflatable + flaps

Tube diameter

35 cm

43 cm

43 cm

Number of air chambers

2+2

3+2

3+2

Seat

Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard

Inflatable keel

Reinforced keel

-

-

-

D-towing rings

2

2

2

Rear carrying handles

-

2

2

Equipment included

84

Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles


: ps ble floor + fla

0VB, Pi320VB

Pi230VB, Pi27

ta

B. Leglatin ©

c V-shape infla

table

Pi270VH : infla

Category C

V-shape rigid inflatable hull (Pi230VB, Pi270VB & Pi320VB).

floor + keel

Ø 44 cm

2.72 m

1.58 m

Pi270VH Inflatable keel (Pi270VH).

Lightweight aluminium seat.

For a comfortable ride, 2 flaps extend the inflatable floor. They ease the lift off and keep the boat well balanced throughout the speed band (Pi230VB, Pi270VB & Pi320VB).

Model

Pi270VH

Ref.

Grey/Dark grey : 61172

Max number of persons Maximum load

500 kg

Overall dimensions Stoweddimensions

272 x 158 x 78 cm 112 x 58 x 32 cm

Weight

33 kg

Maximum power

7.4 kW (10 CV)

Floor

Rigid & inflatable

Tube diameter

44 cm

Number of air chambers

3+2

Seat

Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard

Inflatable keel

Reinforced keel

D-towing rings

2

Rear carrying handles

2

Equipment included

Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

85


Trail tenders Same features as the Raid series : innovative design and reinforced cones. The Trail models are equipped with an inflatable V-type hull providing a stable and comfortable ride, and making it ideal to use under power. For an easy ride to the harbour in all seasons and situations.

P270KH luminium Wooden or a or full flo ll Inflatable hu

Inflatable hull.

ISO CD 6185

Category C

1.58 m

Ø 41 cm

Fixing strap for fuel tank (fuel tank not supplied).

P240KH

2.72 m

2.40 m

1.47 m

Ø 44 cm

P270KH

Model

P240KH

P270KH

Reference

Grey : 61173

Grey : 61174

Maximum load

380 kg

500 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

240 x 147 x 71 cm 112 x 60 x 41 cm

272 x 158 x 74 cm 110 x 57 x 30 cm

Weight

36 kg

49 kg

Maximum power

3.7 kW (5 HP)

7.4 kW (10 HP)

Floor

Full, wooden floor

Full, wooden floor

Tube diameter

41 cm

44 cm

Number of air chambers

2+1

3+1

Max number of persons/

Seat

Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Inflatable keel

Reinforced keel

D-towing rings

2

2

Rear carrying handle

-

2

Equipment included

86

Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles


P310HA

Category C

Category C

3.06 m

3.36 m

3.80 m

1.74 m

1.58 m

Ø 47 cm

Ø 47 cm

P340HA

P380HA

Ø 44 cm P310HA

Category C 1.74 m

Model

P310HA

P340HA

P380HA

Reference

Grey : 61175

Grey : 61176

Grey : 63713

Maximum load

600 kg

750 kg

850 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

306 x 158 x 75 cm 112 x 58 x 35 cm

336 x 174 x 83 cm

125 x 58 x 35 cm

380 x 174 x 83 cm 125 x 58 x 35 cm

Weight

52 kg

59 kg

68.8 kg

Maximum power

11.2 kW (15 HP)

15 kW (20 HP)

18.7 kW (25 HP)

Floor

Full, aluminium floor

Full, aluminium floor

Full, aluminium floor

Tube diameter

44 cm

47 cm

47 cm

Number of air chambers

3+1

3+1

3+1

Max number of persons/

Seat

Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Inflatable keel

Reinforced keel

D-towing rings

2

2

2

Rear carrying handle

2

2

2

Equipment included

Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

87


Charter tenders Hypalon tender : heavy duty fabric, ideal for intensive use in tropical enviroment.

Pri310RH P240HH

HYPALON

Category C

ISO CD 6185

Category C 1.54 m

1.58 m

Ø 44 cm

P240HH

3.10 m

2.72 m

Ø 39 cm

2.40 m

1.43 m

Ø 40 cm

Pri310VH

P270HH

Model

P240HH

P270HH

Pri310VH

Pri340VH

Reference

Grey : 55753

Grey : 55754

Grey : 55755

Grey : 55756

Maximum load

350 kg

500 kg

520 kg

640 kg

Overall dimensions

240 x 143 x 51 cm

272 x 158 x 74 cm

310 x 154 x 88 cm

340 x 171 x 73 cm

Weight

21 kg

49 kg

45 kg

56 kg

Maximum power

3.7 kW (5 HP)

7.4 kW (10 HP)

11.2 kW (15 HP)

11,2 kW (15 CV)

Floor

Slatted, 15 cm wide slats

Full

Non-skid

Non-skid

Hull

-

-

Single skin V-type hull with ridges

Tube diameter

39 cm

44 cm

40 cm

Number of air chambers

2

3+1

Seat

Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Inflatable keel

-

3 3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard -

Reinforced keel

-

-

-

D-towing ring

2

 2

1

1

Lifting ayebolts for davits

-

-

3

3

Front carrying handles

-

-

1

1

Rear carrying handles Equipment included

Storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.

2

2

2

Max. number of persons

88

41 cm

Straps for fuel tank, storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles


B.Y. Leglatin ©

Category C

Category C

1.71 m

3.08 m

3.40 m

Ø 41 cm

1.54 m

Ø 42 cm

Pri340VH

(P240HH) Slatted floor HH) le hull (P270 40VH) b ta a fl in + r & Pri3 Full floo ull (Pri310VH h r ) e st e ly o p or (Pri310RH o fl t V-shape a fl + ll u h ester V-shape poly

Pri310RH

Model

Pri310RH

Reference

Grey : 55757

Max. number of persons Maximum load

500 kg

Overall dimensions

308 x 154 x 75 cm

Weight

58 kg

Maximum power

11.2 kW (15 HP)

Floor

Flat & non-skid. Integrated storage hatch.

Hull

Double skin V-type hull with ridges.

Tube diameter

42 cm

Number of air chambers

Inflatable keel

3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard -

Reinforced keel

-

D-towing ring

1

Lifting ayebolts for davits

4

Front carrying handles

1

Rear carrying handles Equipment included

2 Straps for fuel tank, storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.

Seat

V-shaped polyester hull features two ridges for increased stability and safe turns.

Non-skid flat floor (Pri310RH).

89


Yacht tenders V-type rigid hull tender : for fast cruising with added safety. Can be easily mounted on davits.

Pri240V ISO CD 6185

Category C

Category C

Category C

1.71 m 1.52 m

Ø 42 cm

Pri240V

Pri270V

Ø 42 cm

Pri310V

Ø 41 cm

Pri340V

Model

Pri240V

Pri270V

Pri310V

Pri340V

Reference

Grey : 61177

Grey : 61178 Blanc : 61179

Grey : 61180

Grey : 61181

Maximum load

460 kg

510 kg

600 kg

640 kg

Overall dimensions

243 x 156 x 68 cm

268 x 154 x 70 cm

309 x 152 x 75 cm

340 x 171 x 73 cm

Weight

43 kg

46 kg

51 kg

56 kg

Maximum power

4.78 kW (6.5 HP)

7.4 kW (10 HP)

11.2 kW (15 HP)

11.2 kW (15 HP)

Floor

Non-skid

Non-skid

Hull

Single-skin V-shape, with ridges

Single-skin V-shape, with ridges

Tube diameter

41 cm

42 cm

42 cm

41 cm

Number of air chambers

3

3

3

3

Max. number of persons

Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard

Seat D-towing ring

1

1

1

1

Lifting ayebolts for davits

3

3

3

3

Front carrying handles

1

1

1

1

Rear carrying handles

2

2

2

2

Equipment included

90

Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

3.40 m

3.09 m

2.43 m

Ø 41 cm

2.68 m

1.54 m

1.56 m


Pri310RF B.Y. Leglatin©

ester hull V-shape poly 340V) ri (Pri240V & P floor er hull + flat st e ly o p e p a V-sh ri340V) (Pri240V & P

V-shaped polyester hull features two ridges for increased stability and safe turns.

Non-skid flat floor. Integrated storage hatch (Pri310RF & Pri350RF).

Model

Pri310RF

Pri350RF

Reference

Grey : 61182

Grey : 61183

Maximum load

500 kg

600 kg

Overall dimensions

308 x 154 x 75 cm

348 x 176 x 72 cm

Weight

58 kg

73 kg

Category C 1.54 m

Maximum power

11.2 kW (15 HP)

11.2 kW (15 HP) or 18.4 kW (25 HP) when equipped with a Jockey console

3.08 m

Max. number of persons

Ø 42 cm

Pri310RF

(Consoles : please refer to Powerboating chapter)

Flat, non-skid. Integrated storage hatch.

Hull

Double-skin V-shape, with ridges.

Tube diameter

42 cm

48 cm

Number of air chambers

3

3

Seat

Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard.

D-towing ring

1

1

Lifting ayebolts for davits

4

4

Front carrying handles

1

1

Rear carrying handles

2

2

Equipment included

Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.

Category C 1.76 m

3.48 m

Floor

Ø 48 cm

Pri350RF 91


Rigid hull tender

ISO

V-type rigid hull tender with folddown transom for easier storage in a boat locker. Can be mounted on davits. â&#x20AC;˘ Material : 1100 Decitex PVC fabric â&#x20AC;˘ Polyester hull

Fold-down transom Model Reference

MX-240/0 RIB White : 62271

Max number of persons 460 kg 243 x 155.5 cm 43 kg 4.78 kW (6.5 CV) Non-skid Single-skin V-shape, with ridges 41 cm 3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard 1 3 1 2 Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

Maximum load Dimensions Weight Maximum power Floor Hull Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing ring Lifting eyebolts for davits Front carrying handle Rear carrying handles Equipment included

ISO CD 6185

Ă&#x2DC; 41 cm

MX-240/0 RIB 92

2.43 m

1.55 m

Minimum size : the fold-down transom allows the storage of the motor inside the tender.

Fold-down transom with system lock ĂšTU steel hinches) & watertight gasket.


Tender with folding rigid hull V-type rigid hull tender for fast cruising and stability. Folding tender, easy to carry and store. • Material : 1100 Decitex PVC fabric • Polyester hull

V-shape hull Non-skid floor

Model Reference

MS-310/1 RIB White : 62272

Max. number of persons 400 kg 310 x 150 cm 55 kg 7.4 KW (10 CV) Non-skid Single-skin V-shape, with ridges 40 cm 2 Polyester seat & seat patch : supplied as standard 1 1 1 2 Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.

Maximum load Overall dimensions Weight Maxi power Floor Hull Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing ring Lifting eyebolt for davits Front carrying handle Rear carrying handles Equipment included

Ease to application.

Category C

Ø 40 cm

3.10 m

1.50 m

Easy to store and carry. Folded dimensions : 1.5 m x 1 m.

MS-310/1 RIB 93


Fish tenders The ideal tender for lake or river fishing. Outstanding stability and specific accessories on the P270SF model.

P180SF

Varnished wooden seat.

P270SF

Model

P180SF

P270SF

Reference

Green : 61225

Green : 61226

ISO CD 6185

Maximum load

150 kg

350 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

183 x 123 x 34 cm 89 x 53 x 27 cm

270 x 133 x 38 cm 112 x 58 x 33 cm

Weight

13 kg

29 kg

Maximum power

-

4.4 kW (6 HP)

Floor*

Slatted, 15 cm wide slats

Tube diameter

32 cm

37 cm

Number of air chambers

2

2

Seat

Wooden seat + varnished seat patch : supplied as standard

D-towing ring

1

-

Rear carrying handle

-

2

Equipment included

Carrying strap, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles

Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles, underseat hold-all bag + rod holder bag

A rod holder bag situated at the bow is equally suitable for grapnel anchor or fishing tackle. It is supplied with 2 rod holders. 94

Front and back transoms feature carrying handles.

1.83 m

1.23 m

Max number of persons

Ă&#x2DC; 32 cm

P180SF Category C 1.33 m

Ă&#x2DC; 37 cm

2.70 m

* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.

Slatted floor

P270SF

Underseat hold-all bag for fishing tackle and personal accessories. Thanks to the net at the bottom of the hold-all bag, it can be used as a fish well to stow fish and baits.


Compact Fish tender Ideal for inland angling waters, this compact and lightweight tender can be conveniently stowed in a car trunk or a boat locker.

P240SF

Model

P240SF

Reference

Green/camouflage : 61227

B. Leglatin

Slatted floor

Max number of persons 350 kg

Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions

240 x 159 x 54 cm 110 x 57 x 31 cm

Weight

26 kg

Maximum power

3.7 kW (5 HP)

Floor*

Slatted, 30 cm wide slats

Tube diameter

42 cm

Number of air chambers

2

Seat

Wooden seat and seat-patch, supplied as standard

D-towing rings

1

Equipment included

Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles, underseat bag

ISO CD 6185 1.59 m

2.40 m

Maximum load

Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm

P240SF

* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.

2 inflatable tube extensions on both sides of the transom contribute to a lightweight tender, more compact to stow.

95


Accessories for RIB's and inflatables Covers Ripstop polyamide. UV-resistant. Fits most inflatables. 2 self-gripping straps for quick folding and neat storage. Perfectly tailored with special zip and Velcro opening for motor. • For P200SH model : 55790 • For P220SH model : 55791 • For P240HH, P240KH & P240SH models : 55792 • For P270HH, P270KH, P270SH & Pi270VH models : 55793 • For P310HA & Pi310VH models : 55794 • For P340HA model : 55795 • For P380HA model : 57063 • For 350RH / PRI350RH models : 62286

56629 : ≤ 2.40 m 56631 : > 2.40 m

24833 : black 56627 : grey

56630 : ≤ 2.40 m 56632 : > 2.40 m 24818 : black 50881 : grey

58132 : grey

Halkey Roberts

60923 : grey 50328

50423

24813

24814: black 52606: grey

Motor bracket

52352

P230RT - P260RT

24816 : Repair kit*

*Not suitable for Hypalon tenders.

Fish tenders

52330 : below seat 52331 : rod holder bag 58613 : grey wooden seat for 1.80 - 2.20 m tenders 24828 : varnished wooden seat for 2.40 - 3.30 m tenders 58612 : grey wooden seat for P240LG/LJ tenders 58611 : green wooden seat for P240SF tenders

42351 : 2 m - 2.20 m 42352 : 2.40 m - 2.70 m 42353 : 3 m - 3.20 m 53458 : 3.20 m - 3.50 m 50879 : Pri270 50880 : Pri310

60944

Clamseal ® 51645

Patented

Ideal to repair a tear instantly in situ. Can be used bellow as well as above the waterline. Easy repair, no need for any tool or glue : • enlarge the tear up to 5 cm wide ; • introduce the back plate through the tear ; • use the nut to clam the two plates tight around the tear and secure the seal. Can be used again.

96

60943

53457


Accessories for RIBs Wheels for pneumatic boats Detachable and swing-up wheels, to be mounted on transom pad. Suitable for all pneumatic boats with rigid transom pad. Wheels swing up easily and instantly. When sailing, the lateral movement of the engine is not hindered by the tracks locked upright. Supplied by pair with mounting instructions and accessories.

17,5 cm max

Option

Max. speed : 5 km/h. Do not trailer-drive. Slightly reduce the tyres inflation for easier roll on sand.

Ref.

51477 51478

Maximum load 150 kg 250 kg

416216

Rubber inflatable wheel with polyamide rim.

Thickness

Tracks

Construction

Ø wheels

Pressure

Spindle

Weight

2 mm 2.5 mm

30 x 30 mm 35 x 35 mm

304 L st. steel 304 L st. steel

260 mm 400 mm

1.0 - 1.2 bar 1.0 - 1.2 bar

Ø 20 mm Ø 25 mm

4.3 kg 8.6 kg

Overall height 730 mm 800 mm

Fenders for RIBs Made from closed cell polyethylen foam, UV and hydrocarbon resistant. Curved shape to fit the RIB or tender tube. Provides efficient protection against abrasion along pontoons or jetties. Stacks easily for storage. Size S L

Dimensions 270 x 440 mm 350 x 800 mm

White

Grey

55798 55796

55799 55797

Plastic handle with suckers

Plastic handle

Can be used underwater when cleaning the hull.

Modern design, invisible screws. White

402622

Length x useful height 225 x 38 mm

Hole spacing 190 mm

Blue and yellow

Length

Height

177220

230 mm

100 mm

Sucker diametre 110 mm 97


Consoles Plastimo polyester consoles are designed for a dynamic ride for the pilot and optimum comfort for the crew on board RIB’s.

Steering console 56081

For RIBs from 4 to 6 metres.

Jockey console

35,5 cm

56080

For RIBs from 3 metres. This 2-seat console can be mounted on semirigid tenders with a polyester flat floor. Seat lifts open to provide a storage compartment, ideal for instruments and fuel tank. Supplied with cushion (polyurethane foam with leather-style upholstery). Overall length at base : 134 cm. Overall width : 49 cm. Overall height : 70 cm. 70 cm

This console can be mounted on semi-rigid tenders with a polyester flat floor. Features a stainless steel grab handle, a windscreen, a seat and a storage compartment. Supplied with cushion (polyurethane foam with leather-style upholstery). Overall length at base : 73 cm. Overall width : 66.5 cm. Overall height : 137 cm.

35 cm 104 cm 40 cm

68 cm

84 cm 49 cm

130° 45 cm

98

© B. Leglatin

134 cm


Davits Pivoting davits

Davits for tenders up to 100 kg or 160 kg depending on the model. When used, davits are blocked in a fixed position, determined when installing the davits (spacing between arms). When not in use, the arms swivel and can fold up for space saving on deck and transom. Easy flushmount installation thanks to mounting shoe. Ref.

Max. load 100 kg 160 kg

36182 36183

Tube Ø 40 mm 60 mm

Supplied in pairs.

Sheave Single Double

ØE

A

B

F ØE

Supplied in pairs, complete with blocks and lines. C

C ØD

ØD

Ref.

A B C D E F 36182 1050 mm 700 mm 130 mm 45 mm 130 mm 580 mm 36183 1150 mm 750 mm 170 mm 64 mm 150 mm 645 mm

36182 : 2 blocks, 2 hooks, 2 x 3 m of rope.

36183 : 4 blocks, 4 hooks, 4 x 3 m of rope.

Cargo boom Removable and folding cargo boom 39122

Facilitates the handling of heavy and bulky loads (up to 35 kg or the equivalent of a 6 HP/4-stroke engine). Helps carrying the engine from the tender to the boat’s motor bracket or lifting the liferaft from the pontoon to the boat’s deck. Swivels on 360°. Can be mounted either on a sailing boat’s pushpit (Ø 22.5 to 25.5 mm) or in the cockpit. Once the location has been selected and the fastening brackets firmly secured, it only takes seconds to set up the Plastimo cargo boom ready for use. Supplied with a storage bag including : • The 316 L stainless steel folding cargo boom. • 1 rope system, 4:1 purchase (2 double blocks, + 10 m braided polyethylene). • 1 Plasticlip equipped with a st. steel fixing plate. • 1 st. steel articulated mounting shoe which adapts to different mounting angles.

80 cm Ø 30 mm

Ø 30 mm

Option Ø 35 mm

50 cm MINI => 25 kg MAXI 60 cm MINI => 35 kg MAXI

140 cm

t0VUCPBSEFOHJOFIBSOFTT

39315

2 m webbing, 35 mm wide. Strap is stitched together on a short length to be used as a handle. St. steel buckle. 99


Pumps

Recommended pressure :

• For tender’s tube = 300 mBar. • For inflatable floor = 800 mBar, the correct pressure for required rigidity of the floor and optimum performance of the tender.

B

Inflate the floor normally until pumping becomes difficult, giving clear indication that you should switch to the second chamber which will provide the extra pressure required (see pump instructions manual).

C

A

Remember to ease the pressure if you leave your boat inflated on a hot day, to prevent potential distortion due to volume fluctuation caused by the heat.

Foot pumps Heavy duty foot pump particularly suitable for synthetic or rubber coated boats. • Glassfibre polyamide plates. • Reinforced fabric coated bellows. • All metal parts in stainless steel. • Reinforced hose. • Universal adaptor.

Capacity A 5L B 6.5 L C 6.5 L

Pressure gauge 

Ref.

57713 10157 55669

Max. pressure 400 mbar - 5.8 psi 200 mbar - 2.9 psi 300 mbar - 4.4 psi

28189

Spare connector for pumps 57713 & 10157.

Double chamber pump

Dimensions 28 x 21 x H 6 cm 29 x 21 x H 8 cm 32 x 23 x H 7 cm

Air pressure gauge 35723

55275

Helps checking the pressure of inflatable tenders and boats. Fits easily on the inflator connector.

Reaches a max. pressure of 1 bar without effort. Ideal for tenders' inflatable floor. • Capacity 5 +1,5 litre. • Max. pressure : 1 bar - 14.5 psi. • Dimensions : 32 x 23 x H 7 cm.

Hand pumps Double action hand pump, takes the backache out of inflating fenders, tenders or SUP. Constructed totally of plastic materials for rust free, low maintenance. Comes complete with hose and nozzle fittings.

C

Pressure Ref. gauge A 2 x 2000 cc 14301 B 2 x 2500 cc 10386 C 2 x 2500 cc 417263  Capacity

A

B

Mini-compressor 13436 Automatic electric compressor, can inflate or deflate very quickly any small size boat or fender. • Output 150 L/min. • Pressure control 300 mbar - 4.4 psi

max. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Operates on 12 V battery. • Power consumption 9 Amp. • Dimensions : 23 x 13 x 13 cm. • Weight : 1.1 kg. Includes nozzle fittings and battery clips. 100

Max. pressure

Body

Dimensions

500 mbar - 7.2 psi Polypropylene 21 x 10 x 45 cm 600 mbar - 8.7 psi ABS 21 x 12 x 47 cm 600 mbar - 8.7 psi

Electric inflator 37213 Suitable to inflate or deflate all inflatable structures. • Output 800 L/min. • Pressure 190 mbar - 2.8 psi. • Power 750 W. • Voltage 230 V. • Overall dimensions : 24 x 13 x 13 cm (L x W x H). Nozzle fittings and 2 m hose included.


BTP12 digital inflator 62262 Can inflate or deflate any medium size boat, kite or SUP. • Digital pressure setting : simultaneous display of real and programmed pressures. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Easy access to exhaust air filter for cleaning or replacement. • Shoulder bag included. • Dimensions : 25 x 9 x 9 cm. • Weight : 1.5 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, 1.7 m hose and 3 m power cable.

Option

Piston flow rate 160 L/min

Ni/Mh battery kit

62263

8 A/h capacity. Delivers 40 min operation at medium pressure rate.

Turbine flow rate 450 L/min

Pressure

Cons.

1 bar - 14.5 psi

20 Amp

Super Turbo electric inflators

39326

Inflates and deflates large units in a few minutes (RIB’s up to 5 m, kites, SUP...). • Ajustable pressure. • Powered by 12 V battery. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Protected in a handy carry-bag. • Weight : 1.9 kg. Model with battery : 4.8 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, battery clips and 3 m power cable.

55670

Piston flow rate Turbine flow rate Pressure Ref. Description 300 mbar - 4.4 psi 39326 No battery. Dimensions 23 x 16 x 11.5 cm. 150 L/min 450 L/min 800 mbar - 11.6 psi 47534 No battery. Dimensions 23 x 16 x 11.5 cm. Incorporates a 7 Ah rechargeable battery. Provides approx. 15 min independent operation when fully charged. 150 L/min 450 L/min 800 mbar - 11.6 psi 55670 Dimensions 28 x 18 x 18 cm. Includes a charger with cigarette-lighter plug. 55674

Power 12 V - 15 A 12 V - 20 A 12 V - 20 A

230 V battery charger for inflator ref. 55670. With standard plug for the mains.

Quick and powerful : 7 m boat inflated in 7 minutes.

Turbo Max inflator 473348 Inflates and deflates inflatables and RIBs up to 10 m. • Adjustable pressure (175 to 250 mbar) • Powered by 12 V battery. • 2 motors mounted on aluminium plate to disperse the heat. • Safety fuse • Comes in a handy carry-bag. • Dimensions : 31 x 18 x 19 cm. • Weight : 3.5 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, battery clips and 3 m power cable.

Inflation time Boat length Mini-compressor ref. 13436 230 V. electric inflator ref. 37213 Digital inflator BTP12 ref. 62262 Super Turbo ref. 39326, 47534, 55670 Turbo Max ref. 473348

2.60 m 7 min 3 min 3 min

3.50 m 5 min 5 min

4.80 m 9 min

5.20 m 11 min

5.80 m -

7.30 m -

3 min

5 min

9 min

11 min

-

-

-

3 min

4 min

-

6 min

8 min

9.50 m 9 min 101


Rigid tenders

PRS 210 & PRS 245 tenders • Outstanding stability. • Large built-in wheel. • Central bench with reserve buoyancy. • UV-resistant polyethylene. • Highly resistant and very sturdy boat. Model

PRS 210

Reference

Grey : 40270 Green : 40271

PRS 245 Grey : 42579

Max number of persons Max. load

200 kg

250 kg

Length

2.10 m

2.45 m

Width

1.30 m

1.50 m

Depth

0.40 m

0.40 m

Weight

30 kg

41 kg

Max. engine HP (short shaft)

2 HP

3 HP

Transom mount roll-on wheel

1

1

Transom pad for outboard

Specific features

Built-in central bench + removable bench with reserve buoyancy.

Benches Removable rowlocks

2

2

Flushmount rowlock sockets

2

2

Large built-in wheel for easy pulling, even on sandy or pebbly ground.

Accessories & Spare parts Spare parts • Rowlock, Ø 51 mm : 44681 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 51 mm : 43588

10

Accessories • Recommended oars 1.65 m : 16547 1.80 m : 16548

Slots for oars storage.

102


0 PRD 260 AND PRD 30 NDARDS : STA ISO TENDERS MEET /2002 • ISO 12217-3 of 08 on buoyancy 001 • ISO 14946 of 12/2 d. loa on maximum

PRD 300

Double skin hull for optimum safety

PRD 260 & PRD 300 tenders • UV-resistant, maintenance-free polyethylene. • Monoblock double skin hull construction provides a 320 litres buoyancy (for PRD 260) & 395 litres buoyancy (for PRD 300) and ensures optimum safety for the crew. • Wide and steady roll-on wheel, tenders can be easily towed on a sandy or shingly beach. • Can be stored on a jetty (with chains or padlock) or stay moored with virtually no risk of damage.

Model Reference

PRD 260 Vert : 47418

PRD 300 Vert : 30836

290 kg 2,55 m 1,50 m 0,31 m 52 kg 4 CV/2,9 kW

335 kg 2,85 m 1,40 m 0,40 m 57 kg 4 CV / 2,9 kW

PRD 260

Max number of persons

Max. load Length Width Depth Weight Max. engine HP (short shaft) Specific features Transom mount roll-on wheel Ø 22 cm Transom pad for outboard Benches Removable rowlocks Flushmount rowlock sockets

2  2 2 4

1  3 2 4

Reinforced transom pad. 2 built-in wheels (PRD 260) for easy pulling. And a wide and steady roll-on wheel for PRD 300 (illustrated model).

Boats designed for sailing on sheltered waters, with wind up to and including force 4 (Beaufort scale) and height of waves up to and includind 0.5 metre.

Accessories & Spare parts Spare parts for PRD 260 • Rowlocks Ø 51 mm, black : 44681 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 51 mm : 43588 10 Spare parts for PRD 300 • Rowlocks Ø 56 mm, black : 44682 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 56 mm, black : 43588 10 Accessories • Recommended oars 1.65 m : 16547 1.80 m : 16548

Central seat specially designed for you to find your ideal rowing position, with slot on either side for oar storage (maximum oar length : 2 m). 103


Wooden oars & paddles Oars and paddles manufactured in quality seasoned pine. The oars in particular are laminated in several layers of wood which gives greater flexibility and durability.

A + B. Brittania oars Quality pine oars, heavily polyurethane varnished. Wide 12 cm blades with shaped handgrip. The high grade model comes with oar collar and reinforced blade tip. Also available in standard pine. QUALITY PINE

BRITTANIA

Length

with PVC collars (A)

without collars (B)

1.50 m 1.65 m 1.80 m 1.95 m 2.10 m 2.25 m 2.40 m 2.70 m 3.00 m 3.30 m

16546 16547 16548 16549 16550 16551 16552 16553 16554

10162 10163 10164 10165 10166 10167 10168 10170 10171 22745

Each blade tip is specially reinforced with a wedge shaped cross grain insert.

C. Jointed oars Heavily varnished pine oars. Shaft Ø 35 mm. Wide 12 cm blades, with composite ferrule. Ideal for inflatables or small dinghies. Length 1.50 m 1.65 m 1.80 m 1.95 m 2.10 m

Ref.

10193 10194 10195 10172 10173

D. Newbourne oars Laminated, lightweight pine oars. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Wide 12 cm blade. Supplied with PVC oar collars. Length 1.50 m 1.65 m

104

Ref.

16561 16562

A

B

C

D


Canadian paddles

A

B

Length 1m 1.25 m 1.40 m 1.50 m 1.60 m

C

A - Canadian DeLuxe 10174 : 575 g 16563 : 725 g 16564 : 750 g 16565 : 800 g Light and perfectly balanced. Aspen with insert of alder, and varnished. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Very broad blade : 18 cm. Reinforced blade tip.

B - Canadian standard pine

C - Junior paddle 16569 : 650 g -

16566 : 575 g 16567 : 700 g 10175 : 750 g 16568 : 800 g Laminated in several layers and heavily varnished. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Blade fitted with spine. Blade width 16 cm with reinforced tip.

Laminated pine shaft with plastic blade. Supplied with drip ring. Shaft Ø 28 mm. Paddle width 16 cm.

Oarlocks Metal oarlocks

A

B

Model

Ø Shank

Ø Oarlock

Width

Oarlock

A

Chrome plated brass

B

Aluminium

48 mm 60 mm 56 - 62 mm

12 mm 13.5 mm 17 mm

37.5 mm 38 mm 55 mm

29610 29611 13372

Oarlock + locking bar -

13371

Side-mount socket

Top-mount socket

29614 29615 13374

29612 29613 13373

1 1 5

Polyamide oarlocks Colour Black White

Ø Shank

Ø Oarlock

Width

Oarlock

Side-mount socket

Top-mount socket

Closed-end thru-type socket

51 mm 56 mm 51 mm 56 mm

17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm

31 mm 37 mm 31 mm 37 mm

44681 44682 197207 197208

43588 43588 197210 197210

43587 43587 197209 197209

16542

10

-

10 1 1

Options & Accessories

• Clip 10 • Plastic oar collar

10

Heavy duty flexible PVC. For easier fitting, submerse the collar in soapy water. Brown, Ø 32 mm : 16543 Brown, Ø 44 mm : 11510. For Brittania oars ref. 10162 to10170.

Newbourne oars, Junior and Canadian paddles, clip Ø 30 mm : 45210 Jointed oars, clip Ø 40 mm : 45236 For all Brittania models, clip Ø 45 mm : 45242

• Plasticlip holder 37034 Holds an oar Ø 40 to 45 mm along a horizontal or vertical tube. Adapts to any tube diameter from Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Supplied complete with screws and nuts. 105


Oars and paddles Single oars and paddles Anodised aluminium shaft, plastic blades. Model

Length

Jointed oar A for tender. Sold in pairs.

Shaft Ø

Ref.

Assembled 1.60 m. 35 mm Taken apart 1.05 m

10399

1.50 m Oar for tender. Supplied with oar collar. 2 m C Paddle for tender. 1.40 m

35 mm 35 mm 35 mm

11791 11792 62264

Paddle with D take-away blade. Sold in pairs.

28 mm

10401

B

1.50 m

C

D

Model

Length

Shaft Ø

E

Jointed telescopic boat hook/paddle.

1.20 m to 1.80 m. 25 - 30 mm Taken apart : 80 cm

10400

F

Telescopic paddle-hook, with handle integrated to the blade.

1.56 to 2.30 m

30 mm

44365

Length

Shaft Ø

Ref.

Kayak paddle with 90°, Lexan spoon-shape blades. G Aluminium shaft coated with oven baked polyethylene paint.

2.26 m

28 mm

16570

70° spoon shaped blades for optimum penetration H into the water. Lightweight and highlyresistant aluminium shaft.

2.15 m

28 mm

51151

A

B

Oars-Paddles Ref.

Kayak paddles Model

E

F 106

G

H


Hooks

Grained rubber handle for better grip (ref. 62093 & 62094).

Telescopic boat hook Anodised aluminium. Rubber handle. Quarter turn locking action, at desired length. Plastic hook. Model

A

B

C

D

A B C D E

E

White aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium

Length cm 62 to 91 62 to 91 60 to 100 120 to 200 120 to 210

Moor Fast® mooring aid 61118 1

2

3

25 mm

Shaft Ø 25/30 mm

-

-

-

-

62093

-

-

16593 -

62094

30 mm

44262 44256 -

Color hook Grey Grey Grey Black Grey

Spare hook -

62095 38579 62095

Moor Fast® is a ready-to-use mooring system. It helps threading a rope through a buoy ring or marina cleat up to 2 meters away from the safety of your deck, easily bringing it back on board. The unique Moor Fast® claw even scoop up rings and shackles that lie flat thus uneasy to reach. Manufactured from high-tech materials and built to last in a marine environment, the Moor Fast® design has been carefully researched and tested by boat owners. The Moor Fast® head has a lifetime guarantee against breakage in normal mooring use. Supplied without pole, it fits any Swobbit® pole

107


Floating pine hooks Model

Length cm

120 180 Floating pine boat hook. 180 B Plastic en buffer. 240 Anodised light alloy hook. 300 Floating pine boat hook. 180 C Plastic end buffer. 240 Plastic hook. 300 A

Floating pine boat hook.

Hook 32 mm colour

Ø Shaft

30 mm

-

16591 16592

-

Spare hook

Grey

62244

10333 10334 White 10335

10337 10338 10339

-

14733

Grey

62244

Fibre glass hooks Model Fibre glass boat hook. D Combines strength with lightness. White.

Length cm

Ø Shaft

120 180 240

10111 10112 10113

25 mm

Hook colour

Spare hook

Black

38579

Light alloy hooks Model

Length cm

Floating anodised light alloy. 130 180 E Rubber end buffer. Plastic hook. 210

Ø Shaft

25 mm 62090 62091 62092

Hook colour

Spare hook

Grey

62095

A

B

C

E

D

E

Options & Accessories t3FQMBDFNFOUIPPLT Model

Colour

25 mm

Ø int. 30 mm

32 mm

-

A Female hook fitting, plastic

Grey

-

62244

B Female hook fitting, plastic

Grey

C Female hook fitting, plastic

Black

62095 38579

D Female hook fitting, anodised aluminium

Grey

-

-

A

B

C

14733

A

t'PMEJOHDMJQ

Ref.

A B ØC 196072 72 mm 82 mm 30 mm

108

C B

t1MBTUJDMJQIPMEFS 37034

To be fixed on Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm pulpit or stanchion. Suitable for any tube with a diameter from 40 to 45 mm. Screws and nuts included.

D

E


Fenders Bow fenders Bow protector 63918 White PVC. Dimensions 60 x 14 cm. Weight 1.8 kg.

Multifender 63919 White flexible PVC. Waffle design creates an articulated bumper grid that adapts to the bow shape. Multiple boat protection and dock edging applications. Dimensions 60 x 30 cm. Thickness 8 cm. Weight 3 kg.

A B

C D

Ring fender Bow fenders

PVC inflatable fender. Int. Ø 10 cm External Ø 33 cm • White : 39626 • Blue : 49088

White

Blue

39627 16333

49089 49090

A 35 cm 48 cm

B 27.5 cm 38 cm

C 25.5 cm 38.5 cm

D 34.5 cm 50.5 cm

A B

Stern fender White

Blue

16334

49091

C D

A 47.5 cm

B 39 cm

C 19 cm

D 30 cm 109


Performance fenders

Performance fenders Manufactured from soft, shiny and UV resistant PVC. Can be used either horizontally or vertically. Thanks to the design of the fender’s extremities, the PVC spreads evenly inside the mould during the rotomoulding process. This even distribution of the plastic material guarantees a perfect shock absorption, no matter where the point of impact is on the fender. Max. boat length 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 14 m

Inflated with rope Blue White Black

Not inflated with rope Blue White Black

Ø

35691 46655 35692 35693 39486 46660

57222 57223 57224 57226 57225 57227

10 cm 13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 21 cm 23 cm

35301 46653 35302 35303 39484 46658

47861 47862 47863 47865 47864 47866

57216 57217 57218 57220 57219 57221

57228 57229 57230 57232 57231 57233

Overall Ø (for fender baskets) 40 cm 50 cm 60 cm 80 cm 62 cm 85 cm

1.3 cm 1.6 cm 2 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 2.8 cm

• Size guide Do not underrate the size of your fenders, just because they are bulky on the deck when you actually sail : if space is really an issue, you’d better have one fender less, while keeping a generous diameter. Do not compromise for the sake of space on board : opt for the next size up. We recommend you to place one fender every 2.5 m, and minimum 6 fenders. An extra fender with a larger size will be most useful when rafted to another boat with a higher free-board. For optimum efficiency, choose a fender which length is equivalent to the 2/3rd of your boat’s free-board. • Pressure We advise you to check the pressure of your fender or Bumper once or twice a year. The right pressure is obtained by using a pressure gauge or by measuring the circumference of your Performance fender. To be really efficient a fender or Bumper must be neither under nor over inflated. Recommended pressure Standard fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Spherical fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Bumper 0.07 to 0.10 bar 110

10.5 cm 14 cm 15.9 cm 21.3 cm 22.9 cm 24.8 cm


Two-colour Performance fender Same technical features as Performance fenders, in two-colour version : white fender body and black cones. Can be used either horizontally or vertically. Perfect shock absorption no matter where the impact is on the fender, thanks to an even PVC thickness throughout the product.

Overall Ø (for fender baskets)

Max. boat length

Inflated with rope

Not inflated with rope

Ø

6m 8m 10 m

63902 63903 63904 63905 63906 63907

63908 63909 63910 63911 63912 63913

10 cm 13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 21 cm 23 cm

12 m 14 m

Thanks to instructions on the fender, you can check at any moment if your fender is perfectly inflated, either with an air pressure gauge or by measuring its circumference.

40 cm 50 cm 60 cm 80 cm 62 cm 85 cm

1.3 cm 1.6 cm 2 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 2.8 cm

10.5 cm 14 cm 15.9 cm 21.3 cm 22.9 cm 24.8 cm

Exclusive valve on Performance fenders Valve in injected polyethylene. • can be replaced in seconds, simply using a coin • 100 % corrosion-free • features a protection cap. Spare valve

Ø 14 mm

3/4

Adapter for Plastimo valve

10 56860 Specially designed to inflate Performance fenders and Bumpers. Compatible with all our pumps and inflators.

6

• Black valve and cap : 63935 • White valve and cap : 63936 For Performance fenders and Bumpers

One-eye fender Max. boat length

Ref.

Ø

10 m 12 m

39624 39625

18 cm 22 cm

48 cm 68 cm

2 cm 2 cm

Parabor fender Features a through-bore hole for rope (supplied as standard with fenders). Max. boat length 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 14 m

Not inflated -

46664 46665 46666 46667

Inflated

Ø

46663 47485 47486 47487 47488

10 cm 15 cm 20 cm 25 cm 30 cm

30 cm 43 cm 55 cm 68 cm 80 cm 111


Heavy duty series Plastimo offers a range of heavy duty fenders with an excellent abrasion and tear resistance. Ideal for superyachts manoeuvring in marinas, barges passing through locks, strong currents areas, or any intensive use. Suitable for use in temperatures from -20°C to +60°C.

Two-eye long fenders Max. boat length

5m

7m

9m

14 m 18 m > 18 m

Type

White with blue eyes

Blue with blue eyes

Ø cm

F01 S F01 M F01 L F02 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F11 F13

62123 62125 54678 54682 54680 54684 54686 54688 54690 54692 54694 54696 54698 54700

62124 62126 54679 54683 54681 54685 54687 54689 54691 54693 54695 54697 54699 54701

13 13 13 19 14.5 21.5 21.5 21.5 29 29 37.5 37.5 60 80

cm

cm

Weight kg

Volume L

37 46.5 56 66 61 61 74.5 105 77 109.5 93 147.5 145.5 195

1.8 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.5 4

0.6 0.7 0.9 1.5 1.1 1.9 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.6 6.2 7 11.5 24

3 4 5 15 8 16 22 35 40 70 95 150 310 750

Volume L 16 35 62 115 225 430 670

One-eye spherical fenders Max. boat length

Type

White with blue eye

Red with blue eye

Ø cm

5m 7m 9m 14 m 16 m 18 m > 18 m

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7

54704 54706 54708 54710 54712 54714 54716

54705 54707 54709 54711 54713 54715 54717

31 40 48 59 75 93 110

cm

cm

Weight kg

39 51 62 73 94 119 142

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3 3.8 6

1.2 2.1 3 4.1 8.5 13.5 21

• Size guide Do not underrate the size of your fenders, just because they are bulky on the deck when you actually sail : if space is really an issue, you’d better have one fender less, while keeping a generous diameter. Do not compromise for the sake of space on board : opt for the next size up. We recommend you to place one fender every 2.5 m, and minimum 6 fenders. An extra fender with a larger size will be most useful when rafted to another boat with a higher free-board. For optimum efficiency, choose a fender which length is equivalent to the 2/3 of your boat’s free-board. • Pressure We recommend you to check the pressure of your fender or Bumper once to twice a year. The right pressure is obtained by using a pressure gauge or by measuring the circumference as for our Performance range. To be really efficient a fender or Bumper must be neither under nor over inflated. Recommended pressure Standard fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Spherical fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Bumper 0.07 to 0.10 bar

112


Fenders with reinforced eyes

The measurements are calculated at a pressure of 0.15 bar at approximately 20° C. Do not over-inflate : to provide dependable service, inflate buoys at circumference less 10% and they will naturally expand.

Solid head fenders Soft shiny white PVC fender with black reinforced heads. Max. boat length

Ref.

Ø

8m 10 m 12 m 15 m

63914 63915 63916 63917

13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 25 cm

54 cm 65 cm 75 cm 85 cm

2.8 cm 2.8 cm 2.8 cm 2.8 cm

Fender with reinforced eyes Max. boat length 7m 8m 10 m 12 m

White

Blue

Ø

39616 39617 39618 39619 39620 39621

51535 51536 51537 51538 51539 51540

12 cm 14 cm 17 cm 21 cm 23 cm 27 cm

48 cm 53 cm 58 cm 64 cm 72 cm 81 cm

2 cm 2 cm 2.5 cm 2.5 cm 3 cm 3 cm

Spherical fenders with black eye Moulded in tough, UV-resistant PVC. The solid black eyes will accommodate rope or shackles, and cannot pull-through under stress. Max. boat length 7m 9m 14 m 18 m

Yellow

Orange

White

39603 39606 39609 39612 39615

39602 39605 39608 39611 39614

39601 39604 39607 39610 39613

Buoyancy 35 cm 45 cm 55 cm 65 cm 85 cm

48 cm 62 cm 73 cm 88 cm 105 cm

3 cm 3 cm 3 cm 3 cm 3 cm

21 kg 45 kg 83 kg 138 kg 310 kg

er : Big size fend long up to 1.40 m

Fender for large yachts UV resistant white PVC. Max. boat length 15 m 18 m

Ref.

Ø cm

39622 39623

35 cm 45 cm

110 cm 140 cm

3 cm 3 cm 113


Flat fenders Flat fender Made from high-density closed-cell foam, this fender offers an excellent pressure resistance. Can be positioned either vertically or horizontally. • It features a nylon/PVC waterproof cover with a zip fastening. Navy colour. • The cover is washable and removable for easy maintenance. • Supplied with rope. Thickness 6 cm 12 cm 12 cm

Width 25 cm 30 cm 40 cm

Length 30 cm 40 cm 50 cm

Rope 2.10 m 2.60 m 3m

Ref.

62298 62299 62300

Accessory Polyamide snap hook, black

16795

Can also be used as a seat cushion or back supporter.

Length : 55 mm, Ø 15 mm.

2

Fleece-covered flat fender Ideal to moor alongside another boat, this flat fender also offers optimum protection when against quays or piers. Made from closed cell polyethylen foam with outer white PVC cover, it features a soft fleece-covered facing, to prevent scratches on the hull. Those models can be positioned either vertically or horizontally and fasten easily together with a lanyard (not supplied). The cover is washable and removable for easy maintenance. Thickness 10 cm 10 cm

Width 20 cm 40 cm

Length 60 cm 60 cm

With its comfortable fleece cover on one face, the flat fender can also be used as an extra knee-pad, seat cushion or back supporter.

Ref.

56922 56923

Flat type fenders • Semi-rigid fenders : will not puncture or deflate. • Manufactured in polyethylene closed cell foam, they provide good hull protection. • Do not absorb oils or water. • Easily stack in a locker. • Will not mar the hull. • Easy to clean. * Royal blue, light grey, navy blue. Thickness

Width

Length

Blue*

5 cm 8 cm 8 cm

18 cm 31 cm 31 cm

49 cm 65 cm 95 cm

14518 14519 14520

Fenders for RIBs Made from closed cell polyethylen foam, UV and hydrocarbon resistant. Curved shape to fit the RIB or tender tube. Provides efficient protection against abrasion along pontoons or jetties. Stacks easily for storage. Size S L 114

Dimensions 270 x 440 mm 350 x 800 mm

White

Grey

55798 55796

55799 55797

Can also be used as a cushion to sit on or to kneel on.


Multifender 63919 White flexible PVC Waffle design creates an articulated bumper grid that adapts to the boat hull or dock shape : flat, rounded or angled. Dimensions 60 x 30 cm. Thickness 8 cm. Weight 3 kg.

Ladder fender Multi-function ladder fender : to protect topsides and enable easy access on board. Colour White

Blue

Model 2-step 3-step 4-step 2-step 3-step 4-step

Ref.

186362 186364 186366 186363 186365 186367

Dimensions 25 x 12 x 55 cm 25 x 12 x 75 cm 25 x 12 x 95 cm 25 x 12 x 55 cm 25 x 12 x 75 cm 25 x 12 x 95 cm

Weight 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg

Inflatable fender 62302 Inflatable fender manufactured in 1100 Decitex PVC fabric, equipped with standard valve for inflation in few seconds. Practical solution in addition to fenders on board. Can be positioned either vertically or horizontally. • It features a nylon/PVC waterproof cover. • Easy to store on board. • Quick and easy set-up. • Ø 15 x 45 cm.

Accessory Foot pump

57713

Capacity 5 L. Max. pressure : 400 mbar - 5,8 psi. Dimensions : 28 x 21 x H 6 cm.

115


Accessories for fenders Plasticlip®

33.5

A clever multi-purpose clip, engineered by Plastimo : • Easy and swift installation : no drilling required, you can change the installation of your equipment at any time. • Fits virtually anywhere on board : Plasticlip fits the most common tube diameters (from 18.5 to 25.5 mm) and can be mounted vertically (stanchion, pulpit) or horizontally (pulpit, pushpit). Clip in heavy duty polyamide, metal parts in 316 L stainless steel.

M5x4C 18.5 < Ø < 25.5mm

C

B

A

Standard one-fender model

A

Supplied complete with clip, screws and 316 L stainless steel basket. Ø Fender 200 mm 230 mm 250 mm

Ref.

36189 36190 36191

A 455 mm 558 mm 475 mm

B 205 mm 235 mm 255 mm

Patented design

C 235 mm 265 mm 285 mm

A

Standard 3-fender model Supplied complete with clip, screws and 316 L stainless steel basket.

B

Ø Fender 150 mm 200 mm

Ref.

A 310 mm 455 mm

36207 36209

B 460 mm 610 mm

Universal holder Unique fender holder : both clips feature a 316 L st. steel spring-mounted bracket which holds the narrow ends of the fender. The clips can be adjusted up and down the rail, the only limit being the rail length. When fenders are taken away, the brackets fold flat thus leaving ample room to move about on the deck. Suitable for vertical (stanchions or pushpit) or horizontal fender stowage (pulpit).

Flush stowed

Ø Fender 90 - 200 mm

Ref.

36203

A 180 mm

Rope for fender 3-strand polyester rope for fender. Features a spliced extremity.

Fender cleat Colour Black White 116

For Ø 3-6 mm

For Ø 6-12 mm

16857 14087

16856 14088

Ø 6 mm 8 mm

Ref.

48200 48201

Length 1.50 m 2m

Weight 0.05 kg 0.11 kg


Fenders socks

Long fender socks Prevent scuffs and scratches on the hull. Protect the fenders from harbour grime and UV rays. Made from washable, thick, stretchy polyester.

Sock size

Fender dimensions Red

Navy

Black

Green

Burgundy

Fits Performance fender

Ă&#x2DC; max.

Long. max.

Mini*

10 cm

35 cm

57251

57252

57253

-

-

10 x 40 cm

F0*

15 cm

40 cm

57236

57246

57241

57257

57262

13 x 50 cm

F01-F1*

15 cm

56 cm

57237

57247

57242

57258

57263

15 x 60 cm

F02*

20 cm

68 cm

57254

57255

57256

-

-

-

F2*

23 cm

56 cm

57238

57248

57243

57259

57264

21 x 62 cm

F3*

23 cm

76 cm

57239

57249

57244

57260

57265

20 x 80 cm

F4*

23 cm

102 cm

27113

35681

35662

-

-

-

F5*

30 cm

76 cm

57240

57250

57245

57261

57266

23 x 85 cm

F6**

30 cm

107 cm

27115

35683

35664

-

-

-

F7**

38 cm

102 cm

54724

54725

54726

-

-

-

* single layer ** double layer

Spherical fenders socks Washable, thick, stretchy polyester.

Sock size

Ă&#x2DC; max.

A1*

Red

Navy

31 cm

57700

57702

A2*

40 cm

57701

57703

A3**

48 cm

42564

42569

A4**

59 cm

42565

42570

A5**

75 cm

42566

42571

A6**

93 cm

42606

42607

A7**

110 cm

54738

54739

* single layer ** double layer

Fender sock, one size fits all 24733 Made of polyamide. Fits nearly every type of our fender range, thanks to its endless, tube-shaped fabric of great elasticity and resistance. Sold in 5 metres, with 12 plastic holder clips. Can equip 6 fenders. 117


Bumper®, dock fender Whether you sail shorthanded or singlehanded, whether you are a beginner or a confirmed skipper, the Bumper will take away some “emotional” moments when approaching the pontoon, in particular when the wind blows hard and currents are unkind ! The Bumper is a really efficient fender, to be fixed on the pontoon ; according to its location, it provides efficient protection to the bow and amidships. Suitable for all pontoon or catway shapes : square or round end pontoon. Sturdy construction, from rotomoulded PVC, UV-ray protected. Registered design. Max. pressure : 0.10 bar / 1.45 psi

The Bumper filled with foam is ideal for boats from 9 m and is also recommended for very busy pontoons (such as the technical pontoon : fuel and water intake…). 3/4 1/2

Bumper® 3/4 Model Ø 18 x 40 cm Ø 25 x 90 cm

BUMPER standard White Blue

38082 30102

39357 37781

Grey -

BUMPER foam-filled White Blue -

36856

37783

37784

Bumper® 1/2 Model Ø 18 x 40 cm Ø 25 x 90 cm

BUMPER standard White Blue

38558 38068

39358 39356

39362

A bow Bumper really facilitates dock manoeuvres, and a second Bumper amidships protects efficiently against shocks.

Articulated Bumper® Model Ø 18 x 80 cm

BUMPER foam-filled White -

White

Blue

39146

39359

The Bumper can be secured with screws on the pontoon. 118


57407 57406

Dock protections 2 mooring protections made from Bacell®, a 100% closed-cell foam. Bacell® offers excellent resistance to perforation and optimum shock absorption. It is easy on hulls and fully resistant to UV.

The Marina Fender and the Fender List can be cut out and bent to fit all pontoons or catway shapes.

Model Marina Fender Fender List

Ref.

Colour

Length

Height

57406

White

1000 mm 140 mm

60 mm

57407

White

940 mm

44 mm

85 mm

Thickness Accessories included 4 plastic fixing plates St. steel bolts.

Dock fender 16339 Multi-purpose boat or marina fender. Designed to be secured on a flat surface. Fastening with 8 screws (not included). Dimensions : 50 x 12 x 7 cm.

Angle dock fender 16340

Fully adjustable up to 90°, ideal for corners of pontoons. Fastening with 8 screws (not included).

Dock rubber fender 13710 White rubber. Dimensions : 30 x 10 x 4 cm.

Accessories for Bumper

Pole

J.M. Liot ©

29640 Length : 111 cm. Whether casting off or picking up your mooring lines, you operate in optimum safety conditions : your line is always handy, with no need for a crewmember to step off.

Fastening clamps 36663 Some harbour authorities may not authorize screws. If so, you will fix your Bumper with the set of fastening clamps. (except for the articulated model).

119


Jean-Marie Liot ©

Regatta mark buoys

Regatta mark buoys Large inflatable mark buoys, manufactured from bright yellow PVC. Totally resistant to UV rays. Fitted with carrying handles and two inflation/deflation valves. Both buoys feature large transparent pocket(s) for advertising use. Dimensions of pockets : 69 x 60 cm. Fitted with special net that absorbs pulling forces from anchor line. No special ballast required, no special maintenance necessary.

Accessories t4QBSFCVOH

36081

t4QBSFOFU

Model

Reference Ø

Cylindrical Spherical

16448 16445

Height

0.90 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 1.60 m

Supplied with repair kit including PVC patch and adhesive.

120

Inflated weight 4 kg 8 kg

Transparent pocket 1 pocket 2 pockets

22754 : for buoy Ø 0.90 m. 22755 : for buoy Ø 1.50 m.

t&YUSBSFQBJSLJU

16447


Buoy for regatta training 38076 Developed in cooperation with the French Tornado Olympic Team, this buoy is specifically designed for the training of top regatta racers, speed challenges and sailing school training sessions. It can be used either as a drifting buoy, or as a traditional regatta buoy, with the additional advantage of small dimensions and ease of use. â&#x20AC;˘ PVC 1100 Decitex : sturdy and rigid. â&#x20AC;˘ Bright yellow colour for good visibility. â&#x20AC;˘ Little drifting in the wind ; the buoy stands vertically thanks to the ballast bag at the bottom and to a high immersed section (52 cm). â&#x20AC;˘ Quick inflating and deflating : 1/4 turn valve (Halkey Roberts type) accommodates most pumps. â&#x20AC;˘ Easy to hoist back on board thanks to numerous grab handles. â&#x20AC;˘ Easy to carry : small dimensions when folded.

The ballast pouch with velcro fastening contains up to 14 kg (recommended weight, to be made up of stones, pebblesâ&#x20AC;Ś). This pouch will also prove handy to stow the extra length of mooring line, in order to prevent the rudder or keel from getting entangled.

When the buoy is used as a traditional regatta buoy, the mooring line is fastened to the grab handle on the lower section of the buoy.

â&#x20AC;˘ Length : 1.88 m. â&#x20AC;˘ Diameter : 26 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 2.7 kg (without ballast).

Accessory t3FQBJSLJU TVJUBCMFGPSCPUICVPZT

24816

PVC 1100 Decitex

Jumbo regatta mark buoy 40266 Aimed at large yachts, the 3.20 m high Jumbo mark buoy can be easily spotted even from a distance. Its PVC 1100 Decitex construction makes it very resistant to handling and to potential collisions with boats. Can be ballasted according to sea and wind conditions, thanks to 3 reinforced attachment D-rings at the base of the buoy. â&#x20AC;˘ 5 grab handles facilitate handling. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with 3 pockets (60 x 90 cm) for logo or advertisement display. â&#x20AC;˘ 2 D-rings for flag attachment at the top of the buoy. Compact when deflated.

â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions when folded : 1 m x 40 cm x 20 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions when inflated : height 3.20 m ; length (triangular base) : 2 m ; cylinder diameter (top part of the buoy) : 60 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 16 kg. â&#x20AC;˘ Inflation : 20 min. with electric inflator. 1/4 turn valve (Halkey Roberts type) accomodates most pumps.

Reinforced attachment D-rings.

Flag attachment D-rings.

5 grab handles. 121


Anchors A good anchor is your best insurance policy. What is a good anchor ? An anchor that enables you to face all situations safely : open berth in a nice calm weather, or ”emergency” berth when the boat drifts towards the rocks.

The basic rules of a good anchoring system Do not overlook the importance of every element in your anchoring system : it is only by selecting top quality elements and assembling them correctly together that one obtains a perfectly reliable anchoring. • Chain : diameter must be generous and length at least 5 times the boat length (see table). • Rope : opt for polyamide, which provides good abrasion and tension resistance, with a good stretching capacity (18 to 25%) to absorb the surges that waves impact on the anchor.

P. Plisson ©

Numerous tests carried out throughout the world have demonstrated that the geometric proportions of the anchor are more important than its actual weight. Anchors of recent construction, such as the Kobra, bites into the seabed within seconds due to its weighted tip and holds very well thanks to its broad shoulders. Tests carried by French magazines Voile Magazine and Moteur Boat Magazine gave clear evidence that ”a 6 kg Kobra anchor held a 600 kg traction load, in a mixed sand-mud seabed”, which corresponds approx. to the traction exerted by a 42-knot wind on a 9 m boat, where a 12 kg anchor is traditionally recommended. When the local regulation imposes a minimum anchor weight for a given size of boat, it is imperative to follow strictly the regulation. In the absence of a specific regulation, we suggest that you use our table as a guide, to select your primary and secondary anchors.

Which anchor for which boat and use ? Max. boat length Dinghy, tender, Optimist Dinghy, inflatable boat Small catamaran up to 4 m Boat up to 5.50 m 6.50 m 7.50 m 9m 10.50 m 12.50 m 16 m 18 m 20 m 25 m + 25 m

122

Boat displacement -

Min. anchor weight 2 kg 4,4 lb

Ø schackle 8 mm

300 kg

3.5 kg 7.7 lb

800 kg 1000 kg 2000 kg 3000 kg 4500 kg 8000 kg 12000 kg 16000 kg 20000 kg 30000 kg + 30000 kg

6 kg 8 kg 10 kg 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 20 kg 24 kg 34 kg 40 kg 60 kg

13 lb 17 lb 22 lb 26 lb 31 lb 35 lb 44 lb 50 lb 75 lb 88 lb 140 lb

given as an indication, The anchor weight is only per length of boat. ur anchor ne is not sufficient, and yo alo ion ter cri this , ver we Ho n nise the specific constructio selection should also recog of your vessel.

6 mm

Nylon rope Ø 6 mm

8 mm

6 mm

6 - 8 mm

8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 18 mm

6 mm 6 - 7 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 14 mm 16 mm

10 mm 10 mm 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm 18 mm 18 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 28 mm

Ø chain


Safe anchoring The “universal” anchor still does not exist : the variety of seabeds and the length of the anchor rode impact the anchor holding power enormously. It is therefore recommended to have systematically 2 anchoring systems, regardless of boat size and regulation.

Water depth

• Bower and secondary anchor Use for example a plough anchor Kobra-type, efficient on 80 % of seabeds, and a flat Britany-type anchor, ideal for soft grounds.

2 anchors connected together

• A third anchoring rode Is also advisable : aluminium anchor with a weighted rope. Easy to handle by the whole crew and ideally suitable for a “lunch-hook”, it can also be used as an extra emergency anchor.

2 anchors on same line, with a 2 to 5 m chain interval

• Scope of anchor line Should be determined according to the water depth below the keel and the wind conditions : - less than 10 m : 3 times the water depth, up to Force 3 5 times the water depth, up to Force 6 7 times the water depth, up to Force 9 ; - more than 10 m : no more than 5 times the water depth ; - beyond Force 9 : you should set 2 anchors, either each on its own line, or both anchors on the same line.

Calm weather : 2 anchors with wide angle

3° to 120°

• Select a sheltered anchorage Whenever possible, taking into consideration the weather forecast and the evolution of currents and tides. In very busy mooring anchorages, it may be safer to shorten the anchor rode. If the wind pipes up or in case of emergency conditions, do not hesitate to veer some extra length of chain or rope, in order to increase the anchor holding capacity. A paint colour-coding every metre on both rope and chain facilitates manœuvres immensely.

Strong breeze : 2 anchors with smaller angle Less than 45°

B. Leglatin©

Pull-out ratio, in relation to wind force and boat size Boat length

15 knots

30 knots

42 knots

60 knots

120 knots

4.50 m

25 kg

100 kg

220 kg

450 kg

1800 kg

6m

40 kg

160 kg

320 kg

650 kg

2600 kg

7.50 m

55 kg

220 kg

440 kg

880 kg

3550 kg

9m

80 kg

300 kg

620 kg

1260 kg

5080 kg

10.50 m

100 kg

400 kg

800 kg

1630 kg

6540 kg

12 m

130 kg

540 kg

1000 kg

2180 kg

8720 kg

15 m

180 kg

710 kg

1450 kg

2900 kg

11620 kg

18 m

220 kg

900 kg

1800 kg

3620 kg

14530 kg

21 m

300 kg

1200 kg

2450 kg

4850 kg

19620 kg

The longer the scope, the smaller the pulling angle, and the stronger the holding power.

123


Plough anchors

High resistance galvanised ste2 el : 55 kg/mm

Kobra® anchor The Kobra anchor bites into the seabed within seconds and has a very high holding power, thanks to its weighted tip and very broad shoulders. The outstanding performance of the Kobra results from its particular geometric proportions, which allow you to select safely up to 2 sizes down compared to the usually recommended anchor weight.

stainless steel 316 L

• Kobra 1 with folding shank (patented) Cleverly designed to be stored on the bow roller or stowed in the chain locker thanks to its collapsible shank. Its high holding power makes it ideally suitable for use as a picnic anchor, used in conjunction with a weighted mooring line. This reduces the effort necessary in the absence of windlass. • Kobra 2 with fixed shank. For winterizing, unbolt the shank before folding it. It will ease the stowage of the anchor in its compartment. Before using the anchor again, relock the shank in position with a well gripped new nylock nut. • 316 L stainless steel Kobra 2 anchor with fixed shank.

med by Unanimously acclai

g press

the European boatin

th e e ex ce lle nc e of ot ag e pr ov es th fo er its at d rw an de t– un tes “O ur chor on s the second-best an ve r design –the Kobra wa pr ed ic ta bl e. It ne y gl rin su as re s wa e us It’s ll. be ha vio ur in d burying itself we st digging in rapidly an account the mode failed to set, always this test. Taking into of er nn wi e th y dl assure nt value-for-money.” price tag, it’s excelle rs July 2009 v 2009/Voiles & Voilie Yachting Monthly - No muddy magazine Yacht on an rm Ge th wi er nn wi Kobra : test . and sandy bottoms 09 20 st gu Au t Yach

C D

A

E B F Kobra 1 : folded anchor, ready for storage in the chain locker.

Boat length 4m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 13 m 14.50 m 16 m 18 m 20 m 25 m 13 m 14.50 m 124

Model

KOBRA 1 folding galva

KOBRA 2 fixed galva.

KOBRA 2 fixed st. steel

Ref.

39140 39141 37680 37688 37649 49223 49226 49229 49296 49304 49360 56892 56893

Weight kg Ib 4.4 2 8.8 4 13.2 6 17.6 8 22 10 26.5 12 30.8 14 35.3 16 44.1 20 55.1 25 77.2 35 26.5 12 30.8 14

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

408 523 592 640 698 739 789 815 863 937 1029 739 789

182 236 270 294 322 341 361 374 409 456 483 341 361

168 218 247 265 290 305 330 340 366 395 446 305 330

238 310 359 388 424 452 500 503 536 586 644 452 500

132 170 190 205 222 234 254 259 275 296 331 234 254

441 567 638 693 758 800 852 881 940 1023 1121 800 852


Soc® anchor

Plough anchor, available in hot dipped galvanised steel and 316 L stainless steel. galvanised steel and in 316 L stainless steel. Weight* Boat Galvanised St. Steel length Steel kg lb 15 7 5.50 m 37846 20 6.50 m 9 37847 18690 9m 12 25 37848 18691 12.50 m 37849 15 32 18692 17 m 22 45 37850 18693 18 m 27 60 37845 37851

F D B

Anchor weight* lb kg 7 15 9 20 12 25 15 32 22 45 27 60

G

E A

A mm 750 800 930 970 1000 1080

C

Galva. SOC B mm 400 410 440 480 517 670

C mm 250 270 305 320 360 420

A mm 650 790 830 860 870 895

St. steel SOC B mm C mm 345 228 405 272 425 290 450 290 468 322 490 335

Eye Ø E mm F mm 19 18 15 19 16.7 25.5 17.5 21 23 21.6 22 22

D mm 19 15 16.7 17.5 23 22

G mm 44.5 42 51.4 48 55 53.5

* Anchor weight can fluctuate slightly due to the manufacturing process.

B

Galvanised

Stainless steel 316 L

FHD anchor

F D

• Galvanised steel : thermal treatment increases the breaking resistance. • 316 L Stainless steel : dipped in decontaminating fluid, totally impervious to corrosion. Boat length 3.50 m 5m 6.50 m 7.50 m 10.50 m 16 m 19 m 25 m > 25 m

A

Weight Galvanised kg lb A mm B mm C mm D mm 350 140 195 130 2 4.5 51602 5 11 470 260 300 215 35735 7.5 17 470 300 330 240 35736 10 22 520 315 370 265 35737 15 33 620 365 440 320 35738 20 44 690 390 450 330 35739 810 425 520 380 30 66 37852 910 500 625 450 50 110 60779 80 176 60780 1045 595 698 525

D

G

E

Stainless steel A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm 51603 360 140 190 130 9 35740 440 255 310 210 35741 450 285 340 240 14.2 13 35742 520 315 375 270 35743 615 355 440 310 14.5 22 35744 650 395 460 330 22 37853 765 450 515 375 -

C

Eye Ø F mm G mm H mm 24.5 9.7 29 27.5 12.5 33.8 13.6 13 32.5 38 14.5 38 40 22 51 40 22 51 -

The anchor weight can be subject to variations due to the manufacturing process. 125


Folding grapnel with spoon flukes

Grapnels

Grapnel holder

Hot galvanised steel. Weight 1.5 kg 2.5 kg 3.2 kg 4 kg 6 kg 8 kg

Ref.

16471 16472 16473 16474 16475 16476

16920 Soft white PVC, UV-treated. Length 260 mm. For grapnel 2.5 kg max.

Length 300 mm 360 mm 410 mm 450 mm 550 mm 570 mm

Chain-anchor connectors Stainless steel

Anchor connectors

Galvanised

Fits most anchors on the market, with fixed or articulated shank. Model

Galvanised steel

St.steel with swivel

For chain Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm

* SWL : Safe Working Load

Ref.

57664 56388 56389 56390 56391 57725 56392 56393 56394 56395

A 16 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 30 mm 16 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 30 mm

B 11 mm 21 mm 21 mm 25 mm 25 mm 12 mm 22 mm 22 mm 26 mm 26 mm

C Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 16 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 16 mm

D Ø 6 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 14 mm

E 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 17 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 17 mm

F 7 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 7 mm 11 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm

B

One-piece fixed connectors or models with one swivelling axis only must be used exclusively with articulated shank anchors. Fixed shank anchors should be equipped with connectors that feature two rotation axes.

C A

Anchor connectors

Ø

For articulated-shaft anchors. Ensure perfect sliding of the chain without the possibility of jamming in either the stemhead or chain stopper. Model Dual-axis st. steel moulded 1 piece 126

For chain Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm

Ref.

402452 402500

Length 116 mm 135 mm

A 21.4 mm 28.5 mm

SWL* 500 kg 900 kg 1400 kg 2250 kg 2750 kg 500 kg 900 kg 1400 kg 2250 kg 2750 kg

B 14.8 mm 18.1 mm

C 11.2 mm 13.1 mm

D 7.8 mm 13.1 mm

D

SWL 600 kg 1800 kg


Bow rollers St. steel bow rollers Standard bow rollers Ref.

13244 A 27102 18376 39673 B 27104 39387

Length 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm

A

Hinged bow rollers

B

Maximum weight anchor* Plough* Flat* 7.500 kg 7.500 kg 7.500 kg 10 kg 10 kg 15 kg 15 kg 20 kg 20 kg

Width 50 mm

80 mm

Ref.

A

Length

Maximum weight anchor* Plough* Flat* 10 kg 10 kg 15 kg 15 kg 20 kg 20 kg 10 kg 10 kg -

Width

300 mm 400 mm 500 mm 330 mm 500 mm

27103 A 13246 39386 39384 B 39385

B

80 mm 70 mm 90 mm

*For most of anchors.

*For most of plough and flat anchor.

Accessories

Bow rollers for anchor platform Ref.

39380 39381 39382 B 39383

A

Length 150 mm 200 mm

A

B

Width

Maximum weight anchor*

51 mm 64 mm 51 mm 64 mm

Plough anchor max. 15 kg

t 4QBSFTIFBWFT t-PDLJOHEFWJDF39388 For bow rollers 13246, 27103, Ă&#x2DC; 54, width 48 mm : 39389 27104, 39385 Ă 39387, 39673 Ă&#x2DC; 54, width 62 mm : 39390 Ă&#x2DC; 70, width 62 mm : 39391

Flat anchor max. 15 kg *For most of plough and flat anchor.

St. steel bow rollers A

Maximum anchor weight

Sheaves

3 to 6 kg

St. steel bow roller 304

Rubber

A 411008

Nylon

B 411111

C 417626

C B

A

B F

E D

C

Ă&#x2DC; Sheaves

Ref.

A

B

C

D

E

F

Ă&#x2DC; Sheaves

411008 417626 411111

10 mm

40 mm

390 mm

290 mm

48 mm

52 mm

60 mm

45 mm

30 mm

160 mm

100 mm

46 mm

50 mm

60 mm

40 mm

30 mm

160 mm

100 mm

50 mm

55 mm

60 mm

127


Aluminium bow rollers Aluminium bow rollers A B C D

Max anchor weight 3 to 6 kg 4 to 8 kg 8 to 12 kg 8 to 12 kg 18 kg Ref.

A B C D

402235 417888 418618 414549 417889

Ref.

402235 417888 418618 414549 417889

A 30 mm 30 mm 25 mm 10 mm 15 mm

B 30 mm 10 mm 25 mm 45 mm 45 mm

A

C 160 mm 155 mm 210 mm 242 mm 325 mm

B

D 110 mm 100 mm 150 mm 150 mm 225 mm

E 25 mm 30 mm 42 mm 42 mm 45 mm

F 42 mm 25 mm 50 mm 58 mm 62 mm

Type A B C

Ø sheave 40 mm 60 mm 45/20 mm 70/30 mm 80/40 mm

C

Type D C

C B

D

A

A

With locking device

B F (ext.)

E (int.) D

E (int.)

F (ext.)

Ø réa

D

Ø réa

Chain pipes Open chain pipes A B

Material Ref. Anodised 417885 aluminium St. steel AISI 404842 316

St. steel AISI 400712 C 316 410697

A Through-hole

Overall dimensions

Cut-out dimensions

Ø 30 mm

99 x 75 mm

Ø 42 mm

121 x 70 mm

203 x 127 mm

141 x 86 mm

37 x 93 mm 50 x 102 mm

140 x 62 mm 152 x 82 mm

47 x 103 mm 155 x 105 mm

Chain pipes with cover A B

B

A

Description

Ref.

Round chain pipe Oval chain pipe

400750 13249

For chain Ø 25 mm 6 - 12 mm

B Through-hole 36 mm 103 x 52 mm

Chain swivel Galvanised steel. Two swivels are necessary per mooring buoy. Swivel diameter must be 4 mm superior to chain diameter. 128

C

Overall dimensions Ø 78 mm 160 x 114 x 38 mm Ref.

13240 13241 13242 13243

Ø 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm

Cut-out dimensions Ø 40 mm -

SWL* 560 kg 1000 kg 1600 kg 2300 kg

5 5 2 2


Ladders Boarding ladders are often associated to comfort and fun but they remain first and foremost a safety element on board (EN ISO 15085 standard, July 2003). Therefore Plastimo has chosen to further improve the comfort and sturdiness of its ladders.

J.Kelagopian

Two concepts have been developed by our R&D department : • The exclusive assembly process which allows the steps to keep horizontal, whatever the shape and inclination of the free-board, transom or skirt, simply with an allen key. • The specific design of the steps, slightly curved and rounded also deep and wide, helps keep your feet away from the free-board and increases the rigidity of the ladder to make boarding safer and easier.

Provides unparalleled comfort and safety. The width and depth of the anti-slip steps enable you to keep your feet always flat on the step, thus feeling safe and steady. The material and smooth shape of the steps are soft to bare-feet, adding to your comfort. Withstands the harsh marine environment. The use of materials with a proven record of reliability such as 316 L stainless steel, polypropylene guarantees the durability and the performance of the ladder. In our Brittany-based factory, all our products are tested in a seawater fog laboratory, where the product undergoes accelerated ageing to reproduce the extremely harsh marine environment.

Ladders, width 290 mm

B.Y.Leglatin(c)

When selecting your ladder, remember that at least 2 steps of your ladder must be immersed.

Skirt and platform ladder

Vertical transom ladder

1 fixed step + 3 mobile : 55694 The exclusive steps allow the use of the same ladder for swimming and to get access to the boat, from the pontoon.

55704 3 steps. Ideal for small power boats. 23

140 mm

0m

m

753 mm 250 mm

750 mm 250 mm

m

120 m

110

Ø 22 mm

Ø 22 mm

290

mm

mm

55704

29

0m

m 129


m

Pontoon st. steel ladder

2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55695 3 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55696 2 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55697 3 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55698

Ref.

Ref.

A B 90 mm 485 mm 245 mm 630 mm

55705 55706

55695 55696 55697 55698

300 mm

90 mm

1 fixed step + 2 mobile : 55699 2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55700 3 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55701 2 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55702 3 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55703

B Ø22 mm

0m

Ref.

m m 180 m

B 405 mm 655 mm 405 mm 655 mm

St. steel folding ladder, 90° crook

A

29

55695

A

el

316 L st. ste

m 120 m

Ø22 mm

29

0m

m

m

200 m

A 1050 mm 1300 mm 1300 mm 1550 mm

B

55699 55700 55701 55702 55703

A 785 mm 835 mm 1085 mm 1085 mm 1335 mm

m

135 m 250 mm 70 mm

Easily mounted, it helps getting on board easily and safely. 2 steps, crook height 90 mm : 55705 2 steps, crook height 245 mm : 55706

250 mm

St. steel folding ladder, 180° crook

280 mm

185 m

B 300 mm 370 mm 620 mm 370 mm 620 mm

B

m

120 m

A

Ø22 mm

29

0m

m

Accessories & Spares • Spare stand-offs, st. steel (x 2)

36932 Ø 25 mm. • A. Stand-off extensions, st. steel (x 2) 12563 Length 120 mm, Ø 25 mm. To increase the length of stand-offs in order to incline the ladder slightly and thus facilitate climbing back on board.

A

D

• St. steel fixing plates for stand-off extensions (x 2)

12586 For tube Ø 25 mm. If your ladder is fixed permanently,these plates offer 4 fixing points, B so as to have a better rigidity of the whole set. • B. St. steel fixing brackets for stand-offs (x 2) 12587 For tube Ø 22 mm. Same use as above. C • C. Fixing plates with trunnion nut (x 2) 27073 Suitable for brackets 12586 & 12587. Allow ladder to be mounted and removed easily. • D.Grey step, fixed On inclined transoms 58835 For ladder tube Ø 22 mm, width 290 mm. • F. 30° transoms : St. steel fixing brackets + stand-offs 35434 • E. Grey step, adjustable horizontally. Tube Ø : 25 mm. Length : 27 cm. 15680 For ladders ref. 55699, 55700 and 55702. For ladder tube Ø 22 mm, width 290 mm. • G.15° transoms : St. steel fixing brackets + Screws included. stand-offs 35435 Tube Ø : 25 mm. Length : 22 cm. For ladders ref. 55700 and 55702. 130

E

F

G


Adjustable ladders, width 195 mm Unique step-adjusting concept, designed by our Research & Developement department. This exclusive assembly process allows to keep the steps horizontal, whatever the shape and inclination of the free-board, transom or skirt. You simply adjust yourself the inclination of the steps with an allen key, which unables you to convert a “series” ladder into a “customised” ladder. l St.stee L 316

Ladder for narrow transom, 180° crook

Bow ladder

2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 30535

3 steps : 29392

19

5m

0 19

1035 mm max. 885 mm

1050 mm

250 mm

405 mm

280 mm

m

mm

ax.

m

0m

45

0

60

m mm

m

Ø 22 mm

21

250 mm

0m

12

4m

m

Ladder for narrow transom

2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 30536

3 steps : 29398

19

19

5m

5m

565 mm

mm

0 12 mm

250 mm

835 mm

0 12

m 215 mm

m

370 mm

250 mm

70 mm

Ladder for narrow transom, 90° crook

Ø 22 mm

Options t4UFQJODMJOBUJPOLJU

30537 Comes complete with ends and bolts. For ladders ref. 30535, 30536, 29181, 29390, and 29398. 131


Telescopic boarding ladders 316 st. steel for platform.

Dimensions in mm.

Fold-away 254 mm

Under platform mounting. Ref.

Fold-away 48683 2 steps 48684 3 steps 57036 4 steps

H1

H3 H4 290 580 860 860 1150

Swivelling 48682

Ref.

48681 48682

Swivelling 2 steps 3 steps

D1 15.4 31.8 38.5

D2 D3 D4 19 25.4 19 31.8 25.4 19

R1 290 295 303

R2 300 300 318

R3 66 66 78

254 mm

Above platform mounting.

48684

H2

H1 250 250

H2 505 505

H3 790

R1 305 305

D2 25.4 25.4

D3 19

R3 40 40

D1 31.8 31.8

R2 340 365

Platform ladders 29181

St. steel ladder, designed for any kind of boats. Its platform and its wide anti-slip steps provide comfort and steadiness.

Specially designed for all types of inflatable boats from 3 to 6 metres, either RIBs or boats with full floor boards. Consists in an immersed mini-platform, on which one can kneel and dispose of heavy or clumsy equipment (diving bottle, fins, gun...). The scubadiver can then easily climb on board. Also ideal to return on board after swimming.

29

mm

5m

19

5m

132

m

600 mm

250 mm

180 mm

0 32

m

27

3m

m

340 mm

155 mm

29390

865 mm

Immersed platform ladder

410 mm

Platform ladder

305 mm


Folding ladder for small craft Ø 25 mm st. steel tube, varnished wooden steps.

t : for motor and sailing boats. Adjustable stand-offs included. t : for RIB transom or boats with little space.

B A

Transom mount folding ladder Ø 25 mm 316 L st. steel tube. St. steel steps to facilitate climbing back on board.

Steps

Ref.

Height

Folded

Width

Weight

- 2 + 2 = 4  1070 mm 590 mm 285 mm 2800 g A 3 + 2 = 5  1340 mm 840 mm 285 mm 3500 g B 2 + 1 = 3  560 mm 310 mm 210 mm 1900 g

L

Steps Ref. 1 + 2 = 3  2 + 2 = 4 

Height 730 mm 1030 mm

Anti-slip plastic folding crooks. Ø 25 mm aluminium tube. Plastic steps, width 355 mm, depth 70 mm. Height between steps : 255 mm.

2 steps 3 steps 4 steps

Crook - L 18 cm

26 cm

     

Weight 2300 g 2600 g

Collapsible boarding ladder

Boarding ladder

Model

Folded Width 410 mm 265 mm 650 mm 265 mm

• 3 steps :  • 4 steps :  Plastic steps, width 295 mm. Assembly with synthetic rope combined with plastic tubes between steps, for added rigidity and safety. Height between steps 200 mm.

Height 650 mm 930 mm 1210 mm

Anti-slip steps

Aluminium ladder  Folding aluminium ladder suitable for rigid inflatables and inflatable tenders. Width 330 mm. Height 810 mm.

Collapses easily, just by twisting the rope between steps with a 1/4 turn.

Compact : steps stack neatly for stowage.

133


Ladder accessories Fastenings Ref.

Description St.steel fixing for ladder and platform. St.steel U-fastening for ladder.

A 408233 B 413569 C

416897 416898

Dimensions Ø 25 mm Ø 25 mm Int. Ø 20 mm Int. Ø 22 mm

St.steel ball joint for tube.

Stand-offs

Articulation

2

408234

A - 414158 Length 145/215 mm, Ø 25 mm. B - 414159 Length 145/215 mm, Ø 22/25 mm.

Ladder steps A 401118 B 409684 C 409645

B

B

A

Ref.

C

A

St.Steel articulation for ladder. Adjustable stand-offs. Ø 25 mm.

A

B

Description Nylon step. Plastic honeycomb step. Plastic honeycomb step.

Tube Ø 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm

Dimensions 340 mm x 65 mm 265 mm x 68 mm 370 mm x 70 mm

C Hole spacing 300 mm 257 mm 345 mm

Screws Ø 5 x 40 TF + nuts (not supplied) Ø 5.5 x 38 TLC (not supplied) Built-in rivets

Steps 316 L st. steel/plastic steps 29203 Stand alone step. Horizontally adjustable. Footrest 270 x 70 mm. Hole spacing 290 mm. W 300 mm x D 120 mm.

316 L st. steel folding step 412760 Step : 83 x 51 mm. Base : 108 x 45 mm.

Aluminium step 419357 Flip-up aluminium and teak step. W 380 x D 209 x H 190 mm.

134

St. steel step 12572 With fixed mounting plates Ø 57 mm. Hole spacing : 250 mm. Ø 22 mm.


Platforms Platforms

Platform

tYDN tYDN

YDN St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. Supplied with steel screws. Possibility to turn one of the 2 bindings (or both) to low position.

St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. Possibility to turn one of the 2Â bindings (or both) to low position.

Options

Options

tTUTUFFMGPMEJOHMBEEFS TUFQTWBSOJTIFEXPPE 63 x 24 cm

tTUFQMBEEFS413379

421844

t4UTUFFMNPUPSTVQQPSU414658

Mini platform YDN St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm.

Options t4UTUFFMMBEEFSTUFQT 62 x 22 cm

428813

Mooring bollards Screw-type bollards, 310 stainless steel Ref.

51177 51178 51179 416146

Ă&#x2DC; 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm

Height 95 mm 120 mm 142 mm 142 mm

Width 130 mm 160 mm 180 mm 202 mm

Base 92 x 92 mm 97 x 122 mm 118 x 140 mm 150 x 120 mm

Drilling Ă&#x2DC; 6 mm Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm Ă&#x2DC; 10 mm

Hole spacing 60 x 60 mm 65 x 95 mm 80 x 105 mm 80 x 115 mm

A

Threaded chromed brass bollards Ref. A 401489 B

B

418325 418326

Ă&#x2DC; 65 mm 85 mm 90 mm

Height 65 mm 74 mm 87 mm

Length 170 mm 200 mm 250 mm

Width 40 mm 65 mm 80 mm

Hole spacing 90 mm 105 mm 135 mm

Threading M10 M12 M14

135


Mooring springs Variable-pitch mooring spring

Basic mooring spring Réf.

Description

413094 413095 Reinforced 413092 steel 413093 413096 413097 302 413098 st. steel 413099

Boat’s Length Ø Stock SWL* weight kg mm mm Ø mm kg 1500 3000 6000 9000 1500 3000 6000 9000

270 320 340 390 270 320 340 390

53 63 73 90 53 63 73 90

5 6 7 9 5 6 7 9

100 150 210 290 90 130 190 260

This model integrates a technical innovation that enables the spring to operate progressively. The tighter coils activate first, followed by the coils which are most spaced. The spring operates smoothly, without rough end stroke, avoiding to exceed the limit of elasticity and limitating the risk of breakage. The spring keeps its mechanical properties. Ref.

Description

413103 413100 413102

302 st. steel

Boat’s weight kg 5000 8000 15000

Length mm 250 260 320

Ø mm 50 60 73

Stock Ø mm 6 7 9

*Safe Working Load

*Safe Working Load

Galvanised st. steel mooring spring

Noiseless st. steel mooring spring For boat 6m 8m 11 m 14 m 16 m

Ref.

418015 418016 418031 418032 418033

Boat’s weight kg 5000 6000 8000 12000 14000

SWL* kg 150 180 450

Electro-galvanised steel.

Stock Ø mm 5 6 7 9 12

Boat length 6 m max. 8 m max. 12 m max.

Length mm 13375 270 13376 350 13377 430

Ref.

Stock Ø mm 4.5 5.5 7

Mooring compensators Rubber compensator Made from EPDM rubber, impervious to UV rays and salt water. Easy to fit, requires no extra fittings. • On a sheltered mooring, for example in a marina, coil the rope once or twice round your compensator. • On an exposed mooring, coil the rope at least 3 times, so as to increase extensibility and absorption capacity. For boat* 6 m max. 8 m max. 12 m max. 20 m max.

Ref.

16585 16586 16587 25355

For line Ø 12 mm max. 16 mm max. 18 mm max. 24 mm max.

Length 332 mm 416 mm 520 mm 600 mm

Milla rubber compensator For boat 4.5 m 7m 10 m

For line Ø 44264 16 mm 44265 20 mm 44266 20 mm Ref.

Length

Width

Thickness

220 mm 40 mm 33 mm 270 mm 45 mm 33 mm 330 mm 50 mm 36 mm

*Boat length given as an indication only, in the case of a sheltered mooring location. In a more exposed mooring area, you should select the next size up, for both line and mooring compensator.

Mooring compensator • For line Ø 16 mm : 58844 • For line Ø 20 mm : 58845 The Smart Snubber offers an innovative mooring compensation solution. The assembling process is fast and easy and does not require any free end of the line. Handy and efficient, the Smart Snubber is made from a special polyurethane which provides stretchability and efficiency for many years. Just add some more Snubbers on the same line to adjust the compensation effect.

136


137

Jean-Marie Liot Š

Deck Equipment & Rigging Hardware


Jib reefing The Plastimo jib reefing range stems from 50 years of expertise in high-pressure injection and composite materials engineering. Designed for 4 to 11-metre boats, our headsail reefing meets the needs of all yachtsmen, whether experienced sailors or beginners. Very easy to use and virtually maintenance free, the Plastimo jib reefing is a reliable crewmember which contributes to your sailing performance.

Selecting your Plastimo jib reefing Spar design : S-series or T-series ? The S-series jib reefing features a singlegroove spar (S for "single"). Its patented assembly system allows for very easy installation with no need to unstep the existing forestay. The T-series jib reefing features a twingroove spar (T for "twin"). It allows the use of the jib reefing on a hollow forestay when racing, or the setting of twin head sails, to avoid hoisting the spinnaker.

Ø 4-7 mm

Ø 31 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Ø 4-7 mm

Ø 31 mm

Ø 5 mm

Chainplates or turnbuckle ? - Most sailing boats are equipped with chainplates to fasten the forestay to the stem fitting. Chainplates come with several holes which facilitates the adjustment of the standing rigging. The use of chainplates also allows to position the tack point as low as possible. - The turnbuckle version allows for more accurate rigging adjustments. However, the tack point will have to be positionned slightly higher depending on the turnbuckle size.

Which jib reefing size for my boat ? Plastimo proposes 3 models to fit all sailboats from 4 to 11 metres. While the boat length is important, you must also consider the forestay diameter and the headsail size. For example, in the case of a 6-metre boat, the 406 model will offer the best compromise. However, if the headsail size is much larger than the maximum sail area recommended, selecting a 609 model is a better option.

Each assembly operation requires the utmost care and attention, such as the setting of the Torlon® balls in the 316L stainless steel cages. 138


4-6 m

406 jib reefing Lightweight and sturdy, the 406 jib reefing features all the benefits of a large headsail reefing system : 2 Delrin® twin ball bearing races in both drum and halyard swivel. All components are manufactured from polyamide. Boat length Model

E. Le Meur

Version Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : • chainplates version • turnbuckle version Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity

406 JIB REEFING For boats from 4 to 6 m (14 to 20 ft) 406-S 406-S 406-T 406-T CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING

25722

25723

25200

25286

4 - 7 mm

4 - 7 mm

4 - 7 mm

4 - 7 mm

6.35 m 12 m2 6.5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm

6.45 m 12 m2 6.5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm

6.75 m 12 m2 5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm

6.85 m 12 m2 5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm

* For additional forestay packages, please refer to following pages.

609 jib reefing The 609 drum cheeks swivel through 360°, ensuring safe manoeuvres through a smooth and regular feeding of the tiller rope. These cheeks protect the reefing drum efficiently and the round unobtrusive design, combined with recessed screws, allow the free running of the ropes. Reefing drum features highly resistant stainless steel and Delrin® ball bearings. Halyard swivel features Torlon® and Delrin® ball bearings which enhances the overall performance and increases the mechanical resistance. Chainplates width is adjustable. Boat length Model Version Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : chainplates version turnbuckle version Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity

6-9 m

609 JIB REEFING For boats from 6 to 9 metres (20 to 30 ft) 609-S 609-S 609-T 609-T CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING

58202

58203

58207

58208

4-7 mm

4-7 mm

4-7 mm

4-7 mm

9.40 m 8.95 m 9.55 m 9.10 m 2 2 2 25 m 25 m 25 m2 25 m 6.5 mm 6.5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm * For additional forestay packages, please refer to following pages.

Delrin® is a registered trademark of Dupont Polymers. Torlon® is a registered trademark of Solvay.

139


811 jib reefing The 811 drum cheeks swivel through 360°, ensuring safe manoeuvres through a regular feeding of the tiller rope. The drum core is manufatured from highly resistant aluminium combining performance and lightweight features. Drum and halyard swivel are equipped with Torlon® and Delrin® ball bearings for increased performance and mechanical resistance. 811 model comes as standard with adjustable chain plates, allowing both mounting possibilities (chainplates or turnbuckle).

Boat length Model Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity

811 JIB REEFING For boats from 8 to 11 metres (26 to 36 ft) 811-S 811-T

58204

58209

4 - 7 mm

4 - 7 mm

11.20 m

11.40 m

35 m2 35 m2 6.5 mm 5 mm 17.5 m, Ø 8 mm 17.5 m, Ø 8 mm

* For additional forestay packages, please refer to the following page. Delrin® is a registered trademark of Dupont Polymers. Torlon® is a registered trademark of Solvay.

Options Description

Rope pre-feeder

Reference

406-S

25884

-

406-T

609-S

609-T

-

811-S

811-T

-

If the angle between the halyard and the spar is inferior to 10°, it is recommended to add : • for a masthead rig : Halyard diverter wheel Prevents the genoa halyard from twisting around the spar.

25720

• for a masthead or fractional rig :

Stainless steel halyard feeder

26140

25677

140

-

-

-

-

-

-


Additional packages

Spar package

Description 1.5 m. Includes : 1 alloy spar, 1 plastic spar, 1 quick-coupling sleeve with screws 2.15 m. Includes : 1 alloy spar, 1 quick-coupling sleeve with screws Includes : 12.50 m pre-stretched sheet Ø 4 mm, ref. 12150 ; 3 blocks ref. 10589 for stanchion Ø 25 mm Includes : 20 m pre-stretched sheet Ø 6 mm, ref. 12151 ; 4 blocks ref. 10589 for stanchion Ø 25 mm

Blocks and sheets package

Reference 406 S 26901 26902

406 T -

811 S

811 T

-

-

609 T

-

-

-

17069 17071

609 S

-

-

-

-

J

N

I

Spare parts B M

C

A L M

K C

D

E

F G H

A B+C C (x 7) L+N+J I D E G+H+K F (5 holes) F (11 holes) M (x 1) M (x 7) Plastic sliders (x 10) Cranked shackle

406 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 17067 10001 62353 55975 26325 21308 26179 56728 17065 19451

406 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 17067 10001 62353 55976 26325 21308 17065 19451

609 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 58248 58244 58245 55975 21291 21295 26179 58728 17065 19451

609 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 58248 58244 58245 55976 21291 21295 17065 19451

811 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 58248 58249 58250 55975 22850 26179 58728 17065 19451

811 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 58248 58249 58250 55976 22850 17065 19451

Spreader boots White PVC anti-chafe covers. Protect your sails from chafing at cross trees and help foot of genoa over stanchions when sheeting in. Easy fitting, even after the mast has been stepped.

Spinnaker pole holders 16796 White PVC spinnaker pole brackets. Set of 2 deck housing brackets. Size inside shoe : 70 x 90 mm.

For Ø 4 - 6 mm 7 - 12 mm 6 mm 9 mm 12 mm 19 mm

Ref.

17060 17061 17062 17063 17064 10633

Round spreader

Model/use Flat spreader - 10 x 30 mm Flat spreader - 10 x 30 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 28 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 30 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 50 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 53 mm 141


Yann Georges©

Bosun’s chairs Professional bosun’s chair 12748 Reinforced seams, heavy duty webbing and canvas, and larger seat.The back strap and crotch piece will not only prevent you from falling out of the chair, but are so designed that the angle of the chair can be adjusted, allowing each individual to find the most comfortable working balance between back and legs. The wrap-around design provides added comfort and safety, ideal for an extended time aloft. • PVC coated on both sides, 500 g/m2. • Extra-wide 50 mm webbing. • Rigid board seat, 42 x 22 cm. • Safe working load : 150 kg*.

The chair folds flat in a pouch which converts into a large tool pocket when the chair is in use. An elasticated band also helps storing smaller tools

l model : chair, Professiona Plastimo bosun’s ult pressure dy with no diffic ur st ry ve d an bearing. "Simple, strong a seat remarkable load points (…) and ty vinyl bucket chair, (… ) with d webbing du te This is a heavye easily inspec pported by thre p (…) with a single sewn in and su ra st her webbing slings, and anot d there’s stainless D ring. also runs through the D ring an on the side. The crotch strap ckrest with an adjustment strap s on with ip a high, secure bayl stowage bag that cleverly cl g aloft." in vin go a n in he es w m bag It co double as a kit a plastic clip to

April 2013

* Safe working load indicated applies to the weakest element in the chair, i.e. the rigid board. The board excepted, all the materials used in our chairs can withstand loads from 1000 to 2000 kg. The figures indicated here are therefore deliberately conservative, in order to ensure your absolute safety even in the unlikely event that the board would break.

2 pockets : one with two compartments and an elasticated band to store smaller tools ; the other pocket is larger, designed to carry big tools, such as a drill, a hammer, a hacksaw, etc. This large pocket can also be used to “shuttle” equipment up and down, and as a storage pocket for the bosun’s chair.

Bosun’s chair Comfort® 10470 No more tiring positions, no need to work at arms length : you can now work aloft comfortably and safely, in perfect balance. The back strap and crotch piece will not only prevent you from falling out of the chair, but are so designed that the angle of the chair can be adjusted, allowing each individual to find the most comfortable working balance between back and legs. • PVC coated on both sides, 390 g/m2. • Wide 40 mm webbing. • Rigid board seat, 39 x 18 cm. • Safe working load : 100 kg* 142

Bosun’s chair, standard model 11702 • High resistance polyester. • Rigid board seat, 39 x 18 cm. • Crotch strap and adjustable back strap. • 2 storage pockets. • Safe working load : 100 kg*


Sail furling Furling straps Self-gripping straps used for furling sails on the boom or the ropes. Wide 40 mm straps, easy to fasten and unfasten. Available in 4 sizes and colors, they adapt to all your needs. Strong polypropylene straps and UV-resistant polyester thread. Ref.

42664 42665 42666 42667 42668

Description

4 yellow straps 0.60 m 4 red straps 0.90 m 4 blue straps 1.20 m 4 grey straps 1.50 m 4 assorted straps : 0.60 - 0.90 - 1.20 - 1.50 m

Shock cord, sail repair, tools & more Bainbridge International Marine Hardware & Sailmaking Catalog The perfect source for tools, accessories, and materials related to the marine industry. We specialize in the needs of builders and chandlery clients alike, and even have several of our most popular products packaged and ready for retail re-sale. You can browse this catalog and others via our website;

www.bainbridgeintusa.com St.steel clips for shock cords

Polyester covered synthetic rubber; 3 colors, 3/16 or 1/4 dia.

Clamp for st.steel clips

Stainless Steel

White nylon

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Sâ&#x20AC;? hooks

Nylon covered synthetic rubber; 1/8 to 3/8 dia.

Sailmakers Palm

Needles 143


Covers and awnings • Stylish acrylic Dralon, colourfast : cosiness, lightweight and good looks that only a canvas fabric can offer. Dralon canvas ”breathes“, which helps avoiding condensation and mildew. Impervious to UV-rays. Mildew and water treated (Scotchguard), easy to wash in soapy water. Weight : 320 g/m2. • PVC, 550 decitex, coated on both sides and UV-treated. White colour reduces heat absorption. Waterproof ; minimum maintenance, simply with sponge and soap. Weight : 350 g/m2. Both versions are sewn with heavy polyester thread. Stainless steel sailmaker grommets and marine grade zips.

Mainsail covers Quick fastening of flaps with straps and buckles. Securing under the boom with shock cord and plastic hooks. Supplied with storage pocket, 100% polyester, with lanyard closure. Boom’s length 2.30 m 2.50 m 2.75 m 3.00 m 3.25 m 3.55 m 3.85 m 4.15 m 4.45 m 4.75 m

Max height along mast 1.05 m 1.05 m 1.20 m 1.20 m 1.29 m 1.29 m 1.29 m 1.45 m 1.47 m 1.50 m

Dralon, royal blue

PVC, white

37966 37967 37968 37969 37970 37971 37972 37973 37974 37975

37976 37977 37978 37979 37980 37981 -

Cockpit awnings Features a slit for the topping-lift, with double slider zip. Attachment to guardrail thanks to stainless steel grommets. Supplied with storage pocket, 100% polyester, with lanyard closure. Length

Width

Dralon, royal blue

PVC, white

2.60 m 3.10 m 3.45 m

2 x 1.15 m 2 x 1.45 m 2 x 1.80 m

37955 37956 37957

37959 37960 37961

Dimensions 2 m x 0.50 m 3 m x 0.70 m 4 m x 0.90 m

Ref.

Hull protection For extra protection of the hull. Made from white PVC material, 550 decitex, coated on both sides, UV-ray resistant and waterproof. Weight : 350 g/m2. Supplied in pairs, ready for use.

Steering wheel cover

Halyard stowage bags PVC or Dralon, mesh canvas, batten and grommets.

144

Dimensions

PVC, white

Dralon, Royal blue

30 x 20 x 10 cm 35 x 25 x 12 cm 45 x 30 x 15 cm

37992 37993 37994

37989 37990 37991

Protects the steering wheel against external assaults. Available in white PVC and royal blue Dralon. Dralon brings cosiness and lightweight. It is breathable to ensure perfect ventilation and avoid condensation or mildew. Impervious to UV-rays, mildew and water treated (Scotchguard). Easy to wash in soapy water. Diameter

White PVC

Dralon, royal blue

830 mm 930 mm 1130 mm 1130 mm

57064 57065 57066 57067

56954 56955 -

37986 37987 37988


Small hooks

A

B

C

D

E

F

Small polyamide hooks Model

For rope Ø

Awning hook

Rope or shock cord 8 mm max.

Spinnaker hook

Multi-purpose

Rope 6 mm max. Shock cord 8/10 mm max.

Multi-purpose

Rope 4 mm max. Shock cord 6/8 mm max.

Colour

28112 44015 44016 16679

Black White Grey Black

L 55 x H 17 mm

Width between holes 42 mm

D 16680

Black

Length 30 mm

20 mm

43982 43983 43988 43989

White Black White Black

Length 30 mm

20 mm

Length 40 mm

30 mm

A B C

Sheet 6 mm max. Rope or shock cord 4 mm max.

Multi-purpose

Ref.

E F

Length L 40 x H 40 mm

Snap hooks & shackles

10 10 10 5 3 (x4) 20 10 10 5

Lashing buttons 43939 White lashing button, int. Ø 4 mm, 12 mm high

Polyamide shackle

25

5

Description Sail slide hank, suitable to attach to sail sliders.

Ref.

16764 (x2) 16676 (x2)

Shackle suitable for uses with low constraints.

Colour White

Ø 6 mm

SWL 80 kg

Black

6 mm

80 kg

Polyamide snap hook Suitable for lightweight use only. Model A

B

C

D

For shock cord Ø 4 mm

E

6 mm

With eye

8 mm

10 mm F

G

H

I

6 mm Standard J

K

5 mm

B C D E A F G H I J K L

Ref.

Colour

44028 44029 44034 44035 16795 44040 44041 44046 44047 44023 43994 43995 43977

White Black White Black Black White Black White Black Black White Black Black

Length Ø Eye 42 mm 10 mm 49 mm 10 mm 55 mm 15 mm 58 mm 12 mm 68 mm 14 mm 40 mm 9 mm 38 mm 9 mm 48 mm

-

10 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 5 10 10

L

145


Fairleads B

A

C

D

Fairleads D

Black

H

C A

A 16684

D1

B

Ø Max. rope 18 mm 12 mm 16 mm 13 mm 17 mm 7 mm 10 mm

16800* 16801* 16685 C 16686 D 16681 E 44427 Black B

St. steel bullseyes Ref. A B

Height (H) 35 mm

46424 46422

Ø D1 5 mm 6 mm

ØD 16 mm maxi.

E

Overall dimensions Width x height 65 x 28 mm 41 x 23 mm 55 x 30 mm 41 x 23 mm 55 x 30 mm 35 x 15 mm 40 x 17 mm

Hole spacing 45 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm 19 mm 28 mm

5 (x2) 5 5 5 10 3 (x4) 5

*Models with ferrule can be used to lead wire.

Bullseye swivel with cam

Stanchion bullseye

181225

29495 Bullseye and cleat on stainless steel swivelling plate. For mainsheet Ø 12 mm max. Plate Ø 58 mm. Ø 5 mm screws. Weight 217 g.

Ideal for use with furling lines. Designed to fit over stanchions and rails, with diameter 20 to 25 mm. Sturdy construction : stainless steel and glass reinforced polyamide. Supplied complete with fastenings.

Blocks A

C

B A

B

Small polyamide blocks Ref. A

16825

B

16826

Ø Colour

Break load

Black

160 kg

White

160 kg

Deck bushing

15 mm A 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm B 35 mm 40 mm C 45 mm D 50 mm

Black

White

45192 45198 45204 45210 45216 45236 45242 16707

45191 45197 45203 45209 45215 45235 45241 –

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 (x2)

Mini-deck bushing

Angle deck bushing

16682 (x3)

16683

4

Flared top and bottom for easy running of control lines. Max. line Ø 7 mm. To be press-fitted in a 10 mm Ø hole. Total height : 15 mm. 146

Multi-purpose polyamide clips

2

Description For dinghies up to 4 m. Rope Ø 8 mm maxi. White, for flag halyard Ø 4 mm.

D

4

Designed to lead the trapeze control lines. Max. line Ø 7 mm.


Hook

S-type st. steel hook

10

Ref.

Description 404026 Reinforced steel hook. 30 x 22 mm. 404027 Folded st. steel hook. 30 x 25 mm.

St. steel pins

Ref.

416643 416644

Length 50 mm 80 mm

Stock Ø 5 mm 6 mm

Halyard exit plate

10

Description A 413091 B 416743

Useful length 12 mm 23 mm

Overall length 27 mm 32 mm

2

316 stainless steel.

B

A

2

Ref.

Stock Ø

13666 13667

2 mm 1.2 mm

Height 47 mm 70 mm

Width 25 mm 35 mm

Ø 10 mm 16 mm

Halyard Ø 10 mm 16 mm

St. steel “O ring” Ref.

Thimbles Galvanised steel -

Rope Ø 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 18 mm 20 mm 22 mm 24 mm 28 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm

13364 13365 -

13366 13367 13368 13369 400972 13370 400973 414110 400974 400975 414122 414157 414162

316 st. steel

29373 18487 18488 18489 18490 29374 18491 18492 18493 18494 29375 29376 29377 413859 413860

10 10 10 10 10 10 2 10 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

-

10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 5 2 2 -

Polyamide -

16946 44592 44594 44596 24134 44598 44600 44602 29372 44605 44607 44609 44611 44613 -

Stock Ø Ø

16955 5 mm 16956 6 mm 10 10 1 10 1 10 10 20 10 10 10 1 1 10 -

30 mm 38 mm

2 2

St. steel rings Ref.

Stock Ø Ø

402080 402081 402082 412859 402087 402086

1 mm 1.2 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm

14 mm 16 mm 20 mm 22 mm 25 mm 30 mm

100 100 50 50 10 10

Cotter ring Ref.

Stock Ø

Ring Ø

29599 29600 29601 29602

1 mm 1.25 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm

11 mm 15 mm 19 mm 23 mm

100 100 100 100

Turnbuckle covers Ref.

Flexible PVC turnbuckle boots A

B

C

Provides a cover for the rigging screw and fittings, to protect sails, clothes and skin from from being snagged on exposed turnbuckle parts.

10535 10536 A 10537 17051 17052 17048 B 17049 17050 C 28237

340 mm

For rigging screw Ø 4-6 mm

340 mm

8-10 mm

470 mm

10-12 mm

465 mm

12-14 mm

460 mm

14-16 mm

380 mm

4-6 mm

420 mm

8-10 mm

500 mm

10-12 mm

470 mm

8-10 mm

Length

147


Guardrails A

Parafil™ guardrails

B

C

Terminal fittings for Parafil™ guardrail Chrome-plated bronze terminals. Only this terminal guarantees a resistance of the cable once assembled, that remains equal to its original resistance. Swift and easy mounting (see drawing). Terminal A Eye terminal (x 2) B Fork terminal (x 2) C St. steel Parafil turnbuckle

For cable Ø 7 mm

For cable Ø 8.5 mm

16971 16969 16967

16970 16968

3 5 1

Parafil™ plastic guardrail Length 50 m

Length 300 m

Ext. Ø

16964 16965

16966

7 mm 8.5 mm

Breaking load 500 kg 1000 kg B

A

Eye terminal Ref. 16971 ØA 6.3 mm B 4.8 mm B ØA

Fork terminal Ref. ØA B

St. steel guardrail cable 18/12 stainless steel, 19-thread cable, in white plastic sheath. Length 50 metres. Ref.

16961 16962

Guardrail ext. Ø 9 mm 7 mm

Breaking load 1390 kg 1050 kg

Cable Ø

16969

16970

6.3 mm 6 mm

6.3 mm 7 mm

A

4 mm 3.5 mm B

Guardrails and railings must be installed at a minimal height above deck : - 60 cm for boats of 8 metres and above, - 45 cm for other boats or vessels. When a guardrail or railing is above 45 cm in height, an additional railing must be installed within a 30 cm height span above deck.

148

Terminal fitting for guardrail Fits st. steel guardrail cable, external Ø 7 - 9 mm (= Ø of unsheathed cable 3.5/4 mm). Version A. Fork terminal alone B. Fork + turnbuckle

Ref.

16973 16974


Guardrail accessories

Guardrail netting Diamond mesh, made from 100 % nylon. Knitted mesh : better strength and no over-thickness. Reinforced top and bottom selvages. Net length 10 m length 100 m spool

Ref.

Net height

Number of mesh-strings*

Mesh dimension

14938 14939

40/60 cm 40/60 cm

11

55 mm *Number of vertical mesh-strings

Halyard stowage bags PVC or Dralon, mesh canvas, batten and grommets Dimensions

PVC, white

Dralon, Royal blue

30 x 20 x 10 cm 35 x 25 x 12 cm 45 x 30 x 15 cm

37992 37993 37994

37989 37990 37991

Back supporter, rigid plastic

Back supporter, soft foam

Guardrail padding

13444

29525

13443

Dimensions : 38 x 12 cm.

47 x 14 cm.

Soft foam, in 1 m lengths. 149


Stanchions Stainless steel stanchions We submit our stanchions to an electrolytical polishing surface treatment which improves noticeably the resistance to marine corrosion and contributes to a long-lasting shiny stainless steel surface. Stanchions are made from 316 st. steel 25 mm tube with cylindrical tip.

B

Available with or without drilling for stanchion socket mounting. In the table below, C refers to in-line drilling and D to across drilling. Tip

Ref.

Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical

35725 35726 35727 35728

Guardrail hole 1 2 2 2

A

A

B

C

D

450 mm 450 mm 630 mm 750 mm

255 mm 330 mm 360 mm

35 mm 35 mm 45 mm 35 mm -

ISO 15085 compliant

D

-

C

Ref.

Guardrail hole

Hole spacing

Drilling height from base

35729

2

280 mm

35 mm

330 mm

316 polished st. steel tube Ø 25 mm. ISO 15085 compliant

630 mm

Gate door

St. steel socket with pad-eye plate For tube Ref. Ø 25 mm 18530

Base dimensions 76 x 95 x H 95 mm

63579

Cable cutters Absolutely essential on sailing yachts and motor cruisers. Not suitable for cutting chain.

63580

150

Length

Ref.

For cable

45 cm 60 cm 90 cm

63579 63580 63581

Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm Ø 14-16 mm


Handrails 26 x 20 mm oval stainless steel tube

26 x 20 mm st. steel handrail, with a neet oval shape for optimum grip. Supplied as standard with Ø 57.5 mm screwable fastening plate. Blind mounting is possible by bolting the handrail throughthe deck, without fastening plate (hardware not supplied). Length 20 cm 28 cm 38 cm

Ref.

105045 105046 105047

Length 43 cm 58.50 cm 70 cm

Ref.

105048 105049 106028

Ø 25 mm stainless steel tube in leather sheath Ø 25 mm st. steel tube with leather sheath and Ø 57 mm fastening plates. Length 28 cm 38 cm

Ref.

106859 106860

Length 43 cm 58.50 cm

Ref.

106861 106862

Ø 25 mm stainless steel tube Length 20 cm 30 cm

Ref.

10310 10311

Length 50.50 cm 80 cm

Ref.

10312 10313

Ø 22 mm stainless steel tube Length

Ref.

25 cm

12572

Description St. steel tube with Ø 57 mm fixing plates. Equally suitable as a step.

Ø 20 mm stainless steel tube Length

52 mm plates

Length

52 mm plates

25 cm 40 cm 60 cm

407974 407975 407976

80 cm 100 cm -

407978 407979 -

Rail hardware Material

Ref.

Chromed brass

400226 400225

Type Fitting Base

Diameter

Height

20 mm

43 mm

151


Cleats Aluminium

A B

C D

Sheet cleat A mm 150 180

Ref.

61731 61733

A

B mm 23 30

C mm 12 16

B

D mm 45 45

Ă&#x2DC;E

E mm 6 8

D

C

Mooring cleats A

Drilled Drilled Drilled Black Aluminium 61726 61727 A-B 61728 61729 61730

B C D Ă&#x2DC;E

58392 C - D 58394 58490

Stainless steel

Ref.

D

A mm 160 200 260 330 450 280 350 450

Aluminium

61732 61734 61735 61736 61737 -

B mm 30 45 55 60 70 52 62 80

C mm 20 30 35 40 45 36 40 50

D mm 42 39 45 53 68 70

E mm 28 25 28 32 55 50

D mm 35 50 65 80 75 65 80 100

E mm 6 8 8 10 10 8 8 12

Open base st. steel cleat

A

E

58391 58393 58489

Threaded

B

C

401710 401711 13784 13785 13786 401728

A mm 102 126 152 203 254 304

B mm 30 29 31 40 50 55

C mm 52 54 75 71 93 100

Wood Wood and chrome-plated brass bollard

Teak and chrome-plated bronze bollard

Threaded base, M8 fitting. Base Ref. width mm 400415 32 400414 40 400411 50 152

Height mm 40 50 70

Length mm 138 170 215

Hole spacing 90 110 143

Length Ref. mm

Spare parts St. steel threaded rod

250 350

13787 13791 13788 13792

Teakbar

Holder alone

13793

13789

13794

13790


Fairleads Stainless steel fairleads

A

B

Version A

Straight

B

Handed*

C

Handed*

C

Ref.

Length 126 mm 151 mm 114 mm 144 mm 115 mm

413261 413262 478132 478133 13797

Hole spacing 99 mm 125 mm 85 mm 110 mm 84 mm

Rope Ø 25 mm 40 mm 20 mm 22 mm 17 mm

Screw Ø 4 mm 5 mm 4 mm 6 mm 4 mm

*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs

Anodised aluminium straight fairleads Ref.

Length 140 mm 170 mm

61724 61725

Hole spacing 60/60 mm 75/75 mm

Rope Ø 15 mm 20 mm

Screw Ø 5 mm 6 mm

*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs

Chromed brass fairleads A

Version Straight inclined

B

Handed*

Ref.

400078 400705 401608 401609 401612 401615

A

B

Length 110 mm 110 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm

Hole spacing 67 mm 85 mm 124 mm 165 mm 207 mm 120 mm

Rope Ø 14 mm 12 mm 18 mm 22 mm 25 mm 32 mm

Screw Ø 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 14 mm

*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs

Polyamide handed fairleads Ref.

44417 44420

Length 120 mm 150 mm

Hole spacing Rope Ø 94 mm 12 mm 125 mm 16 mm

Screw Ø 4 mm 5 mm

Sold in handed port and starboard pairs.

153


Plasticlip Compasses, safety equipment or fenders, all these products must be correctly fixed and also leave ample room to move about on the deck. Plastimo offers a clip which, from the same basic elements, allows the installation of very different products such as a compass, a lifebuoy light or a horseshoe buoy...

Multi-purpose holder Plasticlip

33.5

• Black : 37030 • Stone : 37031 • Grey : 37032 Multi-purpose holder for universal fixes (compass, electronic instruments, rescue buoy, fender...). Suitable for use with a webbing strap, 25 mm wide max. Supplied with screws and nuts. M5x4C

18.5 < Ø < 25.5 mm

Plasticlip offers many advantages : • Easy, quick and neat installation : no drilling required ; you can change the location of your equipment at any moment. • Plasticlip adapts to various tube diameters (from 18.5 to 25.5 mm). It can be horizontally or vertically mounted.

Holder for cylindrical products 30766 Originally designed for the Rescue Line, ref. 27020. Features : • 1 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • St. steel holder. Heigth : 30 cm. Supplied with screws and nuts.

Holding straps for wind-surf board / SUP 37033

Equally suitable for a bottle or any other cylindrical product with a max. diameter of 11 cm.

154

Ideal to fix a wind-surf or surf board, a SUP or a wakeboard on the boat stanchions. Features : • 2 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or M5x4C vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 2 x 2 m webbing straps with fix-lock. Supplied with screws and nuts. In the case of a larger board, 2 kits may be necessary. 18.5 < Ø < 25.5 mm

L=2m


Plasticlip bracket holder AdvanSea

Plasticlip for compass t#MBDL37035 t-JHIUHSFZ37036 Ideal to fix compasses Offshore 75 Mini-binnacle, Offshore 75 and Offshore 95 equipped with a bracket.

58310

Plasticlip for VHF/GPS antenna

Clip for tube

For T.56 and T.50 GPS, and C.56 Combo. Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any rail Ă&#x2DC; 18.5 to 25.5 mm, designed to fit bracket-mount instruments. â&#x20AC;˘ 2-mm thick plate, 316 stainless steel. Supplied with 7 st. steel screws and nuts.

37034

58113 Standard pushpit mount. Suitable for all VHF or GPS antennas (AdvanSea and other brands). Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ă&#x2DC; 18.5 to 25.5 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ 4 st. steel screws and nuts.

Patented model

A

Originally designed for a floating light. Equally suitable for any tube with a diameter from 40 to 45 mm such as oars, paddlesâ&#x20AC;Ś Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ 1 clip. Supplied with screws and nuts.

Universal holder for fenders Unique fender holder : both clips feature a spring mounted bracket which holds the narrow ends of the fender. The clips can be adjusted up and down the rail, the only limit being the rail length. When fenders are taken away, the brackets fold flat thus leaving ample room to move about on the deck. Suitable for vertical (stanchions or pushpit) or horizontal fender stowage (pulpit).

Flush stowed

' FOEFSÂ? From 90 to 200 mm

3FG

36203

A 180 mm

155


Access & storage hatches Developed by the Plastimo R & D, a range of hatches which combines easy installation for the boatbuilder and optimised space for the yachtsman.

0° OPENS THROUGH 18 OR WIDE OPEN WITH TOP REMOVABLE HATCH

Take-apart hatch top, ideal when height does not allow full vertical opening : with the specific hinge design, a 5° opening angle is enough to allow the hatch top to separate from the lower frame and provide a wide open access.

All hatches are supplied with a set of 2 hinges offering twPÚNPVOUJOHQPTTJCJMJUJFTÚ classic 180° opening or takedown hatch.

Hatch top easily removed while deck frame remains intact.

Exclusive : the honeycomb structure inside the hatch provides optimum rigidity. 4VQQPSUTBĂšLH person with no distortion or mechanical strain.

Plastimo meets the needs of boatbuilders and retro-fit yards With two sets of hinges supplied as a standard feature, the Plastimo hatch offers two mounting alternatives according to the installation environment : â&#x20AC;˘ Enough height available : hatch opening through 180°. â&#x20AC;˘ Limited height, not enough to open up : hatch can slide horizontally and be removed. Easy maintenance : should the hatch be replaced, all you need to do is unclip the hatch. No need to remove or replace the deck frame (saving lots of labour time and watertightness operations). 156


With storage box

With lock Construction in high grade ASA for durability and resistance : • Impervious to UV. • Excellent mechanical resistance, enhanced by the honeycomb structure inside the hatch. • Walkable : resists 130 kg load with no distortion at all. • Opening through 180°. • Deck or wall mount. • EPDM rubber gasket for perfect watertightness. • Supplied with a set of 2 hinges allowing different installation alternatives : classic articulated hinge opening through 180°, or specific hinge making the hatch removable. Description Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock

RECTANGULAR

SQUARE

Model

Ref.

62112 62113 62114 62115 62104 62105 62106 62107 62108 62109 62110 62111 62116 62117 62118 62119

AxB 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm

C 290 290 290 290 187 187 187 187 274 274 274 274 375 375 375 375

D 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 523 523 523 523 430 430 430 430

Dimensions in mm.

E 300 300 277 277 197 197 270 270 284 284 495 495 385 385 385 385

F 300 300 277 277 300 300 170 170 533 533 245 245 440 440 355 355

H

I

260 260 190 190 300 300 330 330

310 310 207 207 290 290 395 395

310 310 307 307 540 540 450 450

Storage hatch with box

Access hatch

D

D A

C

G

C E

B F

E

A

B

F

H I

G

157


Deck hatches & Portlights Deck hatches The range of Plastimo deck hatches combines optimum watertightness, easy installation and stylish looks : • satin-finish aluminium frame and grey acrylic glass, • invisible hinges, • one-piece aluminium lid with a thick frame section to provide optimum rigidity, • deck-hugging lid height, as slim as 19 mm to accommodate teak decks.

Opening device The ergonomic shape of the handles allows comfortable space for an excellent prehension. They feature a lock catch which prevents breaking in from outside. No neeed to fit any other locking system from outside. All models are equipped with adjustable stay. Adjustable opening is as simple as releasing the stay to obtain the right position. Aluminium hinges.

Navigation

Features

Lid

Lower frame

Assembly

CE areas for location onboard

Coastal or blue water cruising

Deck-hugging profile, opens outwards with stays

Extrusion

Extrusion

With screws

II, III & IV All categories

Areas on board as per 94/25 EC standard of 16 June 1996 : Zone I : hull above waterline Zone II : deck, coachroof, cockpit and transom Zone IIb : hull sections other than area I Zone III : superstructure, deck and cockpit Zone IV : cockpit and deck, rear sides of superstructure.

158


Aluminium/acrylic deck hatch Sizes available are standards commonly installed by the industry on mass production boats. • Acrylic thickness 10 mm • Telescopic stay • Aluminium hinges. Hatches must be mounted on a flat surface, allowing ± 1 mm clearance.

00

10

03

50

44

40

30 20

54

60

70

Sizes 44, 60 and 70 are suitable and regulation-compliant for use as escape hatches (zone 2b).

Size

Ref.

Flange frame mm

Internal dimensions in. mm

External dimensions in. mm

Radius mm in.

Weight kg

00 03 10 20 30 40 44 50 54 60 70

63881 63882 63883 63884 63886 63887 63888 63889 63890 63891 63893

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

211 x 211 231 x 176 260 x 260 347 x 202 457 x 327 421 x 421 442 x 442 507 x 377 507 x 392 507 x 507 627 x 627

271 x 271 291 x 236 320 x 320 407 x 262 511 x 387 481 x 481 502 x 502 567 x 437 567 x 452 567 x 567 687 x 687

42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5

2.1 2.2 2.7 3.1 5.2 5.8 6.3 5 6.8 7.4 10.2

8.3 x 8.3 9.1 x 6.9 10.2 x 10.2 13.7 x 8 18 x 12.9 16.6 x 16.6 17.4 x 17.4 20 x 14.8 20 x 15.4 20 x 20 25 x 25

10.7 x 10.7 11.5 x 9.3 12.6 x 12.6 16 x 10.3 20.4 x 15.2 18.9 x 18.9 19.8 x 19.8 22.3 x 17.2 22.3 x 17.8 22.3 x 22.3 27 x 27

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7

159


Portlights Watertightness Our portlights feature a double contact seal system. Once the portlight is closed, the first lip absorbs the water while the second contact point ensures ultimate watertightness. The 46° angled frame ensures water draining and allows monting on a tilted roof.

• Satin-finish aluminium frame. • Grey acrylic glass, 10 mm thick (13/32") • Perfect watertightness with a one-piece thick frame section. • One universal model accepts an extensive range of bulkhead or hull thickness : 5 to 33 mm (3/16" to 1 1/4"). • Optimum visibility with handle positioned on the side.

Navigation

Features

Lid

Lower frame

Asembly

CE areas for location onboard

Coastal or blue water cruising

Stylish design, ergonomic handle, large opening

Acrylic

Extrusion

Frame and backplate mounted from inside

IIb, III & IV Deck, roof and cockpit areas

Areas on board as per 94/25 EC standard of 16 June 1996 : Zone I : hull above waterline Zone II : deck, coachroof, cockpit and transom

Easy mounting Clever reversible backing plate helps covering an extensive range of bulkhead or hull thickness : 5 to 33 mm (3/16" to 1 1/4").

01

Rectangular

Oval

160

Opening device Plastimo portlights feature adjustable friction hinges. Using the sole ergonomic handle, you can open/ close the portlight with one hand only. The handle also events out the pressure all around the seal and thus guarantees an excellent watertightness.

05

04

02

00

Shape

Zone IIb : hull sections other than area I Zone III : superstructure, deck and cockpit Zone IV : cockpit and deck, rear sides of superstructure.

50

03

32

Size

Ref.

Internal dimensions mm in.

External dimensions mm in.

Radius mm in.

Weight kg

00 01 02 03 04 05 50 32

63894 63895 63896 63897 63898 63899 63901 63900

303 x 156 347 x 171 405 x 156 429 x 171 627 x 171 429 x 244 347 x 251 375 x 175

325 x 178 369 x 193 427 x 178 451 x 193 649 x 193 451 x 266 369 x 273 397 x 197

56 56 56 56 56 56 56 87.5

1.8 2 2 2.7 3.8 3.4 3 2

11.9 x 6.1 13.7 x 6.7 15.9 x 6.1 16.9 x 6.7 24.7 x 6.7 16.9 x 9.6 13.7 x 9.9 14.8 x 6.9

12.8 x 7 14.5 x 7.6 16.8 x 7 17.8 x 7.6 25.6 x 7.6 17.8 x 10.5 14.5 x 10.7 15.6 x 7.8

2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.4


D

A A = glass Ø. B = flush mount Ø. C = overall Ø. D = bulkhead thickness.

CB

Brass portlight A mm

Deco. polished

B mm

C mm

D mm

125 150 168 200 350

402382 402383 402387 402388 423951

152 175 195 235 385

182 207 264 300 470

12 12 50 50 50

Accessories for windshields • Locking nuts

418100

For opening windshield, supplied with screws (in pairs). • Nylon screw caps

100

400241

5 mm int. Ø ; 8 mm ext. Ø ; 13 mm overall base Ø. Height : 10 mm. • Windshield screw caps

St. steel portlight Exposed glass Ø 100 mm 150 mm

50

43835

Overall Ø 165 mm 215 mm

White plastic spacer. Overall Ø 20 mm, height 10 mm, hole Ø 7 mm.

Ref.

416150 416152

Vents Solar vent 175694

Flat and mushroom vents

A

A

St. steel St. steel

67 mm 54 mm

Drill Ø 80 mm 117 mm

Plastic

148 mm

70 mm

100 mm

13359

Plastic

197 mm

57 mm

95 mm

13358

St. steel

197 mm

57 mm

95 mm

Cover

416148 416149

B 413924

Height

Height

Drill Ø

216 mm

70 mm

120 mm

B

Overall Ø 115 mm 150 mm

Ref.

Overall Ø

C

Features With insect screen. Hight closed : 30 mm.

C Optional st. steel cover

-

Ø 197 mm Ø 110 mm 57 mm

Air circulation capacity/hour 25 m3

Ref.

-

Simple and reliable, it ventilates 10 m3/hour. 13360 Streamline non-snag shape. Closeable from inside.

13358 & 13359 161


Round hatches Small access hatch Ref.

Colour A B C D 47726 Stone 230 190 265 210 46580 Light grey

Access hatch with invisible screws Ref.

195381 195382

A 139 mm 165 mm

B 130 mm 155 mm

C 170 mm 215 mm

Access hatch with pressure lock Ref.

196437

B 102 mm

A

B

C

D

C 162 mm

Access hatch for dinghies and watertight compartments Ref.

39556

Int. Ø 130 mm

Ext. Ø 160 mm

Cut-out Ø 141 mm

Rollerblind

Ref.

Overall rod length

Blind width

Manufactured from black PVC, with aluminium rod. Easy DIY fitting on the inner part of the hatch.

Max. length, blind fully extended

40013 40014 40015 40016

415 mm 525 mm 575 mm 705 mm

360 mm 470 mm 520 mm 650 mm

470 mm 545 mm 775 mm 1005 mm

The Best in Top Quality Marine Products Since 1917

162


ck. Only 85 mm above de

Streamlined Dorade box Polyamide dorade box, shock and UV resistant. Opening and shut-off system operated from the cabin. Equally suitable to allow air in and out. Prevents accidental water intrusion.

51637

Options & Accessories • A - Streamlined dorade, cover alone 51654

A

AIR AIR AIR

• B - Ventilation unit 51638

B

Supplied complete with : Dorade body, shut-off system, Ø 85 mm sleeve, white flange.

• C - Ø 85 mm air flow sleeve 51639

Equally suitable to allow air in and out.

• D - White flange for Ø 85 mm sleeve

C

51640

• E - Chromed flange for Ø 85 mm sleeve 51642

D-E

• 316 L stainless steel protection hoop 54027

Depending on boat specificities, a streamlined Dorade box may be mounted in a place where it will be exposed to specific constraints (high traffic areas, strong or repeated impacts,...). In such cases, we recommend to install the stainless steel protection hoop.

AIR AIR

75 mm 85 mm

AIR

Ventilation device is open and cabin is ventilated.

120 mm

30 20 10

130 mm

Ø 5 mm 120 110 100 90 80 70

In case of heavy rain or strong wave, the ventilation device is shut off from the cabin.

224 mm 263 mm

WATER

98 mm

3 x Ø 5 mm

16

9m

m

0 26

mm

Protection hoop

Once ventilation is shut off, water evacuates along the sides of the dorade box. 163

B. Leglatin ©

Ventilation


Dorade boxes

Yvan Zedda ©

Cool’n Dry dorade box Perfect ventilation on board is essential to your comfort and also contributes to the extended lifetime of your cabin equipment (cushions, cooker, lifejackets...) which are often damaged by humidity and mildew. How can you ensure a permanent ventilation while keeping your boat totally safe and absolutely free from any water intrusion ? The “Cool’n Dry” dorade box is the answer : its exclusive patented system provides constant ventilation inside the boat, even in very bad weather conditions.

Plastimo innovation, protected by 2 patents

D

B C

A

C

D

COOL’N DRY alone (adapts on existing vent)

Replacement vent

Blue

47820

31392*

17641

Red

47821

31392*

28865

Blue

47822

31392*

17639

Red

47823

31392*

28867

Blue

47824

31393**

31751

Red

47825

31393**

31753

Blue

47826

31393**

31752

Red

47827

31393**

31754

16 mm

COOL’N DRY complete set (vent + dorade)

70 mm

160 210

B

295

A

295

• Continuous ventilation : when sailing, on a mooring or wintering, the dorade box remains constantly open. • No water entry, thanks to the exclusive shut-off system, which closes automatically in the event of a heavy rain or very strong wave. • Manual closing by simple finger pressure. • Rugged, weatherproof construction : soft PVC vent and ABS dorade box, both UV-treated.

Ø 86 mm Ø 200 mm

If your boat is already equipped with vents, you can increase their ventilation capacity significantly, by simply adding Cool’n Dry dorade boxes (ref. 31392 and 31393).

* For vent with base Ø 75 mm. ** For vent with base Ø 100 mm. 2

1 AIR

3

EAU

AIR

A heavy rain or strong wave (2) shuts off the damper temporarily, preventing any water intrusion in the cabin. 164

4 AIR

As water evacuates (3), the damper lifts up automatically, to allow air circulation again (4).

AIR


Dorade box Dorade box in rigid ABS, flexible vent in soft PVC. Impervious to UV-rays. The Dorade box is supplied complete, with : • Flexible cowl vent, • Screw-type storm cap, • Deck screw-on cover, • Cut-out sleeve (female), • Deckhead protection sleeve (male).

150

B

Colour

Dorade box Overall complete length set

Blue Red

16932 11661

Blue

16933

Red

11662

Width, overall

Cut-out Ø

Air flow Ø

B

Replacement Male Female sleeve sleeve

Max. deck thickness

260 mm 160 mm 77 mm

62 mm 40 mm

335 mm 200 mm 90 mm

80 mm 60 mm

16934 20394 16934 20394 16928 20306 16928 20306

Germán Seró - Navegar ©

A

205

AIR

EAU

A

Vents Plastimo vents Manufacturing flexible vents stems from Plastimo’s 40-year experience in PVC dip-moulding ; this process is also used for the manufacture of rigging screw covers, compass covers and binocular holders. The largest and most prestigious boat builders have made the right choice : they trust Plastimo for the constant quality supply of several flexible vents per year. The most essential features of Plastimo vents are : material softness, resistance to UV-rays, easy mounting, smooth and shiny aspect.

B. Leglatin ©

F

A

Width, overall

Cut-out Ø

Air flow Ø

Spare cowl alone (without deck plate)

Spare base and cap

Red

16922 17626

170 mm 75 mm

60 mm

17641 28865

16930 16930

Blue

16923

16929

17627

80 mm

17640

Red

190 mm 90 mm

28866

16929

Blue

16924

120 mm 75 mm

60 mm

17639

16930

Blue

16926

140 mm 90 mm

80 mm

17649

16929

28868

16929

Colour

90 150

B

230

C

235

D Red

17625

280

Blue

A

E

Blue

16925 Aluminium screw deck ring

190 mm 120 mm

120 mm 17648

300

Model

Vent complete (includes deck plate + watertight sealing cover)

F

Blue

17628

200 mm 120 mm

120 mm

-

-

B

C

E

D

12809 cap alone 165


Vents

A

B

C

Material 316 st. steel and plastic Plastic Chromed brass Polished brass

Ref. A B C D

Chromed zamac

E 400034

414801 415889 400710 400730

D

E

Description Cut-out Ø 75 mm. 130 x 122 x 95 mm (W x D x H). Height above deck 45 mm. 150 x 195 x 128 mm (W x D x H) Swivelling. 5-hole mounting. Opening Ø 120 mm. Base Ø 115 mm. Height 220 mm. Swivelling. 5-hole mounting. Opening Ø 120 mm. Base Ø 115 mm. Height 220 mm. Cut-out Ø 83 to 89 mm. 3-hole mounting. 152 x 135 x 57 mm (L x W x H). Plastic flange with 25 mm high sleeve. Can be used with 3" I.D. wire-supported ventilation hose.

Deck hatch vents : see page 161

Wind scoops Ultra-light 100% polyester fabric : does not flutter in the wind and prevents any annoying whistling and flapping noise. Wind scoops are trimmed with a reinforced band over the seams, for increased durability and optimum strain resistance. They can be kept fairly taut and can cope with strong winds.

166

Omni-directional wind scoop

Standard wind scoop

37996

37995

Particularly efficient in the marina : provides optimum ventilation, whatever the wind direction. It is rigged over the hatch with 4 attachment points and hangs from a halyard thanks to incorporated eyelet.

Provides optimum cabin ventilation. The ventilating sail is rigged over the hatch and hangs from a halyard thanks to incorporated eyelet. A fibreglass batten keeps it under tension. Base dimension unfolded : 140 cm.


Deck fillers Criteria to consider when selecting a deck filler : · Intended use : water, petrol, diesel or waste water. · Hose diameter (Ø 38.51 mm...). · Deck construction material. · Performance and durability. · Design and styling : as a visible piece of equipment, the deck filler contributes to the overall style of the deck.

St. steel deck fillers ØD

ØD H2

A H

B H1

St. steel deck fillers, st. steel caps

H

Ø D1

H1

Ø D1

316 stainless steel. Key included. Model Water Waste Petrol Diesel

Hose Ø

Ref.

38 mm / 1½"

48705 48706 48707 48708 48747 48749 48746 48748

51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2"

H 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm

H1 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm

H2 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm -

ØD 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm

ØD1 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm

Spare cap

Spare key

48750

48830

48829

48831

48750

48830

48829

48831

48750

48830

48829

48831

48750

48830

48829

48831

Aluminium deck fillers ØD

Water : blue cap. Fuel : red cap. Waste : black cap.

A H

ØD H2

B H1

Ø D1

Aluminium deck fillers, plastic caps

A

H

H1

Ø D1

B

Cap with locking lever. Model Water Waste

Hose Ø

Ref.

38 mm / 1½"

-

38 mm / 1½"

A

16799 13919

38 mm / 1½"

-

16798

B

421948

-

421951

-

10380

Fuel 51 mm / 2"

Features Polyamide cap Polyamide cap Polyamide cap Anodised aluminium, plastic cap Anodised aluminium, plastic cap

H 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm

H1 53 mm 53 mm 53 mm

H2 24 mm 24 mm 24 mm

ØD 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm

ØD1 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

73 mm

65 mm

28 mm

85 mm

48 mm

-

73 mm

65 mm

-

85 mm

51 mm

-

Polyamide cap

80 mm

73 mm

-

85 mm

51 mm

26331

Spare cap

26330 26332 26331

167


ØD

Chrome-plated bronze

A H

ØD B

H2 H

H1

Ø D1

Chrome-plated bronze deck fillers

13923

H1

Ø D1

13913

Cap with locking lever. Model

Ø Hose

Water

38 mm/1½" 38 mm/1½"

Fuel 51 mm/2"

Ref.

Cap

H

H1

H2

ØD

Ø D1

Spare cap

13920 13913 13921 13914 13923 13917

Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide

88 mm 80 mm 88 mm 88 mm 80 mm 80 mm

71 mm 71 mm 71 mm 71 mm 70 mm 70 mm

23 mm 23 mm 23 mm 23 mm -

82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm

45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 51 mm 51 mm

26336

Ø Drill 45 mm

26330 26337 26331 26337 26331

Chrome-plated bronze deck fillers Model

Ø Hose

Water

38 mm/1½"

Waste

45 mm

Ref.

Features

Height

400680

Cap with flush lever Cap with flush lever

75 mm

Ø Overall 75 mm

78 mm

85 mm

57 mm

70 mm

85 mm

52 mm

405831 405984

Spare cap for 400680 : 400686

Angled deck-fillers, chrome-plated bronze 45° angled deck filler. Model

Ø Hose

Ref.

Water

38 mm/1½"

420069

Waste Petrol

38 mm/1½"

473967

38 mm / 1½"

470014 420024

56 mm

Features St. steel cap. Ideal for use with marina pump systems.

Ø Overall 88 mm

Ø Drill 50 mm

88 mm

50 mm

88 mm 88 mm

50 mm 50 mm

473967

Drain socket, chromed brass Model

Ref.

Description

Ø

Length

Round

400717

Screw-type cap

Overall 55 mm/ Int. 22 mm

10 mm

400717 168

470014


Econab deck filler

d eco-concept create "Bateau Bleu" is the . ion rat de e Industries Fe by the French Marin te products that It is designed to promo ce features with combine performan characteristics, ly environment-friend tional boating. for a greener recrea

Anti-overflow, environment friendly deck filler. Designed to prevent fuel spillage through a boat’s vent hole. Complies with EN ISO 11105 standards on fuel engine compartments and/or fuel tanks ventilation.

Econab diesel filler 58556 • Environment-friendly : avoids spillage. • Prevents vapours and stains. • Can be fitted to all types of boats, either new or second hand. • Features an anti-theft device. • Can replace any standard deck filler. • Corrosion-free : aluminium filler with anodised coating.

Vent installation with Econab

The Econab installation must respect the initial circuit route, preserving the A and B dimensions. The vent connections must be positioned on the opposite side of the thru-hull vent. A

• Thinner flange with deck-hugging profile. • Lighter in weight : weighs approx. 700 g. • Anti-theft device incorporated in the filler body.

B

Initial vent hose

Tru-hull vent

Complies with EN ISO 11105

Return hose Fill hose

Accessory

Fuel tank • St. steel winch key

61804

409544

404213

Deck fillers with flange Model

Petrol Petrol

Hose Ø

38 mm/1½" 38 mm/1½"

Ref.

Features

Depth below deck

Overall Ø

Drill Ø

409544

Chrome-plated zinc alloy deck filler, plastic cap and flange

70 mm

80 mm

52 mm

316 stainless steel

70 mm

404213

80 mm

50 mm

Polyamide deck filler with vent • Ø 15 mm vent. • 110 x 73 mm (Length x width). • Depth below deck : 62 mm. • Drill Ø : 50 mm. Model Petrol

Hose Ø 38 mm/1½"

Ref.

409600 169


Plastic deck fillers Glass reinforced plastic deck fillers Captive plug and gasket.

62195

62201

62198

With vent Model

Without vent

Colour White

Fuel Chrome White Chrome

Water

Ref.

Model

Hose Ø 38 mm - 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 38 mm - 1½"

62191 62195 62193 62197 62199 62201

With vent 19

Fuel Chrome Water

16 19

88

88 19

62

62

32

44 16 19

Hose Ø 38 mm / 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm / 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 38 mm - 1½"

62190 62194 62192 62196 62198 62200

19

62

38 50

White Chrome

Ref.

Without vent

19

32

Colour White

110

110

62

62196

44

38 50

50

50

Dimensions in mm.

Plastic deck fillers with flip top Model Water Petrol

Hose Ø 38 mm / 1½" 38 mm / 1½"

Ref.

196275 196265

A ØB ØC D E G ØN K J 80 x 93 55 48 33 26 46 38 84 98 196275

A B C D J E G

K

N

Dimensions in mm.

196265

Plastic deck filler with casing 196417 Petrol deck filler + casing with door. Hose Ø : 38 mm / 1½"

Housing for deck filler 44302 m

114 m

m

114 m

8 mm0

170

m

110 m

155 mm 191 mm

100 mm

200 mm

191 mm 155 mm

100 mm

165 mm

80 mm

m 110 m m 145 m


Deck filler keys

177209

418369

61804

105396

Universal stainless steel key

Key width 20 mm

St. steel key “winch” key

Polyamide “winch” key

Buoyancy tank drain plug 16687 Polyamide drain plug with captive plug. Int. Ø : 18 mm. Ext. Ø : 23 mm.

A

B

C

Drain sockets, polyamide Polyamid deck filler with O-ring. Colour

Oval

Round

White Black White Black Black White White

White

A B C D E F G H I

E

H

G

F

I

Flange dimensions

Overall height

Height of socket

Cutout Ø

Depth below deck

Mini. int. Ø

Spare cap

48 x 36 mm

28 mm

19.5 mm

27 mm

15 mm

19 mm

16713

54 x 33 mm

55 mm

25 mm

27 mm

20 mm

19 mm

45276

54 x 33 mm

55 mm

25 mm

27 mm

20 mm

19 mm

45277

Ø 40 mm

55 mm

25 mm

27 mm

20 mm

19 mm

45276

Ø 40 mm

55 mm

25 mm

27 mm

20 mm

19 mm

45277

With holes

Ø 43 mm

38 mm

27 mm

25 mm

22 mm

16.5 mm

-

With captive plug Plain

Ø 46 mm

63 mm

27 mm

28 mm

21 mm

19 mm

-

Ø 48 mm

76 mm

66 mm

28 mm

62 mm

19 mm

16713

Ø 43 mm

107 mm

96 mm

27 mm

91 mm

19 mm

12521

Ref.

Description

16688 16689 43462 43463 43468 43469 43478 43477 16691 16690

Plain With 2 holes With captive plug With captive plug With captive plug With captive plug

16797

D

Screw-type for double hull. Bulkhead thickness : 80 mm. 1/4 turn plug

171


Brass

A

on all A bell is compulsory d over. boats of 20 metres an

B

C

D

Bells Ref.

402179 417988* 401006 C 400740 D 13392 A B

Description “1888” bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Removable bell Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied)

Material Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass

Diameter 160 mm 300 mm 90 mm 150 mm 90 mm

Clocks and barometers : pg. 208

Polished brass bow shackle Ref.

400196 400207

Diameter 4 mm 5 mm

Porthole mirror Polished brass porthole mirror. Ref.

402172 412542 402171 402170 402169 172

Ext. Ø 180 mm 210 mm 260 mm 300 mm 470 mm

Mirror Ø 125 mm 150 mm 165 mm 205 mm 350 mm


173

Jean-Marie Liot Š

Compasses


L. Charpentier ©

Plastimo compasses : 50 years on the right course. Only the best will do ! For ultimate quality, Plastimo selects the best components in order to ensure that your compass is a highly dependable instrument which will provide years of reliable service. • A sapphire equips every compass : its hardness is a warranty for the long life and precision of your compass. • All Plastimo compasses feature an anti-vibration system, which ensures a minimal contact between the pivot and the sapphire cup ; the latest-born “Vibration absorber” device damps spinning caused by high-speed pounding and vibration. • A compass is a meticulously engineered instrument : all the “precious” components are produced by Swiss clock-makers, worldwide famous for their legendary precision. 174

• The soft Viton® diaphragm or the semi-soft ultra-sound welded diaphragm is fully waterproof and has an extreme expansion and retraction capacity : it compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure. • All plastic components -and more specifically the material used for the dome- are carefully selected to withstand shocks, UV-rays and harsh marine environment. • The crystal transparency of the dome and the exceptional magnifying index of the fluid contribute to the perfect legibility of the card. Viton® is a registered trade mark of Dupont de Nemours.


Cosmetic cover

Dome

B. Y. Leglatin ©

Pivot holder Pivot Pivot bearing Card

Innovation stems from state-of-the-art Research & Development. For over 50 years, the Plastimo Research and Development department has created and engineered extremely dependable compasses, combining top performance with stylish design. Building on the same development philosophy, our engineers now use the most sophisticated computer assisted design programs.

To be allowed on your boat, a Plastimo compass must pass challenging quality control tests. Needless to say, all Plastimo compasses comply with the regulation… but Plastimo's stringent requirements are even more demanding : at every stage of production, each compass is tracked, checked and thoroughly inspected, so that quality is never a coincidence. • Accelerated ageing tests, carried out in our laboratories, guarantee that the dome and all other components are totally impervious to UV rays. • Vibration tests used to simulate the vibrations generated by rough sea and high-speed : the card must remain absolutely stable, whatever the vibration frequency. While the regulation requires tests from 7 to 40 Hz, Plastimo challenges its compasses to tests between 5 and 100 Hz. • Temperature tests : our compasses are tested in heated and refrigerated cabinets from +60° to -20° C (+180° to -70 °F). Even in these extreme temperatures, the compass must not leak or develop bubbles.

Magnets Sapphire-cup Platform Index needles Lubber line

Expansion diaphragm

Compensation

• Stability tests : when the card is deflected (40° or 90°), it must return to its original position and settle within a predetermined time (called the “half-period”). • Precision and accuracy are tested on each cardinal point. After a 95° deflection, the card must return to its original position, within a 1° maximum allowance. • Packaging protection : in order to guarantee optimum protection during transport, we regularly drop test our packaged compasses from a 1 metre height to a hard surface. • Final quality tests : assembled, packaged and ready for shipment, Plastimo compasses are once again inspected with a statistical sampling.

These stringent tests and quality assurance procedures allow Plastimo to offer a 5-year warranty on all its compasses, and to certify an outstanding quality that meets all European and ISO specifications.

3 million compasses 100 % handcrafted by Plastimo The most prestigious racers, the most demanding boatbuilders, the most safety conscious yachtsmen keep on the right course with Plastimo. 175


L. Charpentier ©

Excellence in compass-craft. For 50 years, we have owed our position as market leader not only to our extensive range of 400 models, but also to our continuous effort to offer you such a top quality product that you never have chance to mention it, except than recommend it to a friend getting ready to equip his boat. Printing and legibility of the card must pass microscopic examination. Quality and durability of the printing are fundamental. Once the compass is assembled, the magnification of the card is such that the slightest flaw would be intolerable. Plastimo owes its position as market leader to this uncompromisingly stringent selection of cards.

Compass production is fully controlled in our Lorient (France) factory, including of course plastic injection engineering, on which Plastimo has built its worldwide reputation.

Every compass card is balanced manually to ensure its perfect horizontality. This is an extremely delicate operation, requiring patient and scrupulous craftmanship which only years of experience can bring.

176

Produced from state-of-the-art injection moulding machines, domes are individually inspected, thus eliminating the slightest risk of imperfection-optical or mechanical.

A Plastimo compass is a meticulously engineered instrument. The complexity of components and the extreme accuracy required at every stage forbids production automation ; every compass is assembled manually. Even when brand new, it already has an interesting history…

The oven test is used to detect possible leaks. Each compass is placed for 2 hours in a cabinet heated to +60 °C. As this produces an expansion of the fluid, the diaphragm compensates for volume fluctuations.


How to select your compass? Selecting the best compass for your boat is extremely important, as the compass will be the helmsmanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s or pilotâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s navigation mate for many years. To help you choose, we suggest that you ask yourself the following simple but essential questions :

    

Dinghy, cruising boat, racing boat, powerboat, kayak or yawlâ&#x20AC;Ś You should know that the main differences between a sailboat and a powerboat (in terms of compass construction) are the heeling angle and the resistance to vibration and shocks. These technical elements are of course integrated in the engineering of our compasses..

   

Day sailing, cruising, passage making, racingâ&#x20AC;Ś you will select a compass with or without lighting, with or without compensation, with the right card balanced for the geographical card where you are going to sail, with a plain or tactical card.

 # $#

If the compass is designed to be read from a distance, you will need a larger compass. Generally speaking and as a benchmark indication, you should select a card apparent diameter between 70 and 90 mm, for a 5 to 9 m boat (17-30 ft).

 #   

Flushmounted on a horizontal, vertical or inclined bulkhead, on a binnacle or minibinnacle, on a bracket, in a take-away or mast-mounted versionâ&#x20AC;Ś you must choose a compass which remains easily readable (shape of card) at all times. The Plastimo range of compasses covers all mounting options and all our models are designed for minimum drilling and screwing. Last but not least, be stylish : often located at the heart of your boat, your compass should ideally match and enhance the character of your boat ; you will therefore pay particular attention to its design and colour.

Flat card A flat card is read on the back edge, where the lubberline is located. The fluid magnifies the numerals which become easier to read. In addition, the flat card provides a global view of the card and its North point in relation to the boat's direction.

Conical or cylindrical card Reading from the front and the top of the card. In addition to front reading, this type of card usually features numerals and cardinal points on the top part of the card, thus providing two reading possibilities. This card is particularly suitable when steering or piloting is done sitting or standing.

A jewel on your dashboard While holding the course is ovbiously the primary function of a compass, we at Plastimo, believe that elegance and style add to your sailing pleasure. We have designed your compass to enhance your boat. You will be proud of it. Plastimo compasses have been presented with several prizes, of which the most impressive are French, Japanese, German and American Design Awards.

177


Installation on board Flushmount on horizontal surface

Flushmount on vertical or inclined surface

This extra-flat version provides an excellent viewing angle and also reduces vibrations by absorbing them. On a powerboat, a flushmount compass is ideal for the flybridge, the upper deck or the central steering pod ; on a sailboat, a flushmount compass will be ideally located on either side of the deck or mounted on a binnacle.

Bracket Very popular on powerboats, a bracket allows for swift and easy mounting whatever the location. It is particularly suitable on surfaces with awkward angles. A bracket-mount compass can generally be taken away for safe storage, which is a real plus on a powerboat with no cabin.

(often known as bulkhead or dashboard compass)

A bulkhead compass is generally mounted on the cockpit side of the cabin bulkhead, allowing easy viewing from the cockpit (and also from the cabin, with the famous Contest 101). On a powerboat, this is ideally suitable for a vertical dashboard or a central steering pod.

Binnacle for steering wheel For sailboats with a steering wheel.

Mini-binnacle Ultra-slim and compact version ; does not require any cut-out hole. The compass can be taken away for safe storage.

On fixing bracket

Mast-mounting If you have only little space available, mast installation can be the answer. It is very easy to carry out thanks to a specific mast mounting kit.

Compensation

Often a multi-function compass (combines course + handbearing functions), this type of compass is usually removable for storage.

DEVIATION :

See adjustment procedure on www.plastimo.com

Compasses are supplied with built-in compensation, or can be further equipped with an optional compensation.Compensating a compass consists in adjusting the position of the 2 magnets, in order to affect the horizontal component of the card by modifying the North/South and East/West deviation.The compensation procedure is a delicate operation and should ideally be carried out by a professional compass adjuster.

How to compensate a compass Use a second compass as the reference ; a handbearing compass is often the most convenient, provided it is interference-free. The North-South screw corrects North-South heading ; the East/West screw corrects East-West heading. • Run the boat along the Northerly course selected as per your handbearing compass and adjust your steering compass by turning the North and South screws either way, so that the steering compass also points North. • Repeat the procedure, running the boat Easterly. • Run the boat Southerly and this time, reduce the deviation by half. • Run the boat Westerly and reduce the deviation by half. • Note : Upon completing the compensation procedure, it is essential to draw a new deviation table. 178


Offshore compass ®

Offshore® 55 Ideal on small size power boats, up to 6 metres (20 ft).

Offshore® 55

• Black card, black flange : 63854 • White card, white flange : 63855

Ø 81.5 mm Ø 55 mm

nce

bala

126 mm

69 mm

l ersa Univ

• Bracket-mount Large stable base absorbs vibrations, simply screwed on dashboard. • Card Contributes to safety and provides reliable reading, whatever the ambiant light and weather/ navigation conditions (conical card, perfectly stable, 55 mm apparent diameter). • Moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. • Materials All parts fully UV-ray treated. Scratch resistant dome. • Watertight construction One-piece moulded flange and bowl. Diaphragm for absolute watertightness.

90° 82 mm

When screwing the base to dashboard, make sure that compass card and cell are perfectly horizontal.

Options & Accessories • Compensation : 17673

OFFSHORE 55 Boat size

Powerboats up to 6 metres (20 ft).

Card

Conical card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 55 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Mounting Reading Compensation Lighting Supplied with

• Optional lighting : 62037 12/24 V LED bulb

Bracket-mount, on a horizontal, tilted or vertical surface. 1 moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. Optional (access by removing the top flange) Optional : 12/24 V LED bulb. Access by removing the top flange. Orientable installation base and screws.

Also available in Kayak version, with shock cords and hooks. See page 200. 179


Offshore® 75 Jeanneau ©

The Offshore 75 compass benefits from Plastimo's invaluable experience in compass engineering. Whatever the boat speed or vibrations, the Offshore 75 remains fully efficient, thanks to the exclusive "Vibration Absorber" system which guarantees an exceptional card stability in all conditions.

5-8 m

VIBRATION ABSORBER



TIONS RESISTANCE TO VIBRA 9 010. 55 30 . no , IE* LC tested by e system : siv clu " ex "VIBRATION ABSORBER pivot the n ee tw Minimal contact be p. cu e hir pp sa and the g laboratory. *French official testin

Installation • Flushmount on horizontal surface : compact compass (fastening with screws). • Flushmount on vertical or inclined surface/dashboard : fits any surface whatever the angle (fastening with screws). Interchangeable with any compass of equivalent size. • Mini-binnacle : to be mounted on a horizontal surface thanks to the unique clip-plate which allows the compass to be removed. • Bracket : the broad and sturdy bracket base absorbs the vibrations. Mounting can be done on any surface whatever the angle, provided that the compass + card unit remains horizontal at all times. Bracketmount compass can also be removed when fitted with clip-plate.

Ø

Ø 100 mm Ø 70 mm

20°

Flushmount : on a horizontal, vertical or inclined surface. 29 mm

Magnetic cell equipped with the unique "Vibration Absorber" system.

Lubber line

1 lubber line.

Compensation

Optional (on mini-binnacle and bracket-mount models)

Lighting

Included on all Offshore models (1 bulb 12 Vdc). No lighting on Offshore Basic.

Supplied with

Clip-plate, screws, drilling template.

Approval/homologation

ISO 613 compliant.

180

Ø 70 mm 129 mm

90°

Flushmount

Mini-binnacle Ø 100 mm

Ø 70 mm

47 mm

Resistance to vibrations and hull pounding

66 mm

With a bracket : mounted on a horizontal or inclined surface. Compass is removable thanks to clip-plate.

62 mm

41 mm

66 mm Ø 100 mm

66 mm

Mounting

Mini-binnacle : mounted on a horizontal surface thanks to a clip-plate (supplied) ; compass is removable.

Ø 70 mm

105 mm

Compass card

Conical card graduated every 5° apparent Ø 70 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

m

m 100

m

Powerboats of 5 to 8 metres (17 to 26 ft).

Bracket-mount

47 m

Boat size

Flushmount/dashboard

132 mm

OFFSHORE 75

84.4 mm

Offshore® 75


Card • Card design guarantees accurate readings and safe navigation under all weather or light conditions. • Perfect stability of conical card, 70 mm apparent diameter. • Every card is balanced individually in our workshops. • Front reading : graduation every 5° and compact figures allow for easy reading.

Watertight construction • One-piece moulded flange and bowl. • Viton® diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles. • Lighting integrated in the bowl. • Moulded-in sunken head screws.

Lighting Bulb is integrated in the bowl, thus spreading the illumination evenly and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night.

Lubber line Fluorescent orange, for instant recognition.

Access to compensation or lighting Extremely easy access to compensation or lighting with unique flange-clip system.

Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch resistant dome.

Compensation Only bracket-mount and minibinnacle versions can be equipped with optional compensation box.

OFFSHORE 75, with lighting

White card & flange

Black card black flange

Flushmount horizontal surface

48837

48833

OFFSHORE 75 Basic, without lighting

Black card, white flange

Flushmount/dashboard vertical or 20 to 90° inclined surface

48845

Light grey card

Mini-binnacle, horizontal surface

White : 49551

Mini-binnacle horizontal surface

White : 48853

Black : 48849

Bracket-mount, horizontal or vertical surface

White : 52960

Bracket-mount, horizontal or vertical surface

White : 48861

Black : 48857

48841

Accessories

Compensation :

17673

Plasticlip : 37035 Black plastic clip, allows swift and easy installation of a bracket-mount compass on any tube Ø 18.5 to 22.5 mm. 181


J.M. Liot©

Offshore® 95

 6-10m

Offshore® 95 OFFSHORE 95 Boat size

Powerboats from 6 to 10 m (19 to 33 ft)

Compass card

Conical or flat card graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Mounting

• Flushmount, on a horizontal surface. • With a bracket : mounted on a horizontal or inclined surface. Compass is removable thanks to clip-plate.

Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell equiped with the unique and hull pounding "Vibration Absorber" system. Lubber line

1 lubber line.

Compensation

Supplied as standard.

Lighting

1 bulb 12 V, included.

Supplied with

Clip-plate, screws, drilling template.

Homologation

ISO 613 compliant.

OFFSHORE 95 • BLACK COMPASS black flat card black conical card • WHITE COMPASS black flat card black conical card white conical card 182

flushmount

bracket

55370 55373

55376 55379

55382 55385 55388

55391 55394 55397


Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and bowl. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, preventing the formation of bubbles. â&#x20AC;˘ Moulded-in sunken head screws.

Card Outstanding legibility under all weather and light conditions for optimum comfort and accurate readings. â&#x20AC;˘ Perfect stability of conical or flat card, 81 mm apparent diameter. â&#x20AC;˘ Every card is balanced individually in our workshops. â&#x20AC;˘ Graduation every 5°. Lubber line Orange, for instant recognition.

Materials â&#x20AC;˘ All parts fully UV-ray treated. â&#x20AC;˘ Scratch resistant dome.

Lighting Bulb is integrated in the bowl, thus spreading the illumination evenly and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. "DDFTTUPDPNQFOTBUJPO or lighting â&#x20AC;˘ Extremely easy access to compensation or lighting with unique flange-clip system. â&#x20AC;˘ Compensation can be adjusted from the outside, with no need to open the compass on the bracket version.

tion-resistance Optimum vibra . bility of the card for a perfect sta er" exclusive rb "Vibration Abso al contact im in m : system ot and the between the piv p. sapphire cu

Installation t'MVTINPVOUPO horizontal surface : compact design, interchangeable with Offshore 90 and most compasses of equivalent size. t#SBDLFU broad and sturdy bracket base absorbing vibrations. Mounting can be done whatever the angle, provided that the compass and card unit remain horizontal at all times. Bracket-mount compass can also be removed when fitted with clip-plate.

Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm

Options t1SPUFDUJWFDPWFS XIJUF CMBDL

Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm

58 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm

150 mm

85 mm

53 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 100.4 mm

t1MBTUJDMJQ

115 mm Ă&#x2DC; 81 - 99 mm

150 mm

183


Altair Yachts ©

Offshore® 115

8-12m

ce : Universal balan with round the world one compass.

Offshore® 115 OFFSHORE 115 Boat size

Powerboats of 8 to 12 metres (26 to 40 ft).

Compass card

Conical or flat card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 101 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Hood

Articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts, with cushioned closing.

• Flushmount : on a horizontal surface. • Binnacle available as option. Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell equipped with the unique and hull pounding "Vibration Absorber" system. Mounting

Lubber line

1 lubber line.

Compensation

Supplied as standard.

Lighting

1 bulb 12 V, included.

Supplied with

Screws, drilling template.

Approval/homologation

SOLAS-MED 96/98.

184

OFFSHORE 115 t#-"$,$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t8)*5&$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card white conical card

60992 60991 60993 60990 60989


Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and bowl. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, preventing the formation of bubbles.

BY NIGHT

LED lighting â&#x20AC;˘ Energy saving. â&#x20AC;˘ High resistance to shocks. â&#x20AC;˘ Increased lifetime. â&#x20AC;˘ Same bulb is suitable for 12 or 24 V power supply.

Articulated hood : built-in sliding cover composed of 3 telescopic parts with cushioned closing.

brations tested Resistance to vi E. g laboratory LN by French testin e iv us rber" excl "Vibration Abso l contact system : Minima ot e between th piv p. cu re hi and the sapp

Options Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm

t#JOOBDMF

#MBDL

8IJUF

68 mm

91 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 101 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm Ă&#x2DC; 101 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 104 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm 75 mm

#MBDL

Ă&#x2DC; 121 mm 166 mm

91 mm

t1SPUFDUJWFIPPE

8IJUF

t4QBSF-&%MJHIUJOH

Ă&#x2DC; 120 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 120 mm

185


Jeanneau / J.M. Liot ©

Offshore® 105 & 135

5-9 m

Offshore® 105 OFFSHORE 105 Boat size

Powerboats of 5 to 9 m (17 to 30 ft).

Graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 91 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Articulated protective hood : Hood/sunshade built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Comes as standard in a flushmount version. Mounting Can be bracket-mounted with the addition of optional bracket. Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell mounted on and hull pounding shock absorbers. Lubber line 1 lubber line. Compensation Supplied as standard. • On flat card : 2 bulbs, 12 V. Lighting • On conical card : 1 bulb, 12 V. Approval/homologation ISO 613 compliant. Compass card

42 mm

134 mm

OFFSHORE 105

100 mm 140 mm

186

t#-"$,$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t8)*5&$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card white conical card

Flushmount

Optional bracket kit*

17263 17264

17268*

17265 17266 48972

17267*

17268*

17267* 17267*

* The bracket kit includes the actual bracket and the adequate screws. A bracket-mount compass consists in one flushmount compass, plus one bracket kit (indicate both references when ordering).


+10 m

Offshore® 135 OFFSHORE 135 Built-in articulated hood : slide it gradually on the compass to adapt to the light and avoid glare on the dome. When totally shut, your compass is perfectly protected.

Powerboats of 10 m and above (33 ft + ).

Boat size Compass card Hood / sunshade Mounting

Graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 130 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Comes as standard in a flushmount version. Can be bracket-mounted with the addition of optional bracket.

Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell mounted on shock absorbers. and hull pounding Lubber line 1 lubber line. Compensation Supplied as standard. • On flat card : 2 bulbs, 12 V. Lighting • On conical card : 1 bulb, 12 V. Homologation SOLAS-MED 96/98

155 mm 45 mm

The optional bracket brings additional mounting possibilities, either on a horizontal surface avoiding to cut the instrument panel or on a vertical bulkhead. The bracket slides onto a fixing plate, allowing easy removal after use for complete security from theft. Beyond a simple aesthetic preference, the bracket mounting also offers the extra advantage of isolating the compass from the dashboard, thus reducing the potential interference created by other instruments and metallic objects.

OFFSHORE 135

119 mm 175 mm

t#-"$,$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t8)*5&$0.1"44 black flat card black conical card

Flushmount

Optional bracket kit*

17259 23484

17260* 17260*

17261 23493

17262* 17262*

*The bracket kit includes the actual bracket and the adequate screws. A bracket-mount compass consists in one flushmount compass, plus one bracket kit (indicate both references when ordering).

187


Contest compasses ®

-9 m



Mini-Contest® To match the new cockpit designs, Plastimo has revamped the Mini Contest, one of its historic most popular compasses. The latest born in the range, the Mini Contest boasts a more modern look and a conical card for improved reading comfort. MINI-CONTEST Boat size Compass card Mounting

MINI-CONTEST White Black

55406 55403

Mini-Contest MINI-CONTEST ADVANSEA black, black card

28976

MINI-CONTEST ADVANSEA Boat size Compass card Mounting Lubber lines Heelmeter Lighting Supplied with Homologation 188

Sailboats up to 9 m (30 ft). Cylindrical card, graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 85 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. On vertical bulkhead. 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 15°. 1 x 12 V white bulb supplied as standard. Protection cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant.

Lubber lines Heelmeter Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation

Sailboats up to 9 m (30 ft). Conical red card graduated every 5°, Apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. • On vertical bulkhead. • On the mast (with the optional mast mounting kit). 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 10°. Optional. 1 x12 V white bulb supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, threaded rods. ISO 613 compliant.

Mini-Contest AdvanSea is a highly accurate compass, developed to match ideally the AdvanSea range of marine electronics instruments.


Vertical bulkhead : â&#x20AC;˘ Mini-Contest is compatible with drilling Ă&#x2DC; of former model same size. â&#x20AC;˘ Fits any bulkhead thickness : - Standard thickness (40 mm max) : the compass is secured with threaded rods - Thick or double bulkhead : the compass is secured with Parker screws on both sides of the bulkhead.

57.5 mm

61 mm 66 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm

3 lubber lines For dependable readings even when steering windward.

77.8 mm

Card â&#x20AC;˘ Excellent readability whatever the weather conditions and light. â&#x20AC;˘ Conical, highly stable, 81-mm apparent diameter. â&#x20AC;˘ Individually balanced. â&#x20AC;˘ Graduation every 5° and compact figures for easy reading.

Mounting

134 mm Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm 60 mm 53 mm

78.8 mm

112 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm

Lighting 12 V-bulb integrated in the front flange, spreading the illumination evenly over dome and card, and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. Easy access to the light bulb from the front of the compass.

Options & accessories

t1SPUFDUJWFDPWFS .JOJ$POUFTUXIJUF  CMBDL 

Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm

t1QSPUFDUJWFDPWFS "EWBO4FBXIJUF

t$PNQFOTBUJPO

17673

5

57 mm

Materials â&#x20AC;˘ All parts fully UV-ray treated. â&#x20AC;˘ Scratch resistant dome.

112 mm

Structures - B.StichelbautŠ

Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and front dome. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles.

100°

t.BTUNPVOUJOHLJU .JOJ$POUFTU : 55656

189


Contest® 101

Jean-Marie Liot©

When Plastimo invented the double reading compass, it was a major innovation which allowed the yachtsman to follow his course from the cockpit and the cabin. The Contest 101 goes a step further : its exclusive mounting possibilities on any bulkhead -whatever the thickness- and its aesthetics allow the Contest 101 to adapt perfectly to today's yachts, both in terms of engineering technique and glamorous design.

Contest® 101 CONTEST 101

+ 9m



Boat size Double reading

Sailboats 9 m and above (30 ft +). From cockpit and cabin.

Compass card

Double graduation : horizontal and vertical. Conical card, graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 100 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Mounting

Comes as standard in a bulkhead version (vertical or 10-25° inclined bulkhead). Can be mast-mounted with the addition of optional mast-mounting kit.

Lubber lines Heelmeter Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation

190

3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 10°. Optional. 12 Vdc. Red lighting on black and white cards, white lighting on red cards. Protection cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant


B.Leglatin ©

Every compass card is balanced manually to ensure its perfect horizontality. This is an extremely delicate operation, requiring patient and scrupulous craftsmanship which only years of experience can bring.

Options & accessories

Spare protection cover : 25332 Just in case it would fall overboard… as it is originally supplied as standard.

Mast mounting kit : 39201

Compensation :

17673

You have replaced your electronics, modified your cockpit and your compass doesn't quite "match" any longer… Just by replacing the colour bezel of your initial Contest 101, you can change its look in seconds.

Bezel for Contest 101 Black : 26891 White : 26892 Blue : 26893

CONTEST 101 t#-"$,$0.1"44 red card black card t8)*5&$0.1"44 red card white card

Bulkheadmount vertical

Bulkheadmount inclined 10-25°

25328 39665

25483 40030

25475 51003

25487 51006

The model for inclined bulkhead is designed for a bulkhead tilted by 10 to 25° from vertical. The card remains fully efficient, even with a very high angle of pitch. 191


INCONTESTABLE ! Contest 101 compass

Lighting

Watertight construction

• One-piece moulded flange and front dome. • Viton® diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles.

• Bulb is integrated in the front flange, thus spreading the illumination evenly over dome and card and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. • Easy access to the light bulb, from the front of the compass.

Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch resistant dome.

Double reading

3 lubber lines

From both cockpit and cabin.

For dependable readings even when steering windward.

Anti-theft design

Compensation

Thanks to moulded-in sunken head screws.

Easy access to compensation box, from the front of the compass.

• Exclusive installation design allows the compass to fit any bulkhead, vertical or inclined up to 25° front tilt, - either by screwing from the cockpit side, - or by screwing from the cabin side, as an anti-theft security.

Assembly is totally watertight

192

• Fits any bulkhead thickness : - Bulkhead of standard thickness (up to 40 mm) : the compass is secured with threaded rods. Simply swap them without any new hole, - Thick or double bulkhead : the compass is secured with screws and without any tooling. The Contest 101 has the same mounting on both sides of the bulkhead. footprint as the Contest 100 . • Supplied with back flange for neat installation from cabin side.


Contest® 130

The bracket version Contest 130 is particularly suitable for boats with enclosed cockpits. The bracket allows the compass to be mounted in any position and is also removable instantly.

+ 9m

Contest ® 130 The perfect card stability and exceptional magnification of the Contest 130 give the user an unparalleled quality of reading, by day or by night. The Contest 130 remains perfectly legible from a 5 m distance. CONTEST 130

138 mm

Mounting

• Bulkhead (vertical or 10°-25° inclined bulkhead). • On a bracket. • On the mast (with the addition of optional mast mounting kit).

t#-"$,$0.1"44 black card red card t8)*5&$0.1"44 red card

Bulkheadmount vertical

Bulkheadmount inclined 10-25°

Bracketmount

39669 17291

40034 17292

17293

17294

-

64 mm 60 mm

168 mm

157 mm 130 mm

167 mm

Lubber lines 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Heelmeter Graduated every 10°. Compensation Included as standard. 12 Vdc lighting : Lighting Red on black card, White on red card. Supplied with Protection cover, drilling template. Homologation SOLAS MED 96-98.

145 mm

Compass card

Double graduation : horizontal and vertical. Conical card, graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 127 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

93.3 mm

9 metres and above (30 ft +)

65 mm 115 mm

Boat size

CONTEST 130

The model for inclined bulkhead is designed for a bulkhead tilted by 10° to 25° from vertical. The card remains fully efficient, even with a very high angle of pitch.

17295

Options & accessories

t.BTUNPVOUJOHLJU: 39216

t4QBSFQSPUFDUJPODPWFS: 17296 193


Olympic compasses ®



Specifically designed for sailing boats, the Olympic compasses feature an exceptionally steady card and remain absolutely accurate whatever the heeling angle and the weather conditions.

Olympic® 95 & 100 Card • Excellent readability whatever the weather conditions and light. • Individually balanced. Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch-resistant dome. Mounting • Flushmount, horizontal surface. • Interchangeable with most compasses of equivalent sizes.

Ø 128 mm

Ø 138 mm

56 mm

58 mm

Ø 88 mm

53 mm

OLYMPIC 95

86 mm

Ø 106 mm

OLYMPIC 100

Accessories Protective cover : • Olympic 95 : 55402 • Olympic 100 : 17287

Ø 81 - 99 mm Ø 100.4 - 115 mm

OLYMPIC 95

OLYMPIC 100

Boat size

Sailboat up to 9 m (30')

Sailboat 8 to 12 m (26-40')

Compass card

Conical card graduated every 5°, Apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Mounting Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation

Flushmount on horizontal surface. 3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard. 1 x 12 V white bulb, supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, mounting screws. ISO 613 compliant.

Conical card (white compass), flat card (black compass), graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 100 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Flushmount on horizontal surface. 3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard. 1 x 12 V bulb, supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, mounting screws. ISO 613 compliant.

Olympic® 95 The Olympic 95 benefits from a new design, to match perfectly the aesthetics of new sailboats. The Olympic 95 is compatible with the Olympic 85 drilling Ø. OLYMPIC 95

Flushmount

• WHITE FLANGE white conical card

56978

Olympic® 100 OLYMPIC 100

- 9m 194

• WHITE FLANGE black conical card • BLACK FLANGE red flat card

Flushmount

52867 37917

8-12 m


Olympic® 115

6-12 m

e: Universal balanc rld o round the w ass. with one comp

Olympic® 115 OLYMPIC 115 Conical or flat card graduated every 5° Apparent Ø 101 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.

Mounting

Flushmount : on a horizontal or inclined surface, 45° max. Binnacle available as option.

Lubber line Compensation Lighting Supplied with Approval/homologation

3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard, except inclined model (45° max). 1 LED bulb 12/24 V, supplied as standard. Protective cover, screws, drilling template. SOLAS-MED 96/98.

Ø 170 mm Ø 101 mm

Ø 170 mm 82 mm 156 mm

Compass card

82 mm

Sailboat 6 to 12 m (19 to 40 ft).

68 mm

Boat size

Ø 104 mm Ø 121 mm

OLYMPIC 115

Horizontal surface

Ø 159 mm

45° inclined surface

N-B

Ø 159 mm

• BLACK COMPASS

60997 60913

-

75 mm

Black flat card Black conical card

Ø 120 mm

60999

• WHITE COMPASS Black flat card Black conical card White conical card

Ø 120 mm

60996 60912 61205

-

60998 BY NIGHT

LED lighting • Energy saving. • High resistance to shocks. • Increased lifetime. • Same bulb is suitable for 12 or 24 V power supply.

Options

Watertight construction : one-piece moulded flange and bowl.

Tunnel rods provide easy access to compensators through the binnacle.

t#JOOBDMF

t4QBSFQSPUFDUJWFDPWFS

Black : 61000 White : 61001

Black : 61004 White : 61005

t4QBSF-&%MJHIUJOH

62037

195


© Gilles Martin-Raget

Olympic® 135

+ 9m

Olympic® 135 OLYMPIC 135

Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation OLYMPIC 135

• BLACK COMPASS red card black card • WHITE COMPASS red card black card 196

Compass alone

Compass + white Binnacle binnacle set alone

17282 17281

10302 14408

17286 17285

14078 14412

Stylish design : articulated protective hood that slides shut, opening and closing click-stop.

130

White plastic :

10301 Polished st. steel :

17283

175 mm

*0.ff

91

Mounting

Tunnel rods provide easy access to compensators through the binnacle.

205

Hood/sunshade

2/

Compass card

Sailboat as from 9 m (30 ft+) Flat card, graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 130 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Unique articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Pedestal mounting or minimal height flush mounting. Choice of 2 binnacles (96 mm high) ; Pedestal Ø 175 mm. 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Supplied as standard. 12 or 24 Vdc. 2 bulbs : red lighting on black card, white lighting on red card. Drilling template SOLAS-MED 96/98

+*)

Boat size

Options & accessories • Flushmount kit : 11781

Ensures fully watertight flushmount installation.

• Mounting kit for Goïot P 1077 :

11466

• Whitlock binnacle for compensable Olympic 135 : 42131




Th. Martinez/Sea&Co ©

+9m

Horizon® 135 HORIZON 135

Homologation

Yachts -sailing and power- over 9 m (30'). Flat card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 130 mm. Flushmount on horizontal surface or pedestal-mount (with optional binnacle). 3 lubber lines at 45°. Supplied as standard. Tunnel rods allow easy access to compensators through the binnacle. 12 V, supplied as standard. Sunshield and protective cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant.

HORIZON 135

Compass

Binnacle

Red card

17279

Black card

17278

Polished st. steel Plastic

Boat Card Mounting Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with

Ø 175 mm

See adjustment procedure on www.plastimo.com

10300

109 mm

DEVIATION :

17277

Ø 175 mm

141 mm

Tunnel rods for easy access to compensators. 214 mm

Horizon® 135

128 mm

197


Tactical compasses -9m

Small sailing boats

Iris® 100 tactical Contest® 101 tactical Sailboats of 8 to 12 metres (26 to 40 ft). 25479 Comes with protection cover. U Double reading : from cockpit and from cabin. U Apparent diameter of tactical card : 100 mm. U Functional heelmeter. U ISO 613 compliant.

Wind

Compensation : 17673

31257 Multi-position : horizontal, vertical, flat or even upside down installation. It can be taken away for storage, and moved to any convenient location on the boat : simply clip the shock-proof soft rubber casing to the bracket, a smooth-edge base that won't snag sails, lines or fingers. U Conical card with vertical and horizontal reading. U Gimballed magnetic cell : card remains perfectly horizontal, whatever the mounting angle. U 6 mobile lubber lines. U Iris 100 floats. Additional bracket : 22477 Order extra brackets for additional U Weight : 295 g. compass "stations". U ISO 613 compliant.

167 mm

Ø 131 mm

m 6m

m 0m

Ø7 Ø9

Only one figure to memorise for the 3 legs of an olympic course.

95 mm

51 mm 53 mm

199 mm

The Contest 101 tactical and Iris 100 tactical models combine the functions of : U Main steering compass, from card horizontal surface. Course is read from the lubber lines mounted in the lower part of the bowl. U Tactical compass, from card vertical section (direct reading). Tactician-crew only needs to memorise one figure for the 3 legs of an olympic course.

17250 U Flat card, slightly dished. U Apparent diameter of the card : 85 mm. U 5 lubber lines. U Weight : 375 g.

198

46 mm 45 mm

© Hervé Bernad

Olympic® tactical

132 mm

92 mm


Specialty compasses

MINI-C

Ø 114 mm

31318 31341

Black flange White flange

Options 12 V lighting For black model : 17310 For white model : 17662

Ø70

Ø 68 mm

Mini-B compass Specially designed for small boats (less than 9 metres/30 ft). The Mini-B combines exclusive attractive features : No drilling in the deck is required : the binnacle is simply secured with 3 screws. The compass cell can be removed instantly with one single twist, for quick storage and security.

MINI-B MINI-B OLYMPIC

17233

Compensation

17673

106 mm

• Apparent card Ø 90 mm. • Mobile lubber lines. • Card pivot mounted on a shock absorber. • Optional compensation available.

110 mm

Doris compass 17245 Traditional compass designed for small crafts. Presented in a varnished wooden box, with transparent plexiglas sliding lid. • White card, graduated every degree and intercardinal points. • Apparent diameter of the card : 72 mm. • 1 fore-and-aft line and 2 lubber lines at 45°. • Gimballed. • Accurate up to 60° rolling and 30° pitching. • Dimensions : 152 x 152 x 100 mm. 199

89 mm

• Conical card with dual reading (vertical and horizontal). • Apparent card Ø 70 mm • Magnetic cell mounted on gimbals provides excellent card stability : the card remains horizontal whatever the inclination. • 2 mobile lubber lines. • Illumination optional. • Comply with ISO 613.

45 mm

Multi-purpose compass : dinghy sailing, cruising, powerboating... Thanks to its gimballed magnetic cell, the Mini-C adapts to any location on board, vertical or horizontal. Installation is very easy : simply flushmounted, vertically on a bulkhead or horizontally on the dashboard or instrument pod.

9 mm 32 mm

Mini-C compass


Offshore® 55 kayak Ideal partner for kayak touring.

B. Leglatin ©

Compass for Kayak

Materials All parts fully UV-ray treated. Scratch resistant dome.

Card Contributes to safety and provides reliable reading, whatever the ambiant light and weather/navigation conditions (conical card, perfectly stable, 55 mm apparent diameter). Front reading.

Watertight construction One-piece moulded flange and bowl. Diaphragm for absolute watertightness.

Moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily.

Bracket-mount Large stable base absorbs vibrations. Attachment on the kayak lifeline with the shock cords and hooks (included).

126 mm

69 mm

Ø 81.5 mm Ø 55 mm

Offshore® 55 Kayak 63856 Black card, orange flange

l ersa Univ

nce

bala

OFFSHORE 55 Boat type Compass card Mounting Reading Compensation Lighting Supplied with 200

Kayak Conical card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 55 mm. Heading numerals every 30° Bracket-mount with two shock cords and 4 plastic hooks. 1 moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. Optional (access by removing the top flange). Optional : 12/24 V LED bulb. Access by removing the top flange. Orientable installation base, shock cords + hooks, screws.

90° 82 mm

Options • Compensation : 17673 • Optional lighting : 62037 LED bulb, 12/24 V • Kit including 2 shock cords +hooks : 63853


Handbearing compasses 

Iris 100 compass The Iris 100 is a universal compass : • It can be installed on any inclination or position : vertical, horizontal, laying flat, upside down... • It is a course compass which can also be used to take bearings. • It can be taken away and moved around the boat : it is simply clipped on a smooth-edge bracket, designed not to catch sails or hurt fingers. • A soft rubber casing provides efficient protection against shocks.

Comes complete with protection padded pouch, bracket and assembly screws.

These features make the Iris 100 an ideal compass for small boats (dinghy, kayak, canoe, small fishing boat...). IRIS 100

Without lighting

With lighting*

Blue Yellow

63874 63876

63875 25491 22477

Additional bracket

* LED for homogeneous lighting and longer lifetime. LED will flash to indicate low battery status. Operated by standard 1.5 V battery (LR03 type).

Accessory

m

0m

6m

• Additional bracket :

22477

Ø9

Ø7

95 mm

m

• Conical card with double reading (direct and horizontal). • Gimballed magnetic set : the card remains perfectly horizontal, whatever the angle of the compass installation. • 2 mobile lubber lines. • Legendary Plastimo pivot and hard stone guarantee the accuracy and the durability. • Iris 100 floats. • Weight : 295 g.

Compass comes complete with one bracket. Order extra bracket(s) for addititional compass stations.

199 mm

n ositio p i t l Mu well balanced ss. The weight is r a comfy pa m co dy ur st fo ) d "(... ndle is rubberise and the long ha rubber rim to protect the a grip. It also has e. ob gl d with bold compass ss card is marke e front and pa m co te hi w The er lin , while the lubb black numbers orange." oback are day-gl September 2014

201


Iris 50 compass Iris 50 handbearing compass The Iris 50 compass is clear evidence that a sturdy marine compass no longer needs to look austere. • Good protection against hard knocks : the smooth finish feels soft in your hand, and it will not slip, even if it is wet. • No parallax error : a prism projects the reading of the bearing to infinity. This also contributes to a more comfortable operation, as you do not need to alternate close-reading to read the card and infinite-reading to take bearings. • Optimum conditions to take bearings, thanks to the superb card stability and the wide 20° field of view, which will accommodate the roughest sea conditions. • Most accurate bearing : the pivot and very hard stone are a guarantee of long life and shock resistance of your compass. • Soft bottom cell : engineered using ultra-sonic welding, it acts like an expansion diaphragm, preventing the formation of bubbles and leaks. • Course reading from above the compass : you can read your compass like a standard compass, with no need to look through the prism.

• Outstanding legibility of the card, with one-degree graduations.

• Built-in photoluminescent lighting, completely maintenance-free, impervious to corrosion, operates without batteries or radio-active tritium.

est in our test. d still scores highything encased an sic as cl o "This is the Plastimand well designed, with ever card. (...). st e It's simple, robu for the lens and the top of th rate read-out, cu pt ac ce t ex os , m er st and in rubb gives the cleare mpass allows you to line up ns le lic ry ac e Th co ndmark you're n on top of the while its positio er line directly against the la bb the bold red lu on. small size." g taking a bearin y thanks to its lightweight and sil Stows away ea

© L.Charpentier

RFORMANCE by Rated TOP FOR PE September 2014 Y DA SAILING TO

202


33 mm



83 mm

• Two functions : handbearing and traditional compass. • Graduation : every 1°. • Field of view : 20°. • Clearance : 12°. • Built-in photoluminescent lighting. • Red lubber lines. • Weight : 105 g.

Blue Yellow Turquoise Orange Sand Army green

IRIS 50 63870

63871 63872 63599 63603 63873

Accessories PVC holder

17244

Protection pouch

38184

Navy blue coated canvas outside, for resistance to abrasion. Foam padding inside, for efficient protection against shocks. Stainless steel press-stud closure. Can be worn on a belt (max. width 50 mm), with the grommet designed for the compass lanyard, you can carry your compass around your neck and also use it, with the protection pouch always "tied" to the compass.

Military and field compass applications : Army green (ref. 38179) and Sand (63603) models are available on special request with MILS graduation. • Graduation in MILS + Degrees : - Direct reading every 800 MIL. - Reading through prism every 10°. • Graduation in MILS + MILS : - Direct reading every 400 MIL. - Reading through prism every 200 MIL. MILS + degrees MILS + MILS

203


Accessories for compasses Protective covers

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

For sailboat compasses A

For compass Olympic 100 Mini-Contest (before 2009)

B

Mini-Contest

C -

Mini Contest Navman/AdvanSea Contest 100

For power boat compasses For compass -

Offshore 90

A

Offshore 95

Colour White White Black White -

A

Reference 17287 17308 55402 55599 29361 17302

For compass D Contest 101 E Contest 130 F

Olympic 115

G Olympic 135 black, with screws H

Horizon 135

C

BB Colour Black White Black White

Reference 17630 17668 55599 55402

Colour Grey White Black White Black White White

Reference 25332 17296 61004 61005 29403 29404 17280

D

For compass B

Offshore 105

C

Offshore 115

Colour Black White Black White Black White

D Offshore 135

Reference 14451 14450 61002 61003 14453 14452

Binnacles For compass A

Offshore 115 /Olympic 115

B

Olympic 135

Olympic 135 compensable* C

Horizon 135

Lighting

Colour Black White White St. Steel

White St. Steel

Reference 61000 61001 10301

A

17283 42131* 10300 17277

*Whitlock binnacle

B

For compass

Colour

Reference

White compasses

12 V waterproof light

17662

Black/grey compasses

12 V waterproof light

17310

Black/grey/white compasses

24 V waterproof light

17309

All compasses except red card Red light cover Offshore 115 & Olympic 115 12/24 V LED light Mini-Contest black/white

12 V light

17681 62037 17671

24 V light

17311

Compensation Mini-Contest, Contest 101 & 130, Mini-B, Offshore 75

17673 204

C


For rail or pushpit mounting Plasticlip for compass

Bulkhead or dashboard mounting Brackets

• Black : 37035 • Light grey : 37036 Ideal to fix compasses Offshore 75 Mini-binnacle, Offshore 75 and Offshore 95 equipped with a bracket.

Beyond a simple aesthetic preference, the bracket mounting offers the extra advantage of isolating the compass from the dashboard, thus reducing the potential interference created by other instruments and metallic objects.

Brackets for Offshore 70 Offshore 75 grey Offshore 75 white Offshre 90 black Offshore 90 white Offshore 105 black Offshore 105 white Offshore 135 black Offshore 135 white Contest 130 black Contest 130 white

Reference

14444 39404 55579 17271 17274 17268 17267 17260 17262 38473 38474

Plastimo answers your questions I plan to sail in a geographical area different from the zone my compass is designed for. Can I use my current compass ?

My boat is equipped with a GPS. Is a magnetic compass really useful ?

All our compasses are balanced manually : with a standard procedure for Zone A models, and using a specific magnetic field simulator for all other area compasses. Balancing the compass consists in adjusting the card so that it is perfectly horizontal. If you sail too far away from the area your compass was originally balanced for, the card will dip and the precision will be affected by a few degrees. For a long passage in a different zone the acquisition of a compass specifically balanced for that area is a wise investment. To select the geographical area where you are going to sail, please consult the map of magnetic zones worldwide.

A magnetic compass indicates the boat's course in real time. This information comes as a complement to the GPS data. Also bear in mind that a magnetic compass remains fully operational even in the event of an electrical failure on board, which would prevent you from relying on your GPS. The magnetic compass is therefore a major safety element on board.

My boat has a steel or ferrocement hull. Which compass should I choose ? No compass can answer this specific requirement alone. It is necessary to call for the services of a professional compass adjuster who will set up a compensation system relevant to your boat.

Does my compass need to be compensated ? Magnetic fields generating interference on the compass performance exist on all boats. The impact on the compass, called "deviation", can originate from many different sources : metallic masses, loudspeakers, engine, electronic instruments… If deviation ranks between 7 and 20°, your compass should indeed be compensated. Most of our compasses are designed to be usercompensated. Please refer to "Deviation and Compensation" chapter in our catalogue.

Another question ? most answers to be found on...

plastimo.com

205


Zone B

South Atlantic, Indian Ocean, Central Pacific, Tahiti, Reunion Island. This is a good compromise for a circumnavigation. Zone C

South Pacific, Central and South Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia.

Description Offshore 75 horizontal flush, black Offshore 75 horizontal flush, white Offshore 75 vertical flush, black Offshore 75 vertical flush, white Offshore 75 mini-binnacle, black Offshore 75 mini-binnacle, white Offshore 75 basic, mini-binnacle, white, black card Offshore 75 basic bracket mount, white, black card Offshore 75 bracket mount, black Offshore 75 bracket mount, white Offshore 95 black, black flat card, flushmount Offshore 95 black, black conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 black, black flat card, bracket Offshore 95 black, black conical card, bracket Offshore 95 white, black flat card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, black conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, white conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, black flat card, bracket Offshore 95 white, black conical card, bracket Offshore 95 white, white conical card, bracket Offshore 105 black, black flat card Offshore 105 black, black conical card Offshore 105 white, black flat card Offshore 105 white, black conical card Offshore 105 white, white conical card Offshore 115 black, black flat card Offshore 115 black, black conical card Offshore 115 white, black flat card Offshore 115 white, black conical card Offshore 115 white, white conical card Offshore 135 black, black flat card Offshore 135 black, black conical card Offshore 135 white, black flat card Offshore 135 white, black conical card Contest 101 black, black card, standard Contest 101 black, black card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 black, red card, std Contest 101 black, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 white, red card, std Contest 101 white, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 white, white card, std Contest 101 white, white card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, black card, std Contest 130 black, black card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, red card, std 206

Zone B

Standard production, North hemisphere (apart from this page, all compass part numbers in our catalogue are Zone A compasses).

Zone C

Zone A

Zone A

Every Plastimo compass is available in 3 versions that cover the whole world

Zone A 48833 48837 48841 48845 48849 48853 49551 52960 48857 48861 55370 55373 55376 55379 55382 55385 55388 55391 55394 55397 17263 17264 17265 17266 48972 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 17259 23484 17261 23493 39665 40030 25328 25483 25475 25487 51003 51006 39669 40034 17291

Zone B 48834 48838 48842 48846 48850 48854 49567 52961 48858 48862 55371 55374 55377 55380 55383 55386 55389 55392 55395 55398 19419 19435 20462 20484 48973 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 21190 23485 20436 23494 39666 40031 25329 25484 25476 25488 51004 51007 39670 40035 19296

Zone C 48835 48839 48843 48847 48851 48855 49568 52962 48859 48863 55372 55375 55378 55381 55384 55387 55390 55393 55396 55399 19427 19439 20466 20489 48974 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 21193 23486 20440 23495 39667 40032 25330 25485 25477 25489 51005 51008 39671 40036 19299

Description Contest 130 black, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, red card, bracket Contest 130 white, red card, std Contest 130 white, red card, bracket Mini-Contest black, conical card Mini-Contest white, conical card Mini-Contest AdvanSea, black Olympic 95 flushmount Olympic 100 flushmount, black card Olympic 100 flushmount, red card Olympic 115 black, black flat card, std Olympic 115 black, black conical card, std Olympic 115 black, black conical card, inclined surface Olympic 115 white, black flat card, std Olympic 115 white, black conical card, std Olympic 115 white, black conical card, inclined surface Olympic 115 white, white conical card, std Olympic 135 black+binnacle, red card Olympic 135 black+binnacle, black card Olympic 135 white+binnacle, red card Olympic 135 white+binnacle, black card Olympic 135 black, red card Olympic 135 black, black card Olympic 135 white, red card Olympic 135 white, black card Horizon 135 red card Horizon 135 black card Olympic tactical Contest 101 tactical Iris 100 tactical, blue Mini-C black Mini-C white Mini-B Olympic Doris compass Iris 50 blue Iris 50 yellow Iris 50 turquoise Iris 50 olive green Iris 100 blue Iris 100 blue + lighting Iris 100 yellow Iris 100 yellow + lighting

Zone A 17292 17293 17294 17295 55403 55406 28976 56978 52867 37917 60997 60913

Zone B 19309 19328 19844 19868 55404 55407 29021 56979 52504 37918 60997 60913

Zone C 19317 19332 19854 19871 55405 55408 29022 56980 52149 37919 60997 60913

60999 60999 60999 60996 60996 60996 60912 60912 60912 60998 60998 60998 61205 10302 14408 14078 14412 17282 17281 17286 17285 17279 17278 17250 25479 31257 31318 31341 17233 17245 21807 23117 38175 38179 21811 23488 25334 25491

61205 10530 14409 14416 14413 19355 19341 20596 20564 21442 21417 18991 25480 31258 31319 31342 20161 21494 21808 24048 38176 38180 21812 23489 25335 25492

61205 10531 14410 14417 14414 19358 19346 20603 20575 21449 21425 18998 25481 31259 31320 31343 20164 21501 21809 24049 38177 38181 21813 23490 25336 25493


Rules & dividers Traditional British dividers Manufactured in brass with stainless steel tips, highly polished. Friction adjustment. Packed in protective PVC wallet. Model

Size 17 cm Straight 20 cm 17 cm Single handed 20 cm

Ref.

Divider holder 17118

For dividers up to 20 cm. Divider sold separately.

10556 60911 10558 10559

Nautical plotter

Square protractor

Triangular protractor

29521

Can also be used as a simple parallel rule and plotter. Supplied in card wallet with instructions. • 13 cm : 10561 • 20 cm : 10562

29522

Extremely simple to use, with easy to follow legend. Its fixedsilkscreened graduations ensure many years of accurate reading. Dimensions : 33 x 12 cm.

Plot course and distance, celestial LOPs or true bearings. Graduated in cm along its hypotenuse, in degrees on the two other sides. Dimension along hypotenuse : 25 cm.

A

B

Cras navigation plotter

One-arm protractors

Dimensions : 38 x 10 cm. Features 2 scales. • Black graduation : 29519 • Two-colour graduation : 29520

Single arm plotters for laying down and transferring position lines and bearings. Movable arm graduated in millimetres. A. Basic model : 29523 B. Model with pivoting disc :

Parallel rules

Tough, accurate navigational instrument with non-slip rubber pads. Captain Fields most popular design. • 30 cm : 10552 • 38 cm : 10553 • 46 cm : 10554 10560 Budget parallel rules. The pivoting disc enables magnetic variation to be set on the Also Captain Fields design. instrument. Supplied in card wallet • 38 cm : 10555 with operating instructions.

Code of signals Disc of signals 17144

Ø 22 cm.

Set of signals 17143

Dimensions : 40 x 32 cm. 5

International code of signals 45256

Adhesive, dimensions 16 x 12 cm. 207


Brass clocks and barometers 6" models

Solid brass case

• Barometers : high sensitivity aneroid barometers, with an entirely metallic chain. • Clocks : quartz mechanism. Bevelled glass edge.

4.5" models

Front facia Ø : 15 cm. Base Ø : 22 cm.

ase, Solid brass c edge ss la g bevelled

6" clock

6" barometer

12763

12762

Front facia Ø : 10 cm. Base Ø : 14 cm.

4.5" clock

4.5" barometer

31229

31230

4.5" thermometerhygrometer

4.5" tide clock 56051

31231

3" models

Front facia Ø : 7.5 cm. Base Ø : 12 cm.

3" clock

3" barometer

3" clock

12765

12767

With silent zones.

3" thermometerhygrometer

12768

18683

With alarm : 12766

With alarm : 12769

Weatherman 12761

208

Quartz clock, barometer, hygrometer and thermometer : the Weatherman gives all necessary information on weather conditions. Set on an attractive teak base in a porthole style frame, the Weatherman will enhance any cabin or club house. Diameter : 20 cm. Diameter of teak base : 35 cm.

3'' clock & barometer set on hard wood board 12764

Ø of instruments : 7.5 cm. Dimensions of wood board : 32.5 x 15 cm.


4.5" models

. Chrome case . ss la g Organic

Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 10 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 14 cm.

4.5" clock

4.5" barometer

56138

56139

4.5" thermometerhygrometer 57171

4" models

att Gleam or m . se a c e m ro ch ge. d e ss Bevelled gla

Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 8.8 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 13 cm.

t#BSPNFUFS High sensitivity aneroid barometer, with an entirely metallic chain. t$MPDL Quartz mechanism.

3" models

case. Matt chrome ss Bevelled gla . edge

Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 7.5 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 12 cm.

4" clock

4" barometer

Matt chrome case.

Matt chrome case.

Gleam chrome case.

Gleam chrome case.

38206 38210

38207 38211

4" thermometer- 4" tide clock hygrometer with 4 hands Matt chrome case.

Matt chrome case.

Gleam chrome case.

Gleam chrome case.

38208 38212

38209 38213

3" clock With silent zones.

54779

3" clock Standard facia.

35886

3" barometer 35884

Traditional barograph 27184 Top quality and high precision barograph, in a stylish mahogany and glass case. Operates on a 4 Cupro berylium capsule movement, with no spring. This model is perfectly suitable for both yacht or home. Every barograph is fully tested and calibrated. Supplied with LR6 battery, felt tip stylus and 100 weekly sheets. Dimensions : Length 20 cm, Width 12 cm, Height 14 cm. Accuracy : Âą 0.5 hPa.

Accessories t8FFLMZTIFFUT Pack of 100 sheets, graduated in millibars. Format : 221 x 67 mm. t'FMUUJQTUZMVT

3" thermometerhygrometer 35885 209


Binoculars A complete range, meeting the needs of all professional and amateur mariners. â&#x20AC;˘ Optical qualities providing superior viewing while aboard or ashore (7, 8 or 10 magnification power, performant lensesâ&#x20AC;Ś). â&#x20AC;˘ Ergonomically and newly designed binoculars. Rubber texture armor allowing a firm grip. â&#x20AC;˘ Materials selected to resist the elements and provide protection from TIPDLTĂš metallic frame, superior glass. Reliability in foul weather conditions. â&#x20AC;˘ Marine applications confirmed by both waterproof and fog-proof models (inert gas filling).

To help you select your binoculars : Magnification Magnification power is determined by the first number indicated. Ex. : for the 7 x 50 models, the image will appear to be 7 times larger than with the naked eye. 7 x magnification is recommended for marine use.

x 10

x7

Objective lens diameter Indicated by the second number. It gives the objective diameter in mm.The bigger the number is, the brighter the image will be seen. Particularly useful in low light conditions. For a good hold in hands, a 50 mm diameter is the max. recommended aboard.

Central eye focus Ă&#x2DC; 32 mm

Fold-down eye cups

Ă&#x2DC; 50 mm

Superior quality optics (BAK4) Green lenses

Non-slip grip

Field of view Indicates the width of a scene that can be viewed from a distance of 1000 m.The greater the magnification, the smaller the field of view. Lens coating Fully : for improved brightness and higher contrast. Multi : Fully-Coated + clearer colours and UV-resistance. Ruby : Multi-Coated + ruby-red colouring filtering out red light (ideal for snow and sea). Prism type BAK-7 : standard borosilicate glass. BAK-4 : barium higher quality glass, for brighter and crisper images with 30 % more light. Types of focusing systems Center eye focus : manual focusing system with central roller. Autofocus : remains automatically in focus.

7 x 50 binoculars with built-in compass : shock and waterproof 53260 â&#x20AC;˘ Built-in compass with illumination. â&#x20AC;˘ Waterproof (1 m) and fog proof : moulded in 1 block. â&#x20AC;˘ Impact-resistant design and non-slip grip (military quality). â&#x20AC;˘ Superior quality optics (BAK-4) and ruby lens. â&#x20AC;˘ Autofocus + 2 eye-focus. â&#x20AC;˘ Distance calculator dial. â&#x20AC;˘ Rubber fold-down eye cups. Ref.

Field of view

Tightness

Einstel-lung

53260

131 m

Waterproof

Autofocus BAK-4 Multi + ruby Navy blue 157 mm 1380 g + 2 eye-focus

Prism Coating

All binoculars are supplied with carrying case, neck strap and cleaning cloth.

210

Colour

Height

Weight Built-in compass


Waterproof

8x42 monocular with built-in compass 61380 Light and compact 8x42 monocular which integrates a compass with rangefinder to enable the measurement of the size of an object. • Waterproof, the instrument can be used in any circumstances. • Fitted with roof prisms, BAK-7 type. • Lens are fully multi-coated for a better transmission of light. Réf.

Focus

Tightness

Field of view

Prism

Mini focus distance

Coating

Dimensions

Weight

61380

Eye focus

Waterproof

123 m

BAK-7

13 m

Multi-coated

60 x 143 mm

370 g

7 x 50 marine binoculars

Fold down eye cups

d with All binoculars are supplie ap str carrying case, neck and cleaning cloth.

Waterproof

40562

40561

Rubber fold-down eye cups. Ideal for glass wearers.

57081

Attached lens caps.

56249

Ref.

40562 40561 57081 56249

Field of view

Prism

Coating

Color

Height

Weight

Waterproof and fog-proof Water-repellent Water-repellent

116 m

BAK-7

Multi + green

Yellow/Black

200 mm

989 g

119 m 116 m

BAK-7 BAK-4

Fully Green

Black

175 mm 195 mm

790 g 884 g

-

-

Water-repellent

122 m

BAK-7

Multi

170 mm

850 g

-

Focus

Tightness

Central and eye focus Autofocus Autofocus Central and eye focus

Blue-Black Highly-resistant metallic body covered in black rubber

Fold-down eye cups

Attached lens caps

Options & accessories Protection case

31356

For 7 x 50 binoculars. White PVC, UV resistant.

Floating lanyard

31248

211


Flags National flags Bunting, 100% polyester • 30 x 45 cm Belgium : 17038 Croatia : 29493 Europe : 17031 France : 17023 Germany : 17041 Greece : 14650 Italy : 59019 Netherlands : 14646 Portugal : 14653 Spain : 58653 Switzerland : 10156 United Kingdom : 17036

59019 17041

France

(Union Jack) USA : 53479

58653

• 30 x 45 cm : 17023 • 40 x 60 cm : 17024 • 50 x 75 cm : 17026 • 70 x 100 cm : 17025

14646

Regional flags Bunting, 100% polyester. • 30 x 45 cm Brittany : 17043 Catalonia : 29025 Corsica : 14652 Normandy : 14651 Basque country : 29489 Provence : 59022 Savoy : 59023 Scotland-St Andrew : 10245 Vendee : 29490 • 20 x 30 cm Guernsey : 10232 Wales : 10244

17043

29489

29025

14652

Specific flags Bunting, 100% polyester. Red Ensign (sewn) • 40 x 68.5 : 10196 • 46 x 91.5 : 10197 • 59 x 114.5 : 10198 • 40 x 68.5 : 10201

Red Ensign (printed) • 45 x 23 : 10200 • 135 x 70 : 10199 • 46 x 91.5 : 10202

Flag set 10469 100% heavyweight polyester. Finished with canvas heading, nylon distance line and toggle. • 26 alphabets : 20 x 30 cm. • 11 pennants : 43 x 15 cm. • 3 substitutes : 30 x 15 cm. 212

Set of French flags Contains the 3 mandatory flags according to French regulation. Polyester. • 17045 Flag size 50 x 75 cm and 40 x 60 cm. • 17044 Flag size 30 x 45 cm.


Individual code flags Bunting 100% Polyester • Size : 20 x 30 cm A : B : C : D : E : F : G: H : I : J : K : L : M:

10255 10257 10259 10260 10261 10262 10263 10264 10265 10266 10267 10268 10269

N : O: P : Q: R : S : T : U : V : W: X : Y : Z :

10270 10271 10272 10273 10275 10276 10277 10278 10279 10280 10281 10282 10283

• Size : 30 x 45 cm. A : 10256 B : 10258 Q : 10274 1st sub. : 10294 2nd sub. : 10295 3rd sub. : 10296

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

: : : : : : : : : :

10284 10285 10286 10287 10288 10289 10290 10291 10292 10293

Polyester • Size : 30 x 40 cm. N : 17027 C : 17029 • Size : 30 x 45 cm. Q :17033 A - Diving : 17034

N C Q A

Complies with RIPAM/COLREG

String of pennants 17035 40 pennants, madeof rotproof cloth. Total length of string : 12 m. Size of flags : 12 x 22 cm.

Alpha Pro diving flag 61824

Photoluminescent and fluorescent : visible at any time night or day, the Life Flag enables a quick and effective location. Available in distress and diving flag. For vessels participating in diving operations. Visible at any time night or day. • Dimensions : 100 cm x 125 cm. • Weight < 190 g (+ soft PVC rushes < 80 g). • Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m². • Mounted with a tunnel strap on luff. • Floating print in the “V” perimeter of 2 cm width bands with photoluminescent texture. • Finish with 2 closed covers to place 2 soft pvc rushes that allow to extend the flag in all weather.

English-French log book 58415

Novelty flags

Printed design. Size : 45 x 30 cm. Witch : 10251 Cocktail : 10252 Jolly Roger : 10253

51 days. 104 pages overall. Rigid coated cover. Dimensions : 200 x 285 mm. To record information on navigation (withor without GPS), weather, engine and other comments.

213


Flag staffs & pole socket Wooden flag staffs

A

B

C

D

Model

Pine (A)

Ø of base

25 mm*

Features

Nylon cleat + concealed pulley

45 cm 50 cm 60 cm 65 cm 76 cm 80 cm 90 cm 100 cm 120 cm 125 cm 150 cm 160 cm

Pine (B) 25 mm ajustable -

Mahogany (C)

Teak (D)

25 mm*

25 mm

30 mm

Wood cleat + concealed pulley

Wood cleat

Wood cleat

-

-

-

46319

27792

27802

-

-

-

40164

27798

27793

27803

-

-

-

-

46320

27799

27794

27804

-

-

-

27800

27795

-

27805 -

35703 -

27796 27797

35706

-

35704 -

-

40165 -

46321 -

40166 -

*Except for 35703, 35704 and 35706 : diameter of 32 mm with chromed plated base.

Set of flag staff & pole socket Made of chromed brass.

A

Features

Ref.

Length

For Ø 20 mm tube max.

422998 422999 423000

35 cm 50 cm 80 cm

Screw-type. L 100 x W 35 mm Screws not included.

418614

35 cm

Screw-type. L 85 x W 35 mm Screws not included.

400690 417977

Shroud cleat

B

A

14353

50 cm 80 cm

Designed to clamp ver wire to allow for flag halyards to be made off tidily. Accepts wire up to Ø 8 mm.

B

B

A

C

D

Flag pole sockets Construction Mounting Bronze Chromed brass Stainless steel 214

Ø mm A 17040 25 B 417601 25 Ref.

Screw-type Screw-type FlushmountC 400260 25 type Screw-type

D 416909 22

Height Base mm 57 Oval 50 Ø 55 mm

Inclination

80

Ø 72 mm

straight

90

For tube Ø 22 to 25 mm.

65°

-

Flag lanyard block 16826 Polyamide.


215

Jean-Marie Liot Š

Water on Board


Bilge pumps Electric bilge pumps Electric diaphragm pump, for bilge, livewell and waste waters A comprehensive range of self-priming pumps, specifically designed to drain the bilge, livewell, heads, shower or sink. No filter is needed ; pump can therefore operate with no risk of seizing up the outlet pipes. These pumps also allow the temporary storage of waste water in a tank (see WC page). Specially designed for the boatersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; needs, the electric motor features low power consumption. It is easy to mount in 2 positions (horizontal or vertical) and oriented in 8 different directions. This adds flexibility, especially when installing the pump in Options a small volume area.  Kit of 2 straight outlets : 17491

230 mm

260 mm

mm

m

0 34

0m

26

260 mm

260 mm

The electric bilge and waste pumps feature the same advantages as the manual pump, i.e. : choice of outlets (18561 and 18562 models), quick release inspection lid for added safety.

 Kit of 2 elbow outlets :

17492

 Hose Ă&#x2DC; 38 m, length 10 m : 16216

Model

Voltage

Ref.

Open flow

Hose Ă&#x2DC;

Cons.

Max. fuse

Weight

Built-in outlets

12 V

18556

35 L/min

38 mm

6 Amp.

20 Amp.

3.5 kg

Screw-on outlets*

12 V

18561

35 L/min

38 mm

6 Amp.

20 Amp.

3.5 kg

Built-in outlets

24 V

18557

35 L/min

38 mm

3 Amp.

10 Amp.

3.5 kg

Screw-on outlets*

24 V

18562

35 L/min

38 mm

3 Amp.

10 Amp.

3.5 kg

* Choice of outlets straight or elbow (see options).

Manual pumps

To have access to the pump chamber, pull handle in upright position. Remove the pin which secures the handle onto the diaphragm and turn the pump body anti-clockwise until free. When mounting the pump, clearance should be allowed for full height with handle up.

Diaphragm pump

290

mm

120 mm

280 mm

12760

Ă&#x2DC; 123 mm

Options & spare parts

Moulded in highly resistant plastic ; all metal parts in stainless steel. Easily removable diaphragm. Multi-mounting position bilge pump. 216

tNIPTFÂ?NNĂš16209 t3FQBJSLJU EJBQISBHN WBMWFT Ăš16218 t0VUMFUGPSIPTFÂ?NNĂš16220 t4QBSFEJBQISBHNĂš16219 t4QBSFIBOEMFĂš16221

Up to 8 possible mounting positions. Horizontal or vertical mounting. Pump comes complete with 2 outlets Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ Output : 0.5 L, per stroke, at 1 m height. â&#x20AC;˘ Maximum lift : 3 m. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 0.500 kg. â&#x20AC;˘ Hose diameter : 25 mm.


B.Leglatin ©

Corrosion, electrolysis and fuel resistant bilge pumps. Of rugged construction, they produce high capacity output with the convenience of many mounting positions (see drawings).

A

B

• Self-priming and leak free. Model Photo

Single action A

Double action C

Single action B

shown on photo with outlet elbows.

11722 Reference of pumps

11723

supplied without outlets. See below.

11724

Kit of 2 straight outlets (a) Kit of 2 outlet elbows (b)

Built-in outlets.

17491 17492

Outlets supplied with pump.

Weight Capacity output at 1 m height

Single action 11723 0.965 kg 0.85 L per stroke

Single action 11722 0.990 kg 0.85 L per stroke

Double action 11724 1.840 kg

Maximum lift

3m

3m

3m

Hose diameter

38 mm

38 mm

38 mm

Model

C

• Quick release inspection cover for added safety.

The double action pump is equipped with outlet elbows, swivelling on 220°, thus allowing all mounting positions and reducing the clearance required (290 mm to 400 mm maximum). The outlet elbows are screwed and fitted with an O-ring for perfect watertightness and added safety (quick release facility). Straight outlets 17491 and elbows 17492 can also be mounted on pump C, which allows pumping in two different locations on the boat, while having only one waste water outlet.

1.3 L/stroke (a)

(b)

Choice of outlets for single action pump 11722.

Parts common to the 3 pumps • Cover alone : 12611 • Spare handle, length 40 cm : 14315 • Hose diameter 38 mm : 16216 • Handle stowage clips : 16702 • Screw cap for back part of pump : 18040 Single action without watertight gasket 42,5 mm

• Watertight gasket with cover complying with IOR rule : 14263 (see drawing)

Single action with watertight gasket

Double action without watertight gasket

70 mm 42,5 mm

136 mm

42,5 mm

145,5 mm 240 mm

170 mm

170 mm

136 mm

136 mm

145 mm

Double action with watertight gasket

220 mm

240 mm 300 mm

217


Manual pumps Plastimo bilge pumps have been designed in cooperation with boatowners and engineered by the Plastimo Research and Development team.

L. Charpentier ©

Pump 925 and 1038 : with telescopic handle Bilge pump with telescopic handle, for efficient and more comfortable pumping. A version with By-Pass connector allows the connection of both a hand pump and an electric centrifugal on a single water circuit.* *Not suitable for a diaphragm or a flexible impeller electric pump.

Without By-Pass

With By-Pass 320 mm

130 mm (1038)

34 mm

Ø 140 mm 225 mm

330 mm

118 mm (925)

225 mm

34 mm

218 mm (925) 230 mm (1038)

45 mm

140 mm

330 mm

320 mm 45 mm

142 mm

Without By-Pass

157 mm

Pump model Reference Output Capacity, as per ISO 15083 standard (45 strokes per minute, with a 10 kPA depression) See By-Pass connector on following pages

218

Weight Hose diameter Supplied with :

157 mm

With By-Pass

Pump 925 Pump 925 without By-Pass with By-Pass 39539 53058 0.9 litre per cycle

Pump 1038 Pump 1038 without By-Pass with By-Pass 39541 53059 1 litre per cycle

40.5 litres/minute

45 litres/minute

0.920 kg 1.050 kg 0.920 kg 1.050 kg Ø 25 mm (1") Ø 38 mm (1 1/2") 2 elbow fittings with valve (inlet & outlet)


Compact • The Plastimo pump is very compact and the 90° position of the outlets allows installation where space is limited or access difficult. • Outlets swivel through 360° and therefore adapt perfectly to the pump position in relation to the strainer and thru-hull fitting. Optimum safety • No hassle looking for the handle at the critical moment : the Plastimo bilge pump is always ready-to-pump, thanks to its fully integrated handle. • In case the diaphragm would leak, the water is rejected in the cockpit (not in the bilge), so you can’t help noticing it immediately.

Simple installation and maintenance • Installing the pump is extremely simple : all done from the cockpit. • The diaphragm can be removed within seconds ; no need to take down the whole pump. This facilitates the cleaning of the pum body (remove small stones and other possible objects clogged in the pump) and enables the replacement of the diaphragm if necessary. • Construction from materials impervious to UV-rays, impact and weather resistant. Design • One obviously expects from a pump that it should first and foremostbe efficient... In addition to the remarkable technical performance Plastimo has paid a particular attention to design and aesthetics, building on years of expertise in composite materials and plasticengineering. The result is a stylishly designed pump, which matchesvery nicely the cockpit of modern boats.

Pump 925C & 1038C : compact with integrated handle Very compact pump with the handle integrated in the cover. Suitable for connection to an optional By-Pass (see following pages).

118 mm (925 C) 130 mm (1038 C)

Ø 140 mm

33

207 mm

193 mm

157 mm

Without By-Pass (optional)

Pump 925C without By-Pass 55764 0.9 litre per cycle

Pump 1038C without By-Pass 55765 1 litre per cycle

Capacity, as per ISO 15083 standard (45 strokes per minute, with a 10 kPA depression)

40.5 litres/minute

45 litres/minute

Weight Hose diameter Supplied with :

0.750 kg 0.750 kg Ø 25 mm (1") Ø 38 mm (1 1/2") 2 elbow connectors with valves (inlet and outlet)

Pump model Reference Output

Option : 53060 By-Pass connector

219


By-Pass, bilge pump connector 53060 The By-Pass adapts on pumps 925 & 1038 or 925C & 1038C and allows the connection of both a hand pump and an electric centrifugal* pump on a single water circuit. *Not suitable for a diaphragm or a flexible impeller electric pump.

• Simplified installation : the single circuit common to both pumps is a major time/labour saving asset for boatbuilders. • Easy connection : straight/elbow fittings with O-rings snap-in easily. • Minimal maintenance : fittings snap off easily to remove debris or replace valves if necessary.

Manual

Electric

Outlet with non-return valve

38 mm

25 mm

55 mm

42797 Prevents backflow into the bilges : mounted as close as possible to the strainer, the non-return valve locks up the water in the hose. • Straight outlet for hose Ø 25 mm or 38 mm : simply sawing off the Ø 25 mm outlet. • Bellows-type gasket (ref. : 40677 supplied as standard) allows debris such as seaweed or small cloth. Can be replaced by a flat gasket (see optional ref. : 40676). • Polyamide valve + nitrile gasket, fuel resistant.

110 mm 185 mm

Various options are possible to set the outlet most adapted to your needs. Ø 25/38

40676

55135 Ø 38

3m

42798 Ø 25-38 Ø 25

55789

42799

40677 Ø 28

55770

Ø 28

53062 220


Accessories for bilge pumps Inlet valve Outlet valve 2 fastening clips 2 elbow fittings (inlet + outlet) + “O” rings Spare diaphragm Spare cover

PUMP 925C

PUMP 1038C

PUMP 925

PUMP 1038

40676 40677 40678

40676 40677 40678

40676 40677 40678

40676 40677 40678

40679

40680

40679

40680

40681 55684

40681 55684

40681 40682

40681 40683

Fittings

Complete range of polyethylene fittings, suitable for all Plastimo bilge pumps and By-Pass connector. 55764 55765 Fitting

Ø mm

39539 39541

53060

Ref. Inlet

Outlet

Inlet

Outlet

Inlet

Outlet

Ø 19

54556

-

-

Ø 25

55767

-

-

Ø 28*

55768

-

-

Ø 38

55769

-

-

Ø 25

54557

-

-

Ø 25

42799

-

-

Ø 28*

55770

-

-

Ø 38

42798

-

-

Ø 28

53062

-

-

Ø 25-38

55135

-

-

All fittings are supplied with “O” ring. *Ø 28 - 11/8" fitting available in kit. Includes one inlet and one outlet fitting : 53061

221


Bailing out Hand pump

Pump alone

Pump + 1 m hose

14089 14105 14090

27074 27075 27076

Output per stroke 0.50 L 0.75 L 1L

Min. dimensions 480 mm 630 mm 790 mm

Stroke 330 mm 480 mm 640 mm

Stroke

Min. dimensions

25 m hose Ø 25 mm : 16209

Plastic bucket

Rubber bucket

Collapsible bucket

Handle with a loop for the rope. Capacity : 10 L.

14054

182510

Aluminium handle. Capacity : 7.5 L. Height : 23 cm. Ø : 26 cm.

25 cm diameter collapsible bucket with stainless steel handle. Zippered storage cover. Coated and sealed acrylic fabric.

Model

Ref.

Bucket without 14375 1 rope Bucket with rope 17576 5

16207

44677

44677

Wooden plugs 10103 : Set of 9 conical wooden plugs : 3 x 110 mm high x Ø 29-19 mm* 3 x 110 mm high x Ø 39-29 mm* 3 x 110 mm highx Ø 50-40 mm* * Max.min diameter

16323 : Set of 9 conical wooden plugs : 2 x 40 mm hight x Ø 10-4 mm* 2 x 50 mm high x Ø 16-8 mm* 2 x 60 mm high x Ø 22-14mm* 2 x 70 mm high x Ø 30-18 mm* 1 x 80 mm high x Ø 35-25 mm*

50501: Assortment of 6 conical wooden plugs: 2.0 to 4.3 inch L. 0.5 to 2.0 inch Dia.

222

Bailers Dimensions

Reference

Floating, flexible bailer

180 x 125 mm (L x w)

Bailer-funnel with filter

290 x 110 mm (L x w)

16207 44677


Drinkable water Flexible water tanks for fresh water The Plastimo high resistance flexible water tanks are a reliable, practical and low cost solution to the storage of fresh water on board.They are flexible, light and form-fitting, and can therefore be installed where it would not be possible to install a rigid water tank, due to the shape of the boat or difficult access. The double envelope principle makes maintenance easy, as the inner chamber can be easily removed from the outerenvelope for routine cleaning and examination.

Tested and patented : a water chamber inside a tough envelope. The Plastimo water tanks consist of a welded non-porous tasteless PVC water chamber (inner bladder) inside a tough nylon envelope, for complete watertightness and resistance to tearing and abrasion.

BISPHENOL A FREE

Shape of tank

Capacity

Watertank, complete

Spare inner bladder

Square

50 L 100 L 150 L 200 L

18031 18033 16656 16657

18032

120 L

16658

16665

Rectangular Triangular (Ideal for front cabin)

16661 16663 16664

Water tanks are supplied complete, ready to install, with Ø 38 mm inlet fitting and Ø 12 mm outlet valves.

Accessories Outlet valve, situated on underneath side of tank. 120 L Ø 38

70 cm

50 L

Ø 12

Ø 38 70 cm

Ø 12

115 cm

100 L

105 cm

150 L

140 cm

200 L

175 cm

Ø 38 mm inlet valve is situated on upper side of tank ; Ø 12 mm outlet valve is situated on underneath side of tank. (except on triangular model : inlet and outlet are both on upper side of tank). Height of tanks, when filled to capacity : 25 cm.

• Male connector Ø 15 mm for quick-fit plumbing :

51643 Connector in polypropylene, supplied with nut and ring. • Spare set of elbow connectors : 19265 Ø 38 mm inlet fitting and Ø 12 mm outlet valve

105 cm 223


Sinks & washbasins B.Leglatin

Stainless steel sinks

A

B

C

D

E

Round st. steel sinks Come complete with plug, chain and waste. Ref.

18371 18372 18373 18374 419234 410626

A B C D E

Description Bowl sink Straight vertical edges Straight vertical edges Straight vertical edges

Material St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10

Finish Mirror polish Mirror polish Mirror polish Mirror polish

Bowl sink

St. steel 302

Smooth satin

Internal dimensions Ø 269 mm x depth 120 mm Ø 260 mm x depth 180 mm Ø 300 mm x depth 180 mm Ø 360 mm x depth 150 mm Ø 260 mm x depth 130 mm Ø 300 mm x depth 145 mm

Square & rectangular st. steel sinks Come complete with plug, chain and waste. Ref.

418955 418956 224

Descrip. Ext. dim. St. steel 302

Int. dim.

Depth

320 x 350 mm

300 x 330 mm

150 mm

360 x 360 mm

330 x 340 mm

150 mm

Waste Ø 53 off-centered 53 off-centered

Overflow No No


A

Stainless steel oval sink Supplied with waste, plug and connector. B

C

Ref.

Overall dimensions L xW x D

Internal dimensions L xW x D

27292

385 x 265 x 130 mm

360 x 240 x 130 mm

Double sink Double sink made from 302 stainless steel. Waste not supplied, without overflow. Ref. A B

426254 428306

Description Large bowl on the left Large bowl on the right

Stainless steel custom sinks

Ext. dim. 608 x 368 mm 608 x 368 mm

Bowl Ø 1 330 x 330 mm 330 x 330 mm

A

Bowl Ø 2 330 x 235 mm 330 x 235 mm

B

Depth 200 mm 200 mm

Waste Ø 53 mm - off-centered 53 mm - off-centered

C

Stainless steel sinks, which in themselves make a very attractive addition to any galley. They can be fitted together in different combinations, allowing you to plan your galley to suit your own particular needs. Complete with waste, plug and Ø 32 mm connector.

A B C D

Ref.

Overall dimensions L xW x D

Internal dimensions L xW x D

10746 418953 10748 418957

320 x 260 x 150 mm 320 x 170 x 150 mm 350 x 320 x 150 mm 350 x 249 x 150 mm

300 x 236 x 150 mm 300 x 150 x 150 mm 330 x 300 x 150 mm 330 x 236 x 150 mm

10748

10746

10748

418953

10746

418953

D 225


Taps and faucets Faucets with spout Swivel faucet

Telescopic swivel faucet

27304 Colour light grey. 45° pivoting base, swivelling spout. Only one water inlet. 3/8" connection, hose Ø 10 mm. For use with footpump 26951. Pressure : 2.5- 3 bar.

412967

Chrome brass faucet Ref. A 414932 B 414933

MINI 40 mm MAXI 100 mm

Ø34

36 mm

160 mm

115 mm

146 mm

267 mm

Telescopic swivel faucet. Swivels through 360°. Includes a nylon adjustable shutter. Materials : anodized aluminium alloy and plastic. For hose Ø 10 -15 mm. For use with foot pump 26951.

80

140 mm

Description Swivelling base. Ø 12 mm pipe. Height : 80 mm. Swivelling base. Ø 12 mm pipe. With ¼ turn nickel plated spout. Height : 50 mm.

150 mm

50

A

B

Cold water taps Folding tap 39462

Spray tap

Spray nozzle for even water flow.

65 mm

Colour white. Swivelling spout. One knob : one water inlet (cold). Pressure : 2.5 - 3 bar. 3/8" connection.

175 mm

28768

80 mm

For a simple and efficient water supply on board, use tap 28768 in conjunction with a water pump (see Waterpump sold separately. Water Pumps pages). 226


Mixer taps

36 mm

160 mm

115 mm

Ø 34

White swivel mixer tap

28593

Spray nozzle for even water flow.

28593

68

Ref.

360°

37 mm

Designation 2-knob tap (hot/cold). Swivelling base and spout. 28593 Pressure : 2.5 - 3 bar. 2-knob tap (hot/cold). Folding and directional 402610 spout. Ceramic mechanism. Body, spout and handle in white lacquered brass.

37 mm

402610

152 mm 190 mm

Ø 14 mm

47 mm 56 92 mm 147 mm

31 mm

402610

Swivel mixer tap 39464 Spout swivels on 360°. Supplied with 2 x 30 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.

Mixer tap, swivel’n fold 39463 125 mm

155 mm

140 mm

165 mm

45 mm

185 mm 65 mm

148 mm

195 mm

Brass plated.

90 mm

Mixer tap with shower head 39465

423761 Shower head replacement for 416654 423696 1.5 m hose alone - 3/8" 417847 2 m hose alone - 3/8"

225 mm

40 mm 270 mm

Double jet shower head 416654 with 1.50 m hose. Height : 110 mm

295 mm

Designation

160 mm

Ref.

190 mm

Shower mixer tap with double jet

Can be used as a shower or as a standard tap. Shower comes with 1.50 m. Swivelling shower base. Supplied with 2 x 20 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.

227


Mixer taps Mixer tap with long spout 39467 Spout swivels on 360°. Supplied with 2 x 35 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.

max. 43 mm

max. 32 mm

Ø 10 mm

330 mm

Ø 10 mm

Ø 47 mm

15°

426460

39467

313 mm

161 mm 137 mm

130 mm

116 mm

Ø 48 mm

18°

125 mm

182 mm

235 mm

Long mixer tap 426460 With 25 mm flexible hose.

105 mm

Compact mixer tap

Swivel mixer tap 27299

115 mm 70 mm

39466

Colour white. Swivelling base and spout. 2 water inlets. Pressure : 2 - 2.5 bar. 3/8" connection.

Ø

max.

32 mm

Supplied with 2 x 35 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.

32 mm 330 mm

Ø

10 mm

39466

145 mm

125 mm

40 mm

Wall control mixer tap

130 mm 30-45 mm m m

473968

G1/2"

25°

11 6

38 mm Spray nozzle for even water flow.

G1/2"

473968

228

Ø 55

G3/8"

3/8"

473936

62

180 mm 120 mm max Ø 43 mm

39468

50 MAX 109 mm

Ref.

32°

105.5 mm

Description For use either as a shower or as a basic tap. Shower with 1.5 m flexible hose. Swivelling shower base. A 39468 Comes with 2 metal 35 cm flexible hoses and screw-type connectors. B 473936 Retractable shower with 1m flexible hose.

480 mm

Mixer tap with shower head

105 mm

B

160 mm

A

150 mm

210 mm

190 mm

M 15x1


Shower kits Shower kit with wall rail 39469 Ready-to-mount kit includes : • shower head with spray nozzle and 1.50 m hose. • wall rail. • soap dish. To be used in conjunction with thermostat shower control ref. 39470. Shower connector : 1/2".

Shower kit 27302 Includes : • shower head with spray nozzle. • 1.50 m flexible hose. • shower wall bracket. Pressure : 2 bar.

Ø25 mm

Ø45 mm

628 mm

580 mm

45 mm

Shower lever control

137 mm

27300 Includes lever control and plumbing. 3/8" connection. Suitable for use with shower 27302. Pressure : 3.5 - 4 bar.

Ø43 mm

Thermostat shower control

Wall mount shower lever

39470

27305 150 ± 25 mm 64 mm

G.1/2”

G.1/2”

80 mm

Supplied with screw-type connectors and accessories, suitable for mounting on any wall thickness. Max. temperature 80°C. Pressure 6 bar. To be used in conjunction with shower kit ref. 39469. Connector for 1/2" hose. Hot/cold water inlet : 3/4".

Includes wall mount lever, colour grey, and 3/8" connection. Lever rotates through 110°, allowing fine temperature adjustment. Constant temperature whatever the flow. Designed for use with showers 27302. Pressure : 2-2.5 bar.

Retractable towel rack

Dimensions 72 x 25 mm. • Chrome-plated brass : 473942 • Polished brass : 473943

Solar shower 19 L : 13272 Light, easy to use and to carry around. Three hours of sun exposure are enough to heat the water.

229


Deckshowers • Comfort and safety Functional and safe hinged cover. When closed : a “click” confirms that the cover is tightly closed, thus preventing the shower hose from uncoiling and potentially getting caught in the propeller. Splashproof when closed. When open : “clicks” hold the hinged cover open. The shape of the shower housing has been contoured specifically to avoid the showerspray being accidentally activated. • Stylish design Available with white or chrome cover, the housing fits snugly in any deck or transom of sail and power boats, to give a clean uncluttered look. • Simple installation Flush installation in transom or deck only requires a Ø 70 mm hole, easily done with a hole saw. The housing requires minimal depth for installation and accepts most existing shower heads. • Durable materials UV-resistant ASA cover withstands temperature variation. 316 stainless steel axis. Maintenance free.

62017

Deck showers & mixer taps Model Mixer tap set

Shower set

Ref.

JM Liot © - Jeanneau

Single units

Colour

Description Chromed housing + chromed brass mixer tap 62023 Chrome + 20 cm 3-hose connectors White housing + chromed brass mixer tap 62021 White + 20 cm 3-hose connectors 62017 White White housing + white plastic shower spray head + 3 m hose White housing + chrome-colour plastic shower spray head 62020 White + 3 m hose White housing + chrome-plated metal shower spray head 62273 White + 3 m hose Chrome housing + chrome-colour plastic shower spray head 62019 Chrome + 3 m hose

62273, with metal spray head

62021 170°

Ø 70

Ø 98

Ø 70

Ø 98

170° 110° 88 mm 100 mm

62017 230

150 mm

clic


Fresh water inlet Plastimo fresh water inlet is the perfect connection between the boat's water network and the shore water supply. It is then easy to cook or have a shower when at the dock, without using water from the tanks. (Not suitable for filling the water tanks). 2.5 bar -30 PSI, The complete set includes : pressure regulator : • An ABS housing with splashproof cover. 56527 • A pressure regulator which accepts up to 7.5 bar Male quick-coupling fitting + non-return valve (90 PSI) shore supply and delivers a 2.5 bar (30 PSI) working pressure, compatible with most appliances and equipment on board. • A non-return valve. • A male quick-coupling fitting for garden hose connection. • Male 3/4" threaded connector to the boat's water system. Connector type

White housing

Chrome housing

Elbow Straight

62025 62024

62028 -

Sea water outlet Used in conjunction with a pump and a thru-hull fitting, the Plastimo sea water outlet produces pressure sea water on the deck (to wash the deck or rinse the fish). Also perfectly suitable with fresh water. The complete set includes : • An ABS housing with splashproof ASA cover. • A female quick-coupling fitting for garden hose connection. Features a non-return valve. Chrome brass construction with stainless steel lugs, for optimum corrosion resistance. • A locking flange. • Male 3/4" threaded connector to the boat‘s water system. Terminal

White housing

Chrome housing

Straight Elbow

62029 62030

62032

Locking flange

Female quick-coupling fitting

Single housing Model

White Chrome housing housing

For shower A 62033 62034 For mixer tap and water tap B 62035 62036

A

B 231


Shower units

Dimensions in mm.

Housing with gasket. White UV-resistant ASA cover. 95 9

Housing with tap cover • Single : 196399 • Twin : 55800

55 75 170° 189

65

80

110

Rectangular single shower housing

210

170

220

85

80

37214

130 125 87

120 91

90

176

97

Side mount case with shower 196409 Includes mixer tap and shower with 2.5 m hose.

30

186

Side mount cases without shower • With door : 196471 • Without door : 50002 196471

247

183

110

237

164

95

50002 101

125

176 3/4”

Water inlet/outlet 54613 Sea water outlet, fresh water inlet. Fitted with elbow connector. White plastic cover. 232

3/4” 50

123


Deck showers & hose

A

B 62098

Taps Model A Cold water

Ref.

B Mixer tap

Shower heads

Features Chrome plated brass

50160

½" threaded shower head with trigger.

Model Short Long

Chrome plated brass. Comes with 20 cm 3-hose connectors.

45601

62100

62099

Material ABS Chrome-plated metal

Chrome

White

62099 62100

62098 -

Shower head with hose 3 m : 62096 5 m : 62097 For flushmount installation on the deck or as transom shower.

Accessory

•Threaded hose for shower spray head 1/2"-3/8". Length 3 m : 62101

A

Shower heads with hose and holder

Shower head colour

Model

B

Ref.

A White

419767

B Black

416653

With flange

C

With housing

White Chrome

402813*

C

Holder

Hose

Plastic with chromed flange Plastic with chromed flange

Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m. Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m. Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m.

Plastic housing Ø 57 mm for flushmounting.

Shower head only

Holder only

Hose only

419278

-

402818

419279

-

402818

429008

429018

402818

*spare plug : 417834

Pipe-to-hose connectors A

B

Nylon connectors for threaded taps Ref. A 422268 B 417527 C 426546

Description Female thread Male thread Male/Male connector

C For hose 19 3/4" -

Quick-coupling hose terminal 427820 : Ø 12.5 - 15 mm. 427821 : Ø 19 mm.

233


WC & waste water Sewage treatment CE 94/25 European standard related to recreational boats. Boats equipped with toilets must feature either tanks or installations allowing the setting of holding tanks. In the case of built-in tanks, the boat must be equipped with a standardised draining connector. Section 43 of 2006-1772 regulation of 30th December 2006 related to water and aquatic environment : Subsection 341-13-1. In order to ensure the protection of public health and aquatic environment, recreational boats equipped with toilets and built after the 1st of January 2008, accessing to sea and river harbours as well as to mooring areas with adequate facilities should feature installations allowing either the storage or the treatment of sewage. The discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except in the following cases : (MARPOL regulation, section IV) - the sewage has been comminuted and disinfected, the ship is located at a distance of more than 3 nautical miles of the nearest land and heads below 4 knots, - the sewage has not been comminuted and disinfected, the ship is located at a distance of more than 12 nautical miles of the nearest land and heads below 4 knots, - the ship uses an OMI approved sewage treatment system in operation.

Electric toilet Matromarine electric toilet

34 cm

12 V : 10744 24 V : 10745 • Vitreous china bowl allows easy cleaning. • White laquered wooden seat and cover. • All metal parts made of marine grade stainless steel. • Intake ¾”- 19 mm ; discharge 1” - 25 mm. • Horizontal macerator pump in re-inforced plastic. • Max. discharge height : 1.5 m. • Power consumption : 13 Amp in 12 Volt ; 7 Amp in 24 Volt. • Meets the ISO 8846 ; EN55014 standards.

39 cm

42 cm

Conversion kit for Matromarine models : 12 V : 417647 To convert a manual toilet into electric toilet. Complete kit including pump, hose, control panel, bolts and washers. 24 V : 417648 To convert a manual toilet into electric toilet. Complete kit including pump, hose, control panel, bolts and washers.

Installation example

Hose Ø 25 mm/Ø 38 mm Hose Ø 38 mm Hose Ø 25 mm/Ø 20 mm Ventilation hose Electric cables

1 Tank 2 Pump 3 Sender 4 Vented loop 5 Fitting 6 Valve 7 Thru hull fitting 8 Vent 9 Filter 10 Deck filler 11 Gauge

234


Manual marine toilets Specifically designed for use in small to medium craft, where space saving is as important as efficiency. Reliable in use, economic in cost and very simple to use and to maintain. Can be mounted above or below the waterline and can be used with a holding tank or a re-circulating system. This range of marine heads is suitable for all types of boats and all installation layouts.

Manual toilet • Compact. • Double action pump for easy flushing and pump out. • All metal parts made of marine grade stainless steel. • Intake ¾” - 19 mm ; discharge 1 ½” - 38 mm. • Bowl fixed on the base by a bayonet catch. This make installation, maintenance and inspection easier. Bowl China ABS

Ref.

12371 403060 416365

Mounting Standard Standard Bayonet catch

42 cm

Seat ABS White laquered wood White laquered wood

35 cm

44 cm

403060

Sealock manual toilet The in-and outlet of the Sealock toilet can be completely locked when not used : for extra security against incoming water. Toilet mechanism can be installed at the right or left side of the bowl, depending on the space available. Bowl

Ref.

China

51730 403089 51731

51730

Description Standard bowl Standard bowl XL bowl

460

420/470 (XL)

Seat ABS White laquered wood White laquered wood

330 220

Installation The installation must be carried out at a 1 m height maximum above or below the waterline. For installation below the waterline, the hose will need to be longer, in order to create a loop above the waterline and thus better resist the pressure.

DESSIN EN COURS

Inlet

Inlet

Outlet

Outlet

For installation above the waterline, make a vented loop in the outlet hose only, so as to retain water in the bowl.

For installation below the waterline, use a vented loop about 225 mm above the waterline on both inlet and outlet.

Options & Accessories Electric conversion kit for manual toilet

Nitrile rubber. Convenient for models 403060, 403045 and 416365. To convert the model 403089, a base 12346 and a gasket 1 2355 are needed. 12 V conversion kit (201) : 12328 24 V conversion kit (202) : 12329

25-litre mini-kit :12331

mm 405 110

Complete installation consists in a 25-litre holding tank, a diverter valve and connexions. Compact kit, ideal where space is at a premium ; requires minimum works on board.

260 mm 500

Diverter valves

mm

230 mm

ABS and stainless steel. 90° elbow fittings. Model

Ref.

Description

12332 With elbow connectors Ø 1 ½"-38 mm. Fits directly on the WC pump. 2-way

elbow connectors Ø 1 ½"-38 mm. Fits on hose between the 12333 With WC and the valve.

3-way

12334 the WC flush pump. The heads flush pump also monitors the tank

Suitable for small-size installations, with a diverter valve mounted on emptying process.

12332

12333

12334

235


A

B

Place the vented loop as high as possible, to avoid fluid transfer or water intrusion.

C

Vented loops and filters A B C D

Ref. 43031 196794 43032 51732

E 62073

Vented loop - Ø 19 mm - ¾" Vented loop - Ø 25 mm - 1" Vented loop - Ø 38 mm - 1½" Odour-free filter for hose Ø 16-19 mm.

D Made of active carbon. Integrated mounting eye straps. Must be changed at the end of each season.

Odour-free filter for hose Ø 20-25 mm. 20 cm length.

E

B A

C

A

Vents Ref. A 62084 B 62085

Shape Oval Round

For hose Ø 25 mm 25 mm

E

B A 25 mm 25 mm

B 29 mm 29 mm

C 83 mm 83 mm

D 41 x 60 mm 41 mm

E 40 mm 40 mm

D

Meets ISO 8099 standards.

Deck plate

3-way diverter valve

62086

196791

Stainless steel deck plate Ø 38 mm for waste water discharging.

For hose Ø 38 mm. Can be locked with a padlock (not included).

236


Plastic plumbing Thru-hull fittings, hose barb Thru-hull fittings manufactured from polyamide 6, totally resistant to UV-rays and the marine environment. Can be used in conjunction with silicone based sealants. D A

E C

Thru-hull fittings with standard flange F B

Colour

Ref.

ØA

ØB

C

ØD

White Black

62154 62155

25 mm 25 mm

30 mm 100 mm 42 mm 30 mm 100 mm 42 mm

E

ØF

Optional plug

75 mm 75 mm

1" 1"

62171 62171

Thru-hull fittings with flush flange Polyamide. D

E

C

Colour

Ref.

ØA

ØB

C

ØD

E

White White

62228 62229 196217 62230 62231 62232

½" ¾" 1" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½

15 mm 20 mm 18 mm 25 mm 35mm 38 mm

94 mm 94 mm 83 mm 94 mm 94 mm 94 mm

35 mm 40 mm 51 mm 52 mm 65 mm 70 mm

45 mm 45 mm 43 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

Chrome B A

White White White

Accessory Expanding plug • grey, Ø 35 mm : 45305 • black, Ø 22 mm : 62170* • black, Ø 25 mm : 62171* • black, Ø 35 mm : 62172* * EN ISO 11812:2001-7.4 compliant

D C A B E F

White polyamide thru-hull fitting Model 5/8" ¾" 1" 1" ¼

Ref.

400254 400255 400256 400290

A 75 mm 81 mm 94 mm 98 mm

B 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 35 mm

ØC 10 mm 11 mm 18 mm 21 mm

ØD 42 mm 51 mm 61 mm 67 mm

ØE 16 mm 19 mm 25 mm 32 mm

ØF 23 mm 27 mm 33 mm 42 mm 237


Elbow thru-hull fittings

Elbow thru-hulls are the answer to the most common plumbing issues : • Allow major room saving, as they can be used with a hose running along the hull. • Avoid making a bend in the hose, which can sometimes be a source of leak or breakage. • Require a simplified installation process inside the hull, carried out by on person only. You can hold it firmly C with one hand, while screwing with the other hand.

E F D

A

Ref.

62156 62157 62158

Overall depth (A) 79 mm 84 mm 110 mm

Hose Ø (B) 20 mm 25 mm 38 mm

C 33 mm 33 mm 40 mm

D ¾" 1" 1 ½"

Ext. Ø (E) 47 mm 54 mm 68 mm

F 18 mm 25 mm 35 mm

G 63 mm 70 mm 80 mm

B G

Thru-hull fittings, threaded Thru-hull fitting, flush flange ØA ½" ¾" ¾" 1" 1 ½"

Ref.

62166 44740 62167 62168 62169

Colour White White White White White

ØB 13 mm 18 mm 17 mm 25 mm 35 mm

C 65 mm 80 mm 65 mm 65 mm 85 mm

D B

ØD 35 mm 51 mm 40 mm 52 mm 70 mm

C

A

D

C

A

Thru-hull fitting, standard flange

B

A ØA

22,7 mm

25 mm B

C

238

Ref.

43491 43489 43490 47755 A 62162 62163 B 196073 C 62164 62165

Colour

ØB

C

ØD

Black White Grey Cream White Black Black White Black

1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"

62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 70 mm 155 mm 155 mm

39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm

Features -

Optional plug 62170 62170 45305 62170 62171

EN ISO 11812:-2001-7.4 compliant

62171 62171 62171 62171


Thru-hull fittings and scuppers Thru-transom scupper with flapper 418158

Spare

White acetal construction. Rubber flapper opens to drain water out and closes to prevent backwash. For 1" ½ hose. Length 159 mm, Ø 73 mm Max hull thickness : 79 mm.

•413342 : antibackwash rubber flapper for scupper 418158.

G

A

C D

Raked white scupper with anti-backwash lid

B

47088

A B ØC 117 mm 150 mm 79 mm

ØD 70 mm

E F 103 mm 45 mm

•Spare lid

G 55 mm

49672

Spare •Spare valve for scupper

43500 Ø 35 mm with valve.

44230

Spare

Precut scupper

•Spare flapper

44763 9 mm

45 mm

81 mm

Ø int. 40 mm

Drain sockets, polyamide Polyamid deck filler with O-ring. Ref. A 16691 B 16690 C 16797

44093

White thru-hull scupper. Can be sawed to the required 60 mm length : 50/190 mm. Meets EC standards.

Ø int. 45 mm

E

Spare

Scupper for inflatable boat

51 mm

F

Description With captive plug Plain Screw-type for double hull. Bulkhead thickness : 80 mm. 1/4 turn plug

A

B

C

Flange dimensions

Overall height

Height of socket

Cutout Ø

Depth below deck

Mini. int. Ø

Spare cap

Ø 46 mm

63 mm

27 mm

28 mm

21 mm

19 mm

-

Ø 48 mm

76 mm

66 mm

28 mm

62 mm

19 mm

16713

Ø 43 mm

107 mm

96 mm

27 mm

91 mm

19 mm

12521

239


Brass plumbing Brass strainers

A

Intake strainer Thread Ø 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½

B

Ref.

51107 51108 51112 51110 51109

External dimensions 89 x 52 106 x 59 108 x 60 123 x 65 133 x 71

Internal Ø 14 19 25 33 38.5

Thread length 76 76 76 90 90

Brass strainers Model A

Round

B

Oval

Ref.

13929 13930 13931 13932 13934

External Ø 60 80 100 120 220 x 150

Hose strainer

Internal Ø 33 54 73 96 189 x 112

Hose Ø 20 25

Ref.

63962 63963

Brass thru-hull fittings

Chrome-plated brass, threaded Thread Ref.

External Internal

Thread length

34 mm 37 mm 47 mm 55 mm 64 mm 72 mm 85 mm

53 mm 60 mm 65 mm 80 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm

3

13554 ½" 13555 ¾" 13556 1" 13557 1" ¼ 13558 1" ½ 13559 2" 13560 /8 "

12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 33 mm 39 mm 50 mm

Dimensions (L x W x H) 82 x 64 x 25 110 x 89 x 30

CW 602N brass

Flush head brass, threaded Thread Ref. 3

13561 ½" 13563 ¾" 13565 1" 13567 1" ¼ 13569 1" ½ 13571 2" 13573 /8"

External Internal

Thread length

30 mm 35 mm 46 mm 52 mm 61 mm 68 mm 82 mm

50 mm 61 mm 67 mm 72 mm 70 mm 71 mm 75 mm

12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 33 mm 39 mm 50 mm

Inch thread on all our selection of brass plumbing parts

Standard shape brass, threaded With mobile washer. Thread 3

Ref.

404627 ½" 404628 ¾" 404629 1" 404630 1" ¼ 404631 1" ½ 151106 2" 419122 /8 "

240

External Internal

Thread length

30 mm 36 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 66 mm 82 mm

50 mm 61 mm 65 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm

12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 34 mm 39 mm 50 mm

Conversion table Current inch Former metric table table ¼" 8-13 3 12-17 /8" ½" 15-21 ¾" 20-27 1" 26-34 1" ¼ 33-42 1" ½ 40-49 2" 50-60


Brass connectors 90° elbow, male/female

45° hose elbow, male/female

90° elbow, female/female

T-connector, female

Thread Ø

Ref.

Length

Thread Ø

Ref.

Thread Ø

Ref.

Thread Ø

Ref.

Length

3/8"

63951

51 mm

1/4"

63986

1/4"

63954

1/4"

151152

42 mm

1/2"

408305

55 mm

3/8"

13574

3/8"

13598

3/8"

13584

47 mm

3/4"

408306

63 mm

1/2"

13575

1/2"

13599

1/2"

13585

49 mm

1"

408307

72 mm

3/4"

13576

3/4"

13600

3/4"

13586

60 mm

1" ¼

408308

85 mm

1"

13577

1"

13601

1"

13587

70 mm

1" ½

408309

91 mm

1" ¼

13578

1" ¼

13602

1" ¼

13588

85 mm

2"

408310

105 mm

1" ½

13579

1" ½

13603

1" ½

13589

96 mm

2"

13580

2"

13604

2"

404514

115 mm

Male connection nipple

Female connection (sleeve)

Male/male connection nipple

Thread Ø

Ref.

Length

Thread Ø

Ref.

Length

Thread Ø

1/4"

13639

29 mm

1/4"

13651

27 mm

3/8"

13640

35 mm

3/8"

13652

1/2"

13641

40 mm

1/2"

3/4"

13642

44 mm

1"

13643

1" ¼

Length

Thread Ø

Ref.

Length

3/8" x 1/4" 63956

29.5 mm

30 mm

1/2" x 3/8" 13646

33 mm

13653

32 mm

3/4" x 1/2" 13647

38 mm

3/4"

13654

35 mm

1" x 1/2"

63957

41 mm

48 mm

1"

13655

43 mm

1" x 3/4"

13648

42.5 mm

13644

50 mm

1 ¼"

13656

47 mm

1" ¼ x 1"

13649

49 mm

1" ½

13645

57 mm

1 ½"

13657

52 mm

1" ½ x 1"

63958

49 mm

2"

63955

61 mm

2"

13658

64 mm

1" ½ x 1" ¼ 13650

52 mm

1/4" x 1/8" 3/8" x 1/4" 1/2" x 1/4" 1/2" x 3/8" 3/4" x 1/4" 3/4" x 3/8" 3/4" x 1/2" 1" x 1/2" 1" x 3/4" 1" ¼ x 1" 1" ½ x 3/4" 1" ½ x 1" 2" x 1" ¼ 2" x 1" ½

413228 413230 413229 413232 413233 413234 413235 413236 413237 413238 413239 63959 413240 413241

16 mm 17.5 mm 21 mm 21 mm 23 mm 23 mm 23 mm 26 mm 26 mm 30 mm 31 mm 31 mm 36 mm 36 mm

2" x 1" ½

Female hose connector

Male hose connector

Ribbed and threaded

Ribbed and threaded.

.

Thread

Ref.

Hose

Internal

Thread

Ref.

Hose

Internal

Ref.

Male/female connection nipple

408265

57 mm

Female locking nut

1/4"

151133

10

6.5

1/4"

151127

6

3.5

Thread Ø

3/8"

13635

14

10.5

1/4"

151163

8

5

1/2"

13636

13

9.5

1/4"

13619

10

6.5

1/2"

13637

16

12.5

3/8"

412306

8

1/2"

471650

20

15

3/8"

13621

3/4"

151166

12

9.5

3/8"

3/4"

471651

20

15

3/4"

471652

25

1"

471653

1"

Ref.

Height

1/4"

408285

15 mm

3/8"

408286

15 mm

5

1/2"

13

9.5

408287

17 mm

Thread Ø

3/4"

404633

15

11.5

408288

21 mm

1/2"

473459

16

12

1"

408289

20

1/2"

13624

19

15

1" ¼

25

20

3/4"

151131

16

12

471654

30

25

3/4"

427688

19

15

1" ¼

63960

32

27

3/4"

404635

25

20

1" ¼"

471655

35

28

1"

13627

25

19.5

1" ¼

471656

40

33

1"

404636

30

24

1" ½

151138

38

34

1"

13628

32

26

1" ½

471658

45

39

1" ¼

13629

32

26

2"

151140

50

43

1" ¼

404637

35

29

1" ½

63961

38

32

1" ½

404638

45

39

Thread Ø

Ref.

External Ø

Length

1" ½

13632

50

40

1/2"

422221

30

48

2"

13633

50

43

3/4"

429360

37

53

2"

13634

60

52

1"

429361

44

59

Male locking nut Ref.

Height

1/4"

13660

21 mm

23 mm

3/8"

151195

22 mm

408290

26 mm

1/2"

13661

25 mm

1" ½

408291

26 mm

3/4"

151196

30 mm

2"

408292

31 mm

1"

151197

35 mm

Anti-return valve connector Brass body with spring-loaded valve. (st. steel spring).

241


Brass valves Nickel plated brass valve, 2-way, female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½ 2"

Ref.

13521 13522 13523 13524 13525 13526 13527 13528

Internal Ø 8 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 19 mm 24 mm 30.5 mm 37 mm 47 mm

Body length 45 mm 48 mm 55 mm 65 mm 77 mm 87 mm 101 mm 117 mm

Handle length 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 105 mm 105 mm 120 mm 135 mm 160 mm

Max. pressure 40 bar

32 bar

25 bar

Nickel plated brass valve, 2-way, female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½ 2"

Ref.

63964 63965 63966 63967 63968 63969 63970 63971

Internal Ø 8 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 19 mm 24 mm 30.5 mm 37 mm 47 mm

Body length 45 mm 48 mm 55 mm 65 mm 77 mm 87 mm 101 mm 117 mm

Handle length 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 105 mm 105 mm 120 mm 135 mm 160 mm

Max. pressure

Handle length 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 145 mm 170 mm 170 mm 170 mm

Max. pressure

40 bar

32 bar

25 bar

L-shaped flow pattern

Nickel plated brass valve, 3-way, female/female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½

242

Ref.

417292 417293 417298 417300 417306 417310 417321

Internal Ø 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 18 mm 23 mm 29 mm 36 mm

Body length 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 92 mm 104 mm 118 mm 138 mm

25 bar


Jean-Marie Liot Š

Powerboat, Electrical & Engine Accessories

243


Bilge ventilation Classic electric blower d tecte n pro io it n 46 : Ig al fan ISO 88 7 : Electric 9 ISO 90

Hints to select the right bilge blower

r

moto

Bulkhead-mount : the ideal option if installation is complex and connectors are numerous. In line : the simplest and the most economic option, ideal in plain configurations without multiple elbows and connectors. Will usually have a longer lifetime than other models, with a reduced power consumption.

Selected by boatbuilders for its sturdy construction and durability. • Suitable for use in the engine compartment, cabins and damp closets or areas. • In the engine compartment : it is essential to start the blower 5 minutes before starting the engine. • Its compact design allows installation in different positions and in space restricted areas. Can be mounted along or through a bulkhead, horizontally or vertically. An optional mounting bracket adapts the blower to all mounting possibilities. • Sturdy polyamide housing for good shock resistance. Power 12 V 24 V

200 mm

Ref.

16274 16275

170 mm

Ø 70 mm

Accessories

16276

Ø 70 mm 125 x 125 mm

• Hose : 16277 Ø int. : 70 mm.

• Gasket : 17642

• Mounting bracket :

57287

Any louvred vent designed to fit hose Ø 70 mm is suitable

244

Consumption 4 Amp 2 Amp

160 mm

Along the bulkhead

• Flanged adaptor :

Output 150 m3/h 150 m3/h

Through the bulkhead

Mounting bracket


Connectors for ventilation shaft Specifically designed to ventilate engine compartments. Ref. A 51069 B 51070

B For ventilation shaft 102 mm. 4 mm

Ø107 mm Ø102 mm

Ø133 mm

60 mm

Ø4 mm

Hose holding notch

Ø102 mm

4 mm

*The elbow against the transom prevents water intrusion.

Polypropylene construction : shock and load resistant, impervious to fuel and acetic acid. Notches and lugs hold the hose in position ; in addition, the hose must be secured with stainless steel clamps. Connector is easy to fit, by means of 4 screws outside.

Wall-mount PVC connector

When installating the blower, we recommend to place the exhaust louvred ventilator in a reasonably protected area (for example, in the cockpit rather than on the transom), so as to prevent water intrusion into the ventilation circuit. An extra precaution consists in building an elbow in the hose.

Ø4 mm

Ø133 mm

Ø107 mm

60

30 mm

A

Ø 4”,

Modell Elbow connector* Straight connector

Lug for plastic clamp

Description

Ref.

PVC straight 50155 connector 50156

Hose Ø 65 - 70 mm 100 mm

94.5 mm

Ø4

3

Ø70

A

60

Ø76.5

61 mm

61 mm

Ø100

B

94.5 mm

Ref. A 47514 B 54389 C 54390

Modell 3’’ straight adapter 3’’ elbow adapter 3’’ 5 mm flange

3

Ø76 - (3”)

Ø 100 Ø 76.5 mm 32

62

Ø 70 mm

Ø4 Ø 76

Suitable for Ø 3” and 70 mm ducting hose. Manufactured from polypropylene for a good UV-resistance. It is extremely shock and load resistant, compatible with common sealants and impervious to acetic acids. Made to support a hose along a bulkhead. On the straight model, ventilation is ensured by a louvred opening, which also prevents heavy water intrusions. Quick and easy installation : Drill a Ø 76 mm hole. Notches ensure the perfect hold of the adapter in the bulkhead. Secure the adapter with 4 x M4 screws and sealant for waterproofness (compatible with most common sealants). Clip a louvered vent if necessary : moulded-in ribs contribute to the vent’s secured position. Fit the hose on the adapter. Two lugs hold the hose, while waiting to be secured with stainless steel hose clips (not supplied).

Ø4

5

Ø 76.5

Stiff ducting adapters

61 mm

61 mm

C

ng hoses, To support two ducti s two stiffening adapter . ted cia so as be n ca ring them Fixing lugs allow secu to adapt ed ne y by 2’s, when the vent. red ve lou le to a doub

Ø70-(2”-3/4) Ø76-(3”)

Ø 100

3 245


Vents

To prevent water intrusion into the ventilation circuit, place the vent in a protected area and if possible form a swan neck in the sheath.

Range of vents covering most mounting possibilities typically encountered on a boat. The Plastimo range provides a stylish, efficient and mechanically resistant answer.

Double vents A - Example : locker ventilation A

B

Connects two ventilation exhausts behind one single louvred vent.

Detachable double vent - Polyamide

Ref.

Dimensions

Colour 90 mm

A 54391

195 x 105 mm Ø 3"

White

44545 B 44546

255 x 115 mm 255 x 115 mm

White Black

A A B C

Description 3-slot 5-slot 3-slot 4-slot

Ref.

13356 13357 23613 476180 403626 175582 476185

D 5-slot E 10-slot

Dimensions 208 x 111 mm 325 x 111 mm 200 x 112 x 22 mm 210 x 113 x 38 mm 288 x 111 x 22 mm 327 x 111 x 38 mm 527 x 76 x 32 mm

54391

A

B

C

D

E

ABS louvered vents

Plastic collector box

Heavy duty ABS, corrosion and UV-proof. Creme colour model can be lacquered. Built-in dimensions : 406 x 56 x 25 mm.

Black plastic. 2 exits, flow Ø 3” and 4”. Suitable for ventilation or water exhaust.

Colour Chrome Black Cream 246

Ref.

403624 403625 418221

Dimensions 452 x 87 mm 452 x 87 mm 452 x 87 mm

Ref.

403623 423807

18.5

195 mm

Louvered vents AISI 316 st. steel louvered vents

10.5 105 mm

Description Double ventilator. Offers multiple combinations in conjunction with two adaptors (flange, straight or elbow stiffening adaptors). The vent is simply clipped on the stiffening adaptors (90 mm space between the two holes).

Dimensions 260 x 83 x H 140 mm 460 x 115 x H 127 mm

Flow exits 2 x 3” 2 x 4”


Plastic vents B

Rectangular vents Description

C

A

Plastic

B

Plastic

C

Plastic

D

ABS

D

A Ref.

16311 17657 47065 47066 196479 27320

Colour Black White White Grey Chrome White

27321

Chrome

Dimensions 200 x 100 mm 206 x 106 mm 206 x 106 mm 441 x 69 mm. Cut-out 390 x 49 x 19 mm

Square vents Dimensions 84 x 84 mm 92 x 92 mm 118 x 118 mm

3” hose vents

Ref.

Used either on its own to ventilate a locker or in conjunction with the stiffening adaptor for connection to a hose. No screws required : neat aesthetics and time-saving assembly.

47515 47516 47517 56067

Colour White Grey Black Chrome

D 196478

A 424932 B 47063 D 50152

Grey C 47064 -

C

B

A

Ventilation flange

White

Chrome -

417965 Ø 75 mm - 3”. Black polyethylene resistant to water and hydrocarbons. Easy mounting with no need for clamps. Access from above deck.

D

Ref. A B C

12410 16310 421952 421953 421955 421956

Colour White Black Black White White Black

Dimensions Ø 70 - 85 x 85 mm Ø 70 - 85 x 85 mm Ø 75 - 92 x 92 mm Ø 75 - 92 x 92 mm Ø 100 - 125 x 125 mm Ø 100 - 125 x 125 mm

82

60

Ø 60

Ø 65

12409 16307 16308

Colour White Grey Black

Round vents + flange

Ø 70

Ref.

C

82

Manufactured from PBT, for increased UV-resistance. Compatible with common sealants and impervious to acetic acids.Resistant to distortion resulting from hygrometry fluctuations. Ø 85 mm 85 mm 85 mm

B

A

Round vents

Models A

247


Jean-Marie Liot ©

Angling equipment Fixed rod holders Options & Accessories • Inside rubber for 400570

• Spare cap for 400597

401769

401773 • Spare internal rubber for 400597

A

401770

Metal rod holders Model 304 st. steel 316 st. steel

B

C

Ref.

Chromed brass

A B C D

Length 216 mm 232 mm 240 mm 250 mm

17046 35174 400597 400570

D Int. Ø 35 mm* 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm

Features Removable rod holder. 100 x 90 mm plate for deck or bulkhead mounting. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Adjustable upper clamp. *38 mm without flange.

Plastic rod holders Model

White

Black

Material PVC Polypropylene Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polypropylene Polyamide Polyamide

A

B

Ref. A B C D E F G H

62256 62259 62253 196403 44490 62255 44487 37659

C

Length 228 mm 228 mm 230 mm 230 mm 235 mm 228 mm 230 mm 230 mm

D

E

Int. Ø 44 mm 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm

F

G

H

Features Supplied with 2 st. steel sockets. Flush mount. Flush mount. Supplied with cap*. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Straight. Flush mount. Flush mount. Flush mount. Flush mount. Supplied with cap.

305 mm

* White spare cap : 62258.

B

248

Bulkhead-mount storage racks • For 3 rods. : 13405 • For 1 rod : 13406 Length : 305 mm. Ø : 70 mm. Supplied with 2 st. steel clamps.


A

B

Jean-Marie Liot ©

Adjustable rod holders

C

Options & Accessories

Metal rod holders Model 316 L st. steel

Ref.

Length

A 400614 330 mm

B 400609 290 mm Chromed brass C 400598 350 mm

• Rail mount base for 400609.

Int. Ø

Features Horizontal mount. 50 mm Base dimensions : 100 x 65 mm. 40 mm Railmount. Ø tube : 22/25/30 mm Horizontal mount. 40 mm Base dimensions : 93 x 60 mm

404956

• Intermediate serrated washer for 418378 & 400598.

401768

• Rubber for rod holder Ø 40 mm.

• Rod holder base for 400598.

478205

401769

Plastic rod holders Ref.

Features

A 27520

Reinforced plastic rod holder. Locking ring to secure the rod. 180° vertical easily adjustable. Fits all types of rods. 3-year warranty. Supplied with mounting base.

B 37660

For fishing rod 40 mm Ø maximum. Length : 215 mm. Vertical adjustment knob. Supplied with 2 sockets (for lateral or flushmount).

A B

Fishing rod storage W

H

L

A

B

Rod and boat hooks racks Description A Horizontal storage. Polyethylene. 2 rods. B Horizontal storage. 3 rods held by strong rubber band.

Ref.

62252 31529

H 216 mm 298 mm

W L 73 mm 19 mm 63 mm 23 mm

Rod holding ring • White : 44622 • Black : 44623

249


Battery and electrical accessories

Casing with integrated battery switch. UV-resistant white plastic. Watertight gasket included. Model 100 A (500 A for 10 sec. max.) 250 A (1000 A for 10 sec. max.)

Ø 70

98

Battery switch with casing

Ref. 102

62121 62276

Diruptor unipolar and circuit-breakers Diruptor thermal built-in circuit-breakers for unipolar use and magnetothermic for bipolar use. Ring fastening. Ø 12 mm. - jumper and screw rear outlet - 56 x 18 mm. Description 4 A circuit breaker 6 A circuit breaker 10 A circuit breaker 16 A circuit breaker 20 A circuit breaker 25 A circuit breaker 32 A circuit breaker

Ref. 411641 408210 408211 408212 408213 414282 414283

Unipolar cap

414346

Battery master switch 17540 Suitable for one or two battery installations. Capacity 230 A/h (300 A/h during 10 sec. starting cycle). Polycarbonate case, diameter 140 mm. Surface mounting, supplied with mounting diagram.

Watertight starter end-cap 414363 with transparent seal Watertight starter end-cap 414358 with transparent seal

Electrical thru-deck fittings Chromed brass thru-deck fitting Fastening with stainless steel screws.

A

B

250

Ref.

18523 17537 A 18524 17538 415910 B 408010

Max. cable Ø 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 19 mm


Outboard transom pads A

Width 230 mm 270 mm 300 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm

Height 86 mm 98 mm 220 mm 360 mm 360 mm 360 mm

A B

Thickness 5.5 mm 5.5 mm 7 mm 7 mm 3 mm - 19.5 mm 6 mm

Black

White

Grey

45343 45339 45331 195139 45327

45341 45337 45329 45333 195136 45324

45342 45334 195138 45326

D

120 mm 70 mm

C - Tilted D

C

B

Aluminium transom pad

Plastic outboard transom pad

Anodized aluminium transom pad with safety cable fastening. Ref.

402018 402024

210 mm

Plastic transom pads

Dimensions 299 x 95 mm 315 x 100 mm

Ref.

Description

16943

Rigid non-slip plastic. Prevents outboard clamps from damaging the transom. Dimensions : 250 x 90 mm.

Outboard motor covers With lanyard for perfect fit. Dralon Royal blue

PVC white

38018 38019 38020 38021

38022 38023 38024 38025

A Dimensions A x B x C 45 x 20 x 25 cm 45 x 25 x 30 cm 45 x 30 x 35 cm 55 x 35 x 35 cm

B C

The Best in Top Quality Marine Products Since 1917

www.bainbridgeintusa.com 251


Aquascope, collapsible

Small bathyscope

Description

Ref.

Ext. Ø

Height

Ideal to watch the underwater world from your boat.

31409 335 mm 510 mm

Ref.

43350

Length 200 mm

Diving equipment

Height 410 mm

Width 170 mm

To be rescued, we must be seen For vessels participating in diving operations.

61690 - Day

61690 - Night

Diving flags Innovative process : Photoluminescence process combined with fluorescence optimizes the location by night or day, in all weather conditions. 5 minutes exposure to a bright light = 8 hours of photoluminescence

Model SaintAndrew’s

Alpha Pro

Ref.

Dimensions

Weight

Features

61690

30 x 40 cm

< 50 g

Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m2. Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity).

100 x 125 cm

Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m². Mounted with a tunnel strap on luff. < 190 g Floating print in the «V» perimeter of 2 cm width bands with + soft PVC photoluminescent texture. rushes < 80 g Finish with 2 closed covers to place 2 soft pvc rushes that allow to extend the flag in all weather. Complies with RIPAM/COLREG.

61824

Diving flag

Shark-repellent sachet

17034

301802

Nylon, 30 x 40 cm.

252

Benefits : - Safety : excellent visibility by night or day, immediate spotting even from airplane. - Easy to use : quick and easy fastening with shock cords, fully operational when flat or hoisted. - Economic and eco-friendly : durable safety equipment, recyclable. No other energy source required other than light. - Quality : made in France, non-polluting manufacturing process with solvent-free, water based printing paste. French patent. LNE certificate.

Water-soluble powder producing a highly repellent acid solution. • Dimensions : 18 x 8 cm • Weight : 100 g • Expiring date : 3 years (in sealed sachet)


Spare parts K J W W K

SAFETY Dan buoys & strobe lights

37038 51804 10743 50914 53417

2 lugs for dan buoy attachment Gasket kit for light on Dan buoy and strobe lights Upper part of older model dan buoy (black alloy pole) Holding clip for Dan buoy lighting Yellow container for inflatable Dan buoy

38153 38151

Yellow cover White cover

28367

Rescue Sling Rescue Line

Bag

17065

Plastic slider for 406S- 608S- 609S- 801S- 811S

T series headsail reefing (except 1012T & 1213T) 25184

A1

55978

Accessory kit for T series, including : S1 Top end cap x 1 U Self-tapping screw x 1

55980

Junction liners + screws for T series, including : C1 Plastic junction liner x 7 D1 Forestay feeder x 7 W1 Self-tapping screws x 10

55976

Set of screws for T series, including : W1 Self-tapping screws x 10 U Self-tapping screws x 10 T BTR screw for allen key x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 K M8 nut x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 K M12 nut x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 J M14 nut x 1

MOORING Inflatable tenders

See page 136 or ask our Customer Service Dept, Fax 33 (0) 297 87 36 16 or by e-mail : customersupport@plastimo.com

Rigid tenders

31723 47556 26329 16689

Black wheel for P200, P220, PR300 2 wheel clips for PRS210, PRS245 & PRD260 Wheel clip for P200, P220, PR300 Valve for hull, tender models 30835 & 30836

53497 53498

Complete base holder for davits 36182 Complete base holder for davits 36183

15682 55564

Davits

Ladders

White step for st. steel ladder Ø 22, 290 mm Grey step 180 mm, ladder 29398

M8 nut x 1 Hexagonal head screw x 1 M12 nut x 1 Slotted head screw x 1 M14 nut x 1

Lower alloy spar, twin groove, 2.15 m

1012T & 1213T headsail reefing 30524 36887 31221

A R G

Lower allow spar for 1012T-1213T Halyard swivel for 1012T-1213T 1012T-1213T drum

REEFING & SAILFITTINGS

S

S and T series headsail reefing 10001 37047 58244 58245 58249 58250 58248 19451 26325 21308 21291 21295 22850

G1 ELH1 T G T G R I I I I I -

S1 U

406 drum 406 rope feeder kit 608-609 drum 608-609 half drum 810-811 drum 810-811 half drum Halyard swivel for 608-609-810-811 Cranked shackle for halyard swivel 5-hole coupling plates for 406 11-hole coupling plates for 406 5-hole coupling plates for 608-609 11-hole coupling plates for 608-609 5-hole single coupling plate for 810-811-910

R

D Q1 Q B1

S series headsail reefing 25752 26179 56728 55977

55979

55975

A Lower alloy spar Ø 31, S series D Internal plastic liner (x1), S series D x7 Kit of 7 internal plastic liners, S series Accessory kit for S series, including : P Boltrope pre-feeder x 1 F Bearing Ø 31 x 2 S Top end stop x 1 V Slotted head screw x 4 U Slotted head screw x 1 Junction liners + screws for S series, including : C Alloy junction liners x 7 W Slotted head screws x 14 Set of screws for S series, including : W Slotted head screw x 14 V Self-tapping screws x 4 U Self-tapping screw x 1 T BTR screw for allen key x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1

W B P D1

V1

A1

A

W1

F C

C1 EL

H1

T

G

T G1

I K

J

K M N

J O

253


DECK EQUIPMENT Parafil fittings

17645 17646

Blocking cone for Parafil Ø 7 mm Blocking cone for Parafil Ø 8 mm

40268

End cap

Toilets 403083 403084 410955

Sealock toilets

Electric toilet, horizontal pump

28635 28636 28629 28630 28631 28637 28634 54429

Complete pump Base only Gasket kit

Tiller extensions

COMPASSES

AABCDEGF-

12 V motor 24 V motor Wooden seat Inlet valves Gaskets Macerator Outlet fitting Outlet fitting end cap

B

Protective covers, lighting, brackets, compensation : see Pages 322-323

A C D

ELECTRONICS & NAVIGATION Other navigation instruments Self-powered wind speed indicator

17436 17437 17438 18950 21272 20358

Masthead unit + 20 m cable Cockpit repeater 0/60 Knots Cup type rotating masthead unit Motor and axis Individual cup Facia for 0/60 kts repeater

Clocks & Barometers

24141 24142 24143 24144 35590 35591 38483

Glass panel for 6" baro, 12762 Glass panel for 3" baro, 12767 Glass panel for 6" clock, 12763 Glass panel for 3" clock, 12765-6-8-9 & 35885-6 Glass panel for 4.5" clock, 31229, 31227 Glass panel for 4.5" baro, 31230 Glass panel for Weatherman 12761

Fog-Free instruments

42480

Pitot sensor

WATER Water supplies Shurflo Aqua King water pumps

40672 23527 40670 473246

1 pressostat for pumps 22950, 22947 & 71860 2 valves for pumps 22950, 22947, 471860 & 22953 3 valve holders for pumps 22950, 22947 & 471860 3 valve holders for Junior pump 22953

31651 52746 54281

Diaphragm Kit of valves + diaphragm gaskets Filter

36912

36912 Drain cap for sinks 27292, 10746 to -49, 18371 to -75

Pressure water pumps 10397 & 10398

H E

G F

12330 12342 12328 12344 12345 12346 12347 12348 12349 12350 12351 12352 409308 12353 12360 12354 12355 12356 12357 12358 12359 12361 12362 12364 12365 12366 12367 12368 12369 12370

Stainless steel sink

Toilets (since 1991)

Bilge pump Complete manual pump for toilet 12 V electric pump Plastic bowl Large porcelain bowl CBase for toilet (bowl & pump) DValve cover house EDischarge elbow FFlange for discharge elbow GControl valve handle Inlet valve cam with screw Hinges for toilet seat IPiston rod KABS seat and cover Wooden seat and cover LPump handle with piston M - Bowl gasket NInlet valve with gasket OPump valve with gasket Check valve QPiston SBowl fixing bolts x 4 TPump-to-base bolt x 1 VBumper washer W - Rigid inlet valve gasket Pump gasket I V Q Z - Piston with complete rod ZPiston ring Set of gaskets & valves Seat and cover for large bowl K

L

BILGE WATER DISCHARGE

V X

Diaphragm pumps 16.11/16.22/11722/11723/11724

G T

16213 16217 11512 17644 14264 31650

Kit of spare valves with brackets Spare diaphragm Handle bracket Connecting part for pumps 16.11.309 Kit of outlet elbow Y-shaped Diaphragm alone 14263 thru-bulkhead mounting

COMFORT ON BOARD

C M

WN D

Y I Q Z Q

U

P

E O

S R

Barbecue

28560

Burner for gas barbecue

31662 31661

Carrying handle Fastening clip

Fisherman coolboxes (Igloo)

254

Catalogue printed by FOT Imprimeurs, fully certified printer for the management and tracking of production waste and toxic spoils.

N° 3013

F


Index A Access hatches Alarms (gas, smoke) Anchors Anchor connectors Anchor ball Aquascope

156 - 157 54 122 - 125 126 46 252

Bags for halyard storage Bailers Baro-, hygro-, thermometers Bathroom, accessories Battery switch Bells (brass decoration) Bilge pumps Bilge blowers Binoculars Blanket (survival) Blocks Boat hooks Bollards Bosun's chair Bow rollers Brass decoration Buckets Bumper速 Dock Fender Buoyancy aids Buoys (safety) Buoys (marking)

144 222 208 - 209 229 250 172 216 - 221 244 210 - 211 53 146 107 - 108 135 142 127 - 128 172 222 118 - 119 19 - 25 36 - 44 120 - 121

Cable cutters Cargo booms Chain pipes Chain swivel Children lifejackets Clamseal速 Cleats Clips (for floating lights) Clocks Code of signals Compasses Compass Covers Compass Lights Compasses for motorboats Compasses for sailboats Compasses, handbearing Compensators (mooring) Cone (motoring) Connectors & fittings (plumbing) Connectors for ventilation shaft Consoles Covers Cradle for liferaft Cross-tree caps Crutch straps C-Safe Cushions

54, 150 99 128 126 20 - 22 96 152 48 208 - 209 207 172 - 204 204 204 179 - 187 188 - 197 201 - 203 136 46 233, 241 245 98 144 69 - 70 141 18 68 44

Dan buoys Davits Deck fillers Deck hatches Deck Showers Deck ventilation Detectors (gas & smoke) Dinghies

42 - 43 99 167 - 171 158 - 159 230 163 - 166 54 76 - 103

B

C

D

Dividers Diving equipment Dock fenders Dog flotation vests Dorade boxes Drain sockets Drogues

206 252 118 - 119 25 164 - 165 168, 171 45

Econab deck filler Emergency lights

169 50

E F

Fairleads Fenders Fender socks Fishing, accessories Fire blanket Fishing rod holders Flags Flag staff & pole sockets Flexible water tanks Floating lights Flush mount safety ladder Fog horns Food & water rations (survival) Furling straps Furling systems

G

Gas detectors & alarms Grabrails Grapnels Guardrail netting & padding Guardrails (Parafil)

H

146, 153 109 - 119 117 248 - 249 55 248 - 249 212 - 213 214 223 48 45 46 52 143 138 - 141 54 151 126 149 148

Halyard bags Hand lead lines Hand rails Handbearing compass Handle for inflatable dinghy Harnesses Hatches, deck & storage Hatches, round Heelmeters Holders Holder (for fender) Holder for fishing rod Hooks Hook (S-type hook) Hooks (boat) Hooks (snap hooks) Horns Horseshoe buoys Hydrostatic release units

144, 149 46 151 201 - 203 97 32 - 33 156 - 159 162 74 248 - 249 116 248 - 249 145 147 107 - 108 145 46 36 - 37 70

Inflatable horseshoe buoy Inflatable tenders/dinghies Inflatable lifejackets Inflators IOR Dan buoys

36 78 - 95 6 - 28 100 - 101 42 - 43

Jacklines Jib reefing

35 138 - 141

I

J

K

Kayak paddles Knives

106 53


L

S

Ladders & step Ladders (safety) Lashing buttons Lead lines Lifebuoys Lifebuoy containers Lifebuoy light (floating) LifeFlag Lifefloats Lifejackets Lifejacket with dan buoy Lifejacket lights Liferafts Liferafts cradles Loud hailer

129 - 134 45 145 46 40 40 48 - 49 49 44 4 - 31 9 18, 50 56 - 73 69 - 70 74

Mainsail covers Man Over Board Mirror (decorative) Mirror (signalling) Mixer taps Mooring bollards Mooring cleats Mooring springs Motoring cone

144 36 - 45 172 50 227 - 228 135 152 136 46

Netting (guardrail)

148

M

N

O

Oar collars Oarlocks Oars & paddles Octahedral radar reflectors Outboard transom pad

105 105 104 - 106 51 251

Paddles Parafil guardrail Parallel rules Pilot life jackets Plasticlip Platforms Portlights Pouches Protractor rules Pumps (manual) Pumps (inflators) Pumps, bilge & water handling

104 - 106 148 207 11 - 15 154 135 160 - 161 74 207 216 - 219 100 - 101 216 - 221

Racks for safety buoys Radar reflectors Rearming kits for lifejackets Reefing (jib) Reflecting stripes Regatta mark buoys Rescue line Rescue range Rescue sling RIB fenders RIB's Rigid tenders Ring lifebuoys Ring lifebuoy container Rod holders Rollerblind for hatches Round hatches Rules and dividers

38 51 17 138 - 141 47 120 - 121 39 38 - 40 39 114 78 - 95 102 - 103 40 - 41 40 248 - 249 162 162 207

P

R

Safety harness Safety ladder Safety lights Sail furling straps Scuppers Sea anchors Shackles Shade for deck hatch Shower (deck) Shower (bathroom) Signalling (emergency) Signalling mirror Sinks Snap hooks Solar shower Solar vents SOLAS lifejackets Sound signalling Spinnaker pole holder Sprayhood (inflatable lifejackets) Spreader boots Stanchions Steering wheel covers Steps Storage hatches & cases Storm jib Stowage bags (ropes) Strainers Survival equipment Survival blanket Survival food rations Switches (battery)

T

32 - 33 45 48 143 239 45 145 160 230 229 46 - 50 50 224 - 225 145 229 161 29 - 31 46 141 18 141 150 144 134 156 - 157 47 144, 149 240 52 - 55 53 52 250

226 - 228 Taps & faucets 76 - 98, 102 - 103 Tenders (inflatable & rigid) 96 - 101 Tenders, accessories 34 - 35 Tethers 53 Thermal protective aid 147 Thimbles 41 Throwing line 237 239 Thru-hulls 208 - 209 Tide clocks Toilets (electric, manual, chemical) 234 - 236 121 Training buoy 251 Transom pads 46 Trumpet horns 147 Turnbuckle boot

V

Valves Ventilation Vents

W

242 163 - 166 161, 165 - 166, 236, 246 - 247

Washbasins Water inlet and outlets Water sachets (drinking) Water tanks (fresh water) Waterproof cases & pouches WC (electric, manual, chemical) Wheels for pneumatic boats Whistle Wind scoops Wooden plugs

224 - 225 231 52 223 68, 74 234 - 236 97 46 166 222


Terms and Conditions ALL PRODUCTS ARE OFFERED FOR SALE UNDER OUR STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The Bainbridge International product range is subject to continuous development. We reserve the right to change product specifications, and improvements will not imply lack of suitability of former production. NOT FOR AVIATION USE Bainbridge International products are NOT designed for use in the manufacture or repair of ultralight aircraft, hang gliders, balloons, parachutes or other aviation products. They must NEVER be used in these applications. WARNING There is potential for sailcloth to contain trace amounts of formaldehyde, a substance known to the State of California to cause cancer. It is not possible to generally predict levels, if any, of formaldehyde exposure which may result from processing of these products. It is recommended that these sailcloth products be stored and processed in a well ventilated area to minimize exposure.

MILDEW All of our cruising laminated fabrics are pre-treated with an effective mildew inhibitor. Environmental conditions in specific locations combined with how an individual sail is used, may render this treatment less than 100% effective. Bainbridge International can not be held responsible for mildew growth in sails. PRICES PRICES PUBLISHED IN THIS CATALOG ARE IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF PUBLICATION, SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. Orders are accepted on the basis that we will invoice at the prices in effect at the time of shipment. However, we will attempt to notify you if the invoice price differs from the catalog price. All prices quoted are net in U.S. Dollars ($), F.O.B. our warehouse.

PAYMENT Terms of payment are net 30 days from date of invoice (despatch), for credit approved accounts. New accounts and non-approved accounts will be billed net Cash With Order or net Cash on Delivery. Applications for credit from new accounts will be accepted after a minimum of $500 in purchases have been made. Credit references will be verified as quickly as possible by mail before credit approval is made.

1. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. FABRICS AND HARDWARE ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS SAILCLOTH AND ARE NOT DESIGNED OR TESTED FOR USE IN ULTRALIGHT, AIRCRAFT, HANG GLIDERS, HOT AIR BALLOONS, PARACHUTES OR ANY OTHER AVIATION PRODUCTS, OR FOR REPAIR OF SUCH PRODUCTS, AND THAT THEY MUST NOT BE USED IN SUCH PRODUCTS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. BUYER AGREES TO HOLD BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM BUYER’S USE OF BAINBRIDGE/AQUABATTEN, INC. FABRIC OR HARDWARE IN AVIATION PRODUCTS.

2. This agreement contains all the terms of the contract between BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. (‘Seller’) and the buyer (‘Buyer’), and, to the extent that any and all prior correspondence, offers, representations and negotiations contain terms which are inconsistent with or different from or additional to those contained herein, the terms of this instrument shall control. The taking of possession by Buyer of all or any part of the goods described on the invoice shall constitute an acceptance by Buyer of the terms hereof.

3. No modification, alteration or amendment of any of the provisions of this instrument shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Seller. 4. All payments are to be made on the due date in U.S. dollars for the full amount shown on the invoice to Seller at its address shown, without allowance for anticipation, and with interest on overdue accounts of 1.5% per month (18% per annum) compounded daily. In case any bills shall not be paid when due, all sums owing under any agreements or deal-ings between Buyer and Seller shall, at the option of Seller, at once become due irrespective of the terms of sale, and Seller may defer delivery on any contracts between Buyer and Seller until such bills shall be paid and for a reasonable time thereafter. A security interest in the goods described on the invoice shall remain in Seller until all payments shall have been made in full and Buyer will execute any and all documents to enable Seller to perfect this security interest. Seller may in its sole discretion at any time, limit or cancel credit given Buyer, and Seller reserves the right to decline to make deliveries whenever Seller in its discretion determines that the credit standing of Buyer is insufficient and in any such events Seller shall not be liable for the failure to delivery in whole or in part, nor shall Buyer be entitled to cancel. Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller and hold Seller harmless against liability for all expenses, including legal fees, incurred by Seller and arising in connection with Seller’s enforcement of its rights under the contract.

Payment by check should be mailed to our lock box: BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL INC. 255 Revere Street Canton, MA 02021

5. Unless and except as otherwise expressly provided on the invoice, delivery shall be F.O.B. Seller’s place of business. Partial shipments shall be permitted, and if delivery is to be made in installments, no breach by Seller with respect to any installment shall be deemed to be a breach of the entire contract. Delivery to any carrier customarily used by the public for such delivery shall constitute delivery to the Buyer. In the absence of shipping instructions, the mailing of an invoice shall constitute delivery. Goods invoiced and held by Seller for whatever reasons, shall be held at Buyer’s risk. Buyer agrees that delay in delivery or defect in quality that violates this contract shall entitle Buyer to cancel only that portion of an order which is delayed in delivery or defective in quality. Any delivery not in dispute shall be paid for separately regardless of dispute as to other delivered or undelivered goods. Upon any breach by Buyer as to any installment, Seller, at its option, may treat such breach as severable or as a breach of the entire contract.

American Express, VISA and MasterCard are also accepted for payment.

s r

r

TM

PAST DUE ACCOUNTS In the event of an account being overdue, we reserve the right at our absolute discretion to refuse or limit credit, or to withhold deliveries of goods. A finance charge of 1.5% per month (annual rate 18%) calculated on a day-to-day basis will be applied to past-due accounts from the due date until payment is received at our bank. Any account which is more than 30 days past due will automatically be changed to C.O.D.

MINIMUM ORDER CHARGE Minimum invoice value is $50. CUT LENGTHS Our sales office will be pleased to tell you whether we have any short rolls in inventory for which no cutting charge would apply. Alternatively, fabrics may be cut to length for $5.00 per cut. Please note that we cannot provide cut lengths under 10 yards.

PACKING AND DELIVERY Cost of packaging is included, except where customer specifically requests that we make multiple package shipments where we would not normally expect to do so. Unless otherwise specified, regular delivery will be via United Parcel Service (with freight prepaid by us and added to your invoice) or by other common carrier (freight collect). Respon-sibility for payment passes to the purchaser when the shipment leaves our warehouse. Once shipment is made, any claim for damage or loss should be made to the common carrier.

For speedy delivery of your urgent orders, be sure to specify:

6. Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of any part of the goods due to floods, accidents, strikes, fires, war, government regulation, shortages of materials, or any conditions or causes beyond the reasonable control of Seller. Any increase in Seller’s costs due to government legislation, regulation or order providing for a tax on any materials, goods, sales, use or process, or providing for any regulation or control of Seller’s purchases, materials, labor, costs, sales, or business, or due to any delay caused by such government legislation, regulations or order, may be added to the price specified. Prices for future invoiced goods are subject to change without notice.

7. Seller shall not be liable for normal manufacturing defects nor any customary variations from quantities or specifications. A variation of not more than 20% either way from the total specified weight shall be deemed compliance with the contract. A variation of not more than 15% either way from the total specified yardage (or other specified units) shall be deemed compliance with the contract. If Buyer claims goods are defective in quality, they must be properly and promptly offered to the Seller for examination and if Buyer fails to make such goods available for examination, Buyer shall not be entitled to any allowance or claim as to such goods. Seller may within a reasonable time after the goods are so offered, replace any goods which are not in accordance with the contract, and in such event no claim may be made by Buyer. Anything herein notwithstanding, in no event shall Seller be liable for claims of any kind or nature unless made in writing either within ten days after delivery of such goods, or after cutting, sizing or converting or otherwise altering the goods in any manner from the original condition of delivery, whichever is earlier. The limit of liability of Seller for late delivery or non-delivery or any other breach shall be the difference, if any, between the contract price and the fair market price, on the date of the invoice, of the goods to be delivered or those actually deliv-ered. In no event shall Buyer be entitled to claim or receive any other damages of any nature whatsoever or any con-sequential damages and in no instance shall damages include profit or contemplated use or profit of any description.

8. NO WARRANTY IS GIVEN, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE GOODS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Seller has undertaken no responsibility for learning about the end purpose for which the goods are to be used, and Buyer shall undertake whatever necessary steps are required of him for making the goods suitable for such end use. Any greige goods that may be sold hereunder are also sold subject to any imperfections resulting from the finishing thereof, and Seller shall have no liability in connection with any such imperfections. Buyer warrants that all merchandise is purchased for resale as tangible personal property, or to be incorporated as a component or part of other tangible property to be produced for sale by manufacturing, assembling or processing. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any liability, loss, damage or expenses incurred or sustained by reason of any claim or any user of the goods that the goods, separately or incorporated in any product, were negligently manufactured or were not merchantable or fit for a particular purpose. In no event shall Seller be liable for any damages in respect to the sale or use any product sold hereunder in any amount greater than the amount of the purchase price received by Seller for that particular product. In addition, Seller shall not be liable for any consequential, incidental or special damages or costs or expenses in the event of any breach of warranty or in the event of any default in any term herein or in the event of any loss, damage, injury or cost resulting from or arising out of or in respect of the goods being sold hereunder.

!

Hazardous Materials The triangular symbol next to many chemicals, adhesives, cleaners and protectants indicates that the products must have special packaging and follow specific shipping regulations set forth by the Department of Transport or the International Marine Dangerous Cargo Goods Codes. All hazardous materials must be packaged separately from any other products and labelled ORMD which identifies a consumer commodity. We ship all hazardous goods/ materials by UPS Ground, surface parcel post or Sea Freight. Absolutely no Air Freight or express services!! Please consult your Bainbridge International sales representative for additional information.

Special Shipping

RETURNS Please contact us for authorization before returning any item for credit or replacement. Any goods returned must be delivered to our warehouse within 60 days of the original invoice date. Goods will not be accepted for credit unless accompanied by details of the invoice number against which the goods were supplied by us. SALES TAX EXEMPTION Bainbridge International, Inc., offers its products for sale only to bona fide businesses (corporations, partnerships, or proprietorships). In order to open a new account, we must have a sales tax exemption certificate from customers located in states or provinces which levy sales or use taxes.

9. When any goods sold hereunder bear a particular label, trademark, or trade name, affixed at the request of the Buyer, it is the understanding of the parties that the Buyer warrants that he has the right to use said liable, trademark, trade name, and that he hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any loss, damage, or claim by any third person with respect thereto. 10. If any provision of the contract is or becomes, at any time for any reason, unenforceable or invalid, no other provision of the contract shall be affected thereby, and the remaining provisions of the contract shall continue with the same effect as if such unenforceable or invalid provision shall not have been inserted in the contract. 11. Buyer and Seller expressly disclaim the application of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Seller and Buyer each hereby agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or commonwealth court sitting in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agree-ment and the transactions contemplated hereby and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Seller and Buyer each hereby waive any defense of inconvenient forum and all similar defenses to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of Seller or Buyer with respect thereto. Nothing in this agreement shall affect any right that Seller or Buyer may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction to enforce any judgment or order.

12. Acceptance of any order is expressly made conditional upon Buyer’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth above, including those that may be additional or different from those proposed by Buyer.


With Three US Locations To Serve You Better!

NORTHEAST 255 Revere Street Canton, MA. 02021 Tel: 781.821.2600 Fax: 781.821.2609 Toll-Free: 800.422.5684

SOUTHEAST 2580 North Powerline Road Suite 603 & 604 Pompano Beach, FL. 33069

WEST 15242 Transistor Lane Huntington Beach, CA. 92649

Tel: 954.532.7557 Fax: 781.232.6856 Toll-Free: 855.599.7741

Tel: 714.373.3322 Fax: 714.373.3326 Toll-Free: 800.433.0101

Email: info@bainbridgeintusa.com

www.bainbridgeintusa.com

Plastimo Catalog  

Line of Plastimo products carried by Bainbridge International